ML16034A473: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Beaver Valley Unit 2 Post Exam Comments, Resolution and Technical References Index Attachment A -Facility Comments for Written Exam Questions NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments Page 1 74 Attachment A Facility Comments for Written Exam Questions Question 12 Recommendation:
{{#Wiki_filter:Beaver Valley Unit 2 Post Exam Comments, Resolution and Technical References Index                                                 Page Attachment A - Facility Comments for Written Exam Questions 1 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments                         74
The facility recommends deleting question #12 from the RO portion of the exam. Reason: The question is on the RO exam but is at the SRO level of required knowledge as determined by ES-401 Figure 2. Question:
 
Attachment A Facility Comments for Written Exam Questions
 
Question 12 Recommendation: The facility recommends deleting question #12 from the RO portion of the exam.
Reason: The question is on the RO exam but is at the SRO level of required knowledge as determined by ES-401 Figure 2.
Question:
: 12. The plant has been operating at 100% power with all systems in NSA for the past 100 days.
: 12. The plant has been operating at 100% power with all systems in NSA for the past 100 days.
* An inadvertent reactor trip occurs coincident with a loss of offsite power
* An inadvertent reactor trip occurs coincident with a loss of offsite power
Line 25: Line 30:
* RCS temperature is 400°F lowering at 20°F/hr
* RCS temperature is 400°F lowering at 20°F/hr
* RCS Subcooling is 165°F
* RCS Subcooling is 165°F
* RCS Pressure 1200 psig and stable Alarm Al l-5G, CRDM Shroud Fan Auto-Start/Auto-Stop is received.
* RCS Pressure 1200 psig and stable Alarm Al l-5G, CRDM Shroud Fan Auto-Start/Auto-Stop is received. ALL CRDM shroud fans have tripped and cannot be restarted.
ALL CRDM shroud fans have tripped and cannot be restarted.
What ramifications will the loss of these CRDM Shroud Fans have on the continued performance ofES-0.2, "Natural Circulation Cooldown"?
What ramifications will the loss of these CRDM Shroud Fans have on the continued performance ofES-0.2, "Natural Circulation Cooldown"?
A. Further RCS cooldown (below 350°F) cannot continue UNTIL a suitable RX vessel head soak has been performed.
A. Further RCS cooldown (below 350°F) cannot continue UNTIL a suitable RX vessel head soak has been performed.
Line 32: Line 36:
C. Immediately INCREASE RCS pressure 100 psig to RAISE RCS subcooling.
C. Immediately INCREASE RCS pressure 100 psig to RAISE RCS subcooling.
D. Immediately DECREASE RCS pressure 100 psig to LOWER RCS subcooling.
D. Immediately DECREASE RCS pressure 100 psig to LOWER RCS subcooling.
Question 12 appeared in the RO section of the written exam. ES-401 PREPARING INITIAL SITE-SPECIFIC WRITIEN EXAMINATIONS, Figure 2 indicates that the knowledge needed to answer the question is at the SRO Only level. ES-401 Figure 2 requires ROs to know the purpose, overall sequence of events and overall mitigative strategy of procedures.
Question 12 appeared in the RO section of the written exam. ES-401 PREPARING INITIAL SITE-SPECIFIC WRITIEN EXAMINATIONS, Figure 2 indicates that the knowledge needed to answer the question is at the SRO Only level. ES-401 Figure 2 requires ROs to know the purpose, overall sequence of events and overall mitigative strategy of procedures. Per the EOP background documents, the high level actions or overall mitigative strategy of ES-0.2 are:
Per the EOP background documents, the high level actions or overall mitigative strategy of ES-0.2 are: 1) Try to Start a RCP 2) Cool Down and Depressurize RCS with no Upper head Void Growth 3) Lock Out the SI System 4) Place RHS in Service 5) Cooldown to Mode 5 The final decision block in ES-401 Figure 2 asks the following question:
: 1) Try to Start a RCP
: 2) Cool Down and Depressurize RCS with no Upper head Void Growth
: 3) Lock Out the SI System
: 4) Place RHS in Service
: 5) Cooldown to Mode 5
 
The final decision block in ES-401 Figure 2 asks the following question:
Does the question require one or more of the following?
Does the question require one or more of the following?
* Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed? While the stem of Question 12 asks what the ramifications of a certain condition will be, it is really asking what the procedural requirements are for an existing condition.
* Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed?
Additionally, it requires the candidate to assess plant conditions in order to select a section of a procedure with which to proceed. This assessment includes the following:
While the stem of Question 12 asks what the ramifications of a certain condition will be, it is really asking what the procedural requirements are for an existing condition. Additionally, it requires the candidate to assess plant conditions in order to select a section of a procedure with which to proceed.
This assessment includes the following:
* Note: The ES-0.3 Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void in Vessel (With RVLIS) and ES-0.4 Natural Circulation Cooldown With Voids (Without RVLIS) procedures are sub-procedures of the natural circulation group of EOPs. The candidates had to determine if the 20F per hour cooldown rate was within the limits of ES-0.2 or if a transition to ES-0.3 or ES-0.4 was required.
* Note: The ES-0.3 Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void in Vessel (With RVLIS) and ES-0.4 Natural Circulation Cooldown With Voids (Without RVLIS) procedures are sub-procedures of the natural circulation group of EOPs. The candidates had to determine if the 20F per hour cooldown rate was within the limits of ES-0.2 or if a transition to ES-0.3 or ES-0.4 was required.
Step 13 of ES-0.2 has a transition to ES-0.3 or ES-0.4 based on the ability to control cooldown rates. Oistractor "O" references an action performed in ES-0.4. This distractor requires a detailed understanding of procedure content to determine if the action is correct.
Step 13 of ES-0.2 has a transition to ES-0.3 or ES-0.4 based on the ability to control cooldown rates. Oistractor "O" references an action performed in ES-0.4. This distractor requires a detailed understanding of procedure content to determine if the action is correct.
* The impact of losing all CROM fans on the proper flow path to take through the EOP. Step 15 of ES-0.2 requires the crew to assess the status of CROM cooling fans and select the proper section of the EOP to perform based on that assessment.
* The impact of losing all CROM fans on the proper flow path to take through the EOP. Step 15 of ES-0.2 requires the crew to assess the status of CROM cooling fans and select the proper section of the EOP to perform based on that assessment. The direction needed to arrive at the correct answer for this question is contained in the "Response Not Obtained" section of the procedure.
The direction needed to arrive at the correct answer for this question is contained in the "Response Not Obtained" section of the procedure.
* Sufficient Subcooling for current plant conditions - Step 16 of ES-0.2 checks for sufficient sub-cooling. If insufficient subcooling exists the crew is directed to stop the depressurization and re-establish subcooling. Oistractor "C" references this action.
* Sufficient Subcooling for current plant conditions  
 
-Step 16 of ES-0.2 checks for sufficient cooling. If insufficient subcooling exists the crew is directed to stop the depressurization and establish subcooling.
==
Oistractor "C" references this action.
Conclusion:==
To answer question 12 correctly requires the candidate to know the detailed actions of the Response Not Obtained section of step 15 of ES-0.2 which requires three actions, maintain RCS Pressure at 1200 psig with acceptable subcooling, cool down to less than 350F and wait for the 9 hour soak, then cool down and depressurize the plant. The knowledge required to answer the question is beyond the required RO level outlined in ES-401 Figure 2.
Based on the above information the facility believes that the question cannot be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall sequence of events, or overall mitigative strategy of a procedure, and therefore should be classified as an SRO only question and as such be removed from the RO portion of the exam.


== Conclusion:==
BVPS- EOP          20M-53A.1.ES-0.2(1SS2)
Number          Title ES-0.2                  Natural Circulation Cool down            Issue 2 Revision 1
STEP 11    ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE    11    RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED Check Cooldown Rate In RCS        Reduce RCS cooldown rate to Cold Legs                          less than allowable limit.
* All RCS loops active -        IF cooldown rate can NOT be LESS THAN 25F/HR              reduced to less than 25F/HR, THEN Go to:
                        -OR-
* ES-0.3, "Natural
* One or two RCS loops            Circulation Cooldown With inactive - LESS THAN            Steam Void In Vessel MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LIMIT OF      (With RVLIS) ", Step 1.
ATTACHMENT A-4.10
                                                        -OR-
* ES-0.4, "Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void In Vessel (Without RVLIS)", Step 1.
2ES02 12/23/2015              22of29


To answer question 12 correctly requires the candidate to know the detailed actions of the Response Not Obtained section of step 15 of ES-0.2 which requires three actions, maintain RCS Pressure at 1200 psig with acceptable subcooling, cool down to less than 350F and wait for the 9 hour soak, then cool down and depressurize the plant. The knowledge required to answer the question is beyond the required RO level outlined in ES-401 Figure 2. Based on the above information the facility believes that the question cannot be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall sequence of events, or overall mitigative strategy of a procedure, and therefore should be classified as an SRO only question and as such be removed from the RO portion of the exam.
BVPS- EOP           20M-53A.1.ES-0.2(1SS2)
Number ES-0.2 STEP 11 BVPS-EOP 20M-53A.1.ES-0.2(1SS2)
Number           Title ES-0.2                 Natura1 Circu1ation Coo1down              Issue 2 Revision 1
Title Natural Circulation Cool down Issue 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE Check Cooldown Rate In RCS Cold Legs
STEP   11   ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE     I I   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 15       Verify Vessel Head Soak Not Required
* All RCS loops active -LESS THAN 25F/HR -OR-* One or two RCS loops inactive -LESS THAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LIMIT OF ATTACHMENT A-4.10 Revision 1 11 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED Reduce RCS cooldown rate to less than allowable limit. IF cooldown rate can NOT be reduced to less than 25F/HR, THEN Go to:
: a. CROM fans - AT LEAST TWO       a. Perform the following:
* ES-0.3, "Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void In Vessel (With RVLIS) ", Step 1. -OR-* ES-0.4, "Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void In Vessel (Without RVLIS)", Step 1. 2ES02 12/23/2015 22of29 BVPS-EOP Number Title ES-0.2 Natura1 Circu1ation STEP 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I 15 Verify Vessel Head Soak Not Required 20M-53A.1.ES-0.2(1SS2)
RUNNING (ONE FAN PER UNIT)
Coo1down Issue 2 Revision 1 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED a. CROM fans -AT LEAST TWO a. Perform the following:
: 1) Maintain RCS pressure at 1200 PSIG and RCS subcooling within acceptable range on Attachment A-4.2.
RUNNING (ONE FAN PER UNIT) 2ES02 12/23/2015 24of29 1) Maintain RCS pressure at 1200 PSIG and RCS subcooling within acceptable range on Attachment A-4.2. 2) Cooldown the RCS to less than 350F. 3) Wait for 9 HOURS, THEN Go to Step 16.
: 2) Cooldown the RCS to less than 350F.
ES-401 8 Attachment 2 Figure 2: Screening for SRO-only linked to 10 CFR 55.43(b)(5) (Assessment and selection of procedures)
: 3) Wait for 9 HOURS, THEN Go to Step 16.
Can the question be answered solely by knowing I "systems knowledge", i.e., how the system works, Yes RO question flowpath, logic, component location?  
2ES02  12/23/2015              24of29
-I No .. Can the question be answered solely by knowing Yes I RO question immediate operator actions? -I No , Can the question be answered solely by knowing entry conditions for AOPs or plant parameters that Yes RO question require direct entry to major EOPs? I No ', Can the question be answered solely by knowing I the purpose, overall sequence of events, or overall Yes RO question mitioative strateov of a procedure?  
 
-I No , Does the question require one or more of the following?
ES-401                                     8                               Attachment 2 Figure 2:   Screening for SRO-only linked to 10 CFR 55.43(b)(5)
(Assessment and selection of procedures)
Can the question be answered solely by knowing "systems knowledge", i.e., how the system works, flowpath, logic, component location?
Yes    I- RO question I No
                        .
Can the question be answered solely by knowing immediate operator actions?                           Yes    I-~ RO question I No
                        ,
Can the question be answered solely by knowing entry conditions for AOPs or plant parameters that     Yes   I~  RO question require direct entry to major EOPs?
I No
                        ',
Can the question be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall sequence of events, or overall   Yes   I-  RO question mitioative strateov of a procedure?
I No
                        ,
Does the question require one or more of the following?
* Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed
* Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed
* Knowledge of when to implement attachments and appendices, including how to coordinate these items with I procedure steps Yes
* Knowledge of when to implement attachments and appendices, including how to coordinate these items with procedure steps                                               Yes   I - SRO-only question
* Knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the -EOPs that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures
* Knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the EOPs that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures
* Knowledge of administrative procedures that specify hierarchy, implementation, and/or coordination of plant normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures I No 1
* Knowledge of administrative procedures that specify hierarchy, implementation, and/or coordination of plant normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures I No 1*
* Question might not be linked to 1 O CFR 55.43(b)(5) for SRO-only ES-401, Page 22 of 50 SRO-only question Question 29 Recommendation:
Question might not be linked to 1O CFR 55.43(b)(5) for SRO-only ES-401, Page 22 of 50
The facility recommends accepting two answers for this question.
 
Question 29 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two answers for this question.
Reason: The stem of the question contains some unclear and confusing information that led to different assumptions by the candidates.
Reason: The stem of the question contains some unclear and confusing information that led to different assumptions by the candidates.
: 29. The plant is shutting down for a refueling outage in accordance with 20M-52.4.R.
: 29. The plant is shutting down for a refueling outage in accordance with 20M-52.4.R. l .F, "Station Shutdown From 100% Power To Mode 5".
l .F, "Station Shutdown From 100% Power To Mode 5". Plant is at 30% power All systems in normal alignment for this power level Chemistry has requested a purge of the VCT to remove non-condensable gases. In accordance with 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The Volume Control Tanlc'', which of the following completes the statements below? At this power level, __ __,(-"--}),_
Plant is at 30% power All systems in normal alignment for this power level Chemistry has requested a purge of the VCT to remove non-condensable gases.
__ gas is used for purging the RCS of non-condensable gasses. The non-condensable gasses from the VCT will be purged to the (2) A. I) Hydrogen 2) Primary Plant Sample System B. I) Hydrogen 2) Boron Recovery System C. I) Nitrogen 2) Primary Plant Sample System D. l) Nitrogen 2) Boron Recovery System Some statements in the stem of question 29 are unclear or conflicting.
In accordance with 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The Volume Control Tanlc'',
These conflicts caused confusion with the candidates as to the intent of the VCT purge referenced in the question stem. These items are listed below:
which of the following completes the statements below?
* The referenced procedure 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown from 100% to Mode 5 11 does not reference the use of 20M-7.4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT 11 until the RCS is being cooled down from 500F to 350F. The stem of the question states that the plant is at 30% power, at which time RCS temperature is"' 556F. This led to confusion as to why the degas operation was being performed.
At this power level, _ ___,(-"--}),___ gas is used for purging the RCS of non-condensable gasses.
* The direction to use the procedure listed in the question stem -20M-7 .4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT 11 while the unit is at 30% power is directed from a different procedure than was listed in the stem of the question.
The non-condensable gasses from the VCT will be purged to the           (2)
Specifically, procedure 20M-52.4.R.l.A "STATION SHUTDOWN MODE 1 TO MODE 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOCAL ACTIONS 11 page 23 step 71, directs the use of 20M-7.4.F, not 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown from 100% to Mode 5 11 as was stated in the stem of the question.
A. I) Hydrogen
* 20M-52.4.R.1.A "STATION SHUTDOWN MODE 1 TO MODE 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOCAL ACTIONS 11 page 23 step 71 directs the operator to "Place N2 cover gas on VCT and Commence purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7 .4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT". While this procedure step does specify adding Nitrogen to the VCT it does not state why Nitrogen is added to the VCT but does state to do this as directed by chemistry.
: 2) Primary Plant Sample System B. I) Hydrogen
The primary chemistry requirements/direction at this point of a planned shutdown are to reduce RCS Hydrogen concentration, not to remove non-condensable gases, as was listed in the stem of the question.
: 2) Boron Recovery System C. I) Nitrogen
This led to confusion when answering the question because typical at power operations require non-condensable gases to be removed by adding Hydrogen to the VCT while the intentional reduction of Hydrogen concentration of the RCS requires the addition of Nitrogen to the VCT.
: 2) Primary Plant Sample System D. l) Nitrogen
: 2) Boron Recovery System Some statements in the stem of question 29 are unclear or conflicting. These conflicts caused confusion with the candidates as to the intent of the VCT purge referenced in the question stem. These items are listed below:
11
* The referenced procedure 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown from 100% to Mode 5 does not reference the use of 20M-7.4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT11 until the RCS is being cooled down from 500F to 350F. The stem of the question states that the plant is at 30% power, at which time RCS temperature is"' 556F. This led to confusion as to why the degas operation was being performed.
* The direction to use the procedure listed in the question stem - 20M-7 .4.F "Degassing the RCS from 11 the VCT while the unit is at 30% power is directed from a different procedure than was listed in the stem of the question. Specifically, procedure 20M-52.4.R.l.A "STATION SHUTDOWN MODE 1 TO MODE 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOCAL ACTIONS 11 page 23 step 71, directs the use of 20M-7.4.F, not 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown from 100% to Mode 511 as was stated in the stem of the question.
* 20M-52.4.R.1.A "STATION SHUTDOWN MODE 1 TO MODE 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOCAL 11 ACTIONS page 23 step 71 directs the operator to "Place N2 cover gas on VCT and Commence
 
purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7 .4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT". While this procedure step does specify adding Nitrogen to the VCT it does not state why Nitrogen is added to the VCT but does state to do this as directed by chemistry. The primary chemistry requirements/direction at this point of a planned shutdown are to reduce RCS Hydrogen concentration, not to remove non-condensable gases, as was listed in the stem of the question. This led to confusion when answering the question because typical at power operations require non-condensable gases to be removed by adding Hydrogen to the VCT while the intentional reduction of Hydrogen concentration of the RCS requires the addition of Nitrogen to the VCT.
* The stem of the question stated that the intent of the VCT purge was to remove Non-condensable gasses from the VCT. When at power this evolution is typically accomplished by the use of 20M-7.4.E "Hydrogen Concentration Control of the Reactor Coolant System" and Hydrogen is used to perform the purge. 20M-7.4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT" is typically used when removing hydrogen (Degassing) the VCT. The use of both concepts in the question caused confusion as to the intent of the evolution being described.
* The stem of the question stated that the intent of the VCT purge was to remove Non-condensable gasses from the VCT. When at power this evolution is typically accomplished by the use of 20M-7.4.E "Hydrogen Concentration Control of the Reactor Coolant System" and Hydrogen is used to perform the purge. 20M-7.4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT" is typically used when removing hydrogen (Degassing) the VCT. The use of both concepts in the question caused confusion as to the intent of the evolution being described.
* The candidates understood the operation of the system as evidenced by all selecting the proper flow path, however the confusion in the intent of the evolution caused the majority of the candidates to select Hydrogen as the purging medium. Based on the above information the facility is requesting that two answers (Band D) be accepted as correct answers.
* The candidates understood the operation of the system as evidenced by all selecting the proper flow path, however the confusion in the intent of the evolution caused the majority of the candidates to select Hydrogen as the purging medium.
BVPS-SBS Unit2 Station Shutdown Operating Procedures 20M-52.4.R.1.A Revision 11 Page 23of65 Station Shutdown MODE 1 to MODE 6 Administrative and Local Actions T-24 HOURS 68. Begin monitoring Attachment 2, Continuous Actions. Initial 69. Verify that the controlled copies of the following procedures are available to the Control Room:
Based on the above information the facility is requesting that two answers (Band D) be accepted as correct answers.
 
BVPS-SBS                                         Unit2                                 20M-52.4.R.1.A Station Shutdown                                                                            Revision 11 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 23of65 Station Shutdown MODE 1 to MODE 6 Administrative and Local Actions T-24 HOURS
: 68. Begin monitoring Attachment 2, Continuous Actions.
Initial
: 69. Verify that the controlled copies of the following procedures are available to the Control Room:
* 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown From 100% to MODE 5"
* 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown From 100% to MODE 5"
* 20M-52.4.R.1.S "Secondary Plant Shutdown"
* 20M-52.4.R.1.S "Secondary Plant Shutdown"
* 20M-52.4.R.2.F "Station Shutdown -MODE 5 Activities" Initial 70. Verify that the binders for the individual Operators have controlled copies of the applicable parts of this procedure (Continuous Actions, Expected Alarms, Attachments, etc.) Initial 71. Place N2 cover gas on VCT and Commence purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT". Initial 72. Notify Effluent Control that steam will be released during the shutdown from the Steam Generator Atmospheric's, [2SVS-PCV101A, B, C]. Initial a. Initiate the performance of 20M-10.4.A, "RHR System Startup", to check for RHR System voids, to sample both trains of RHR and to maximize CCP flow. Additional SWS flow required should be directed to the EOF. Initial 73. Stage communications equipment for the Turbine Overspeed test attachment of 20M-52.4.R.1.
* 20M-52.4.R.2.F "Station Shutdown - MODE 5 Activities" Initial
F "Station Shutdown From 100% to MODE 5". Initial BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Station Shutdown Operating Procedures 20M-52.4.R.1.F Revision 32 Page 37 of 201 STATION SHUTDOWN FROM 100% POWER TO MODE 5 I. RCS Cooldown to 350F 1. +Perform the applicable part of 20ST-49.2A "Shutdown Margin Calculation For Cooldown To 350F, to verify boron requirement for cooling down to 350F is met. Initial 2. Continue the RCS cooldown and depressurization to 350F at desired rate $ 1 OOF (90F Target) IN ANY ONE HOUR AND on the target line of Figure 1, "RCS Press I Temp Limits Cooldown Curve", in accordance with Attachment 5, Continuous Action Step I (PERFORMING RCS COOLDOWN)
: 70. Verify that the binders for the individual Operators have controlled copies of the applicable parts of this procedure (Continuous Actions, Expected Alarms, Attachments, etc.)
Initial 3. Begin raising pressurizer level to the target of "90% actual pressurizer level" as follows: a. Adjust net charging flow as desired by performing the applicable steps of Attachment 22, "Letdown Orifice Manipulations".
Initial
: b. Throttle charging flow < 150 gpm to maintain pressurizer level on target AND Net Charging Flow less than maximum. c. Refer to Figure 2, Figure 3, and Table 2 for target and maximum values. d. Trend [2RCS*Tl450]
: 71. Place N2 cover gas on VCT and Commence purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT".
Surge Line Temperature.
Initial
: 4. When desired by Station Chemistry during plant cooldown, purge the VCT of non-condensable gasses in accordance with either of the following: (N/A the option NOT used) a. If charging pump suction is aligned to the RWST, THEN Initiate Attachment 25, "Purging the VCT." (otherwise N/A) Initial Initial b. If charging pump suction is aligned to the VCT, THEN Initiate 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The Volume Control Tank." (otherwise NIA) Initial /0 BVPS-SBS Station Shutdown Operating Procedures Unit2 STATION SHUTDOWN FROM 100% POWER TO MODE 5 MANPOWER TASKS TIME TABLE Level RHR PAB Turb Out RO BOP Oper Oper Oper Oper side 1. Reduce Load
: 72. Notify Effluent Control that steam will be released during the shutdown from the Steam Generator Atmospheric's, [2SVS-PCV101A, B, C].
* 2. Stoo Feedoumo
Initial
* 3. Stroke Bvoass Vis
: a. Initiate the performance of 20M-10.4.A, "RHR System Startup", to check for RHR System voids, to sample both trains of RHR and to maximize CCP flow.
* 4. Pedestal Checks
Additional SWS flow required should be directed to the EOF.
* 48% 5. Isolate MSRs
Initial
* 6. Bypass Feed in Ser.
: 73. Stage communications equipment for the Turbine Overspeed test attachment of 20M-52.4.R.1. F "Station Shutdown From 100% to MODE 5".
* 30% 7. Raise SG level to
Initial
* 50-60% 8. lsol Slowdown
 
* 9. Alien Boration
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit 2                                 20M-52.4.R.1.F Station Shutdown                                                                            Revision 32 Operating Procedures                                                                    Page 37 of 201 STATION SHUTDOWN FROM 100% POWER TO MODE 5 I. RCS Cooldown to 350F
* 10. Manual Rods 15%
: 1. +Perform the applicable part of 20ST-49.2A "Shutdown Margin Calculation For Cooldown To 350F, to verify boron requirement for cooling down to 350F is met.
* 11. Steam Press Mode
Initial
* 12. TIS Survl Trends 13. Open MOBs
: 2. Continue the RCS cooldown and depressurization to 350F at desired rate
* 14. Stop Main Trf
              $   1OOF (90F Target) IN ANY ONE HOUR AND on the target line of Figure 1, "RCS Press I Temp Limits Cooldown Curve", in accordance with Attachment 5, Continuous Action Step I (PERFORMING RCS COOLDOWN)
* Cooline 15. Trip Reactor
Initial
* 10-15% 16. Feedwater Isl Att
: 3. Begin raising pressurizer level to the target of "90% actual pressurizer level" as follows:
* 17. Borate RCS Att
: a. Adjust net charging flow as desired by performing the applicable steps of Attachment 22, "Letdown Orifice Manipulations".
* 18. Isl P/G WT
: b. Throttle charging flow < 150 gpm to maintain pressurizer level on target AND Net Charging Flow less than maximum.
* 19. Cooldown -500F
: c. Refer to Figure 2, Figure 3, and Table 2 for target and maximum values.
* 20. Source Range Att 21. 20ST-49.2A
: d. Trend [2RCS*Tl450] Surge Line Temperature.
: 22. 541F lntlk P12
Initial
* 23. Post SM Cir RODs
: 4. When desired by Station Chemistry during plant cooldown, purge the VCT of non-condensable gasses in accordance with either of the following:
* 24. Stoo RCP B&A
(N/A the option NOT used)
* 25. SOM <500F 26. <500F Samele RHR 27. Block Safetv lni * *
: a. If charging pump suction is aligned to the RWST, THEN Initiate Attachment 25, "Purging the VCT." (otherwise N/A)
* 28. Begin Raising PRZR
Initial
* Level 29. Alien Demins 30. Cooldown to 350F
: b. If charging pump suction is aligned to the VCT, THEN Initiate 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The Volume Control Tank."
* 31. VCT Buro 500-350F 32. Stoo MFD Pumo *
(otherwise NIA)
* 33. Adiust Seal lni
Initial
* 34. ISL SI Accums 1 K
                                                                                                        /0
* 35. PORV Vent
 
* 36. PRT Press Control
BVPS- SBS                                   Unit2                              20M-52.4.R.1.F Station Shutdown                                                                   Revision 32 Operating Procedures                                                             Page 59 of 201 STATION SHUTDOWN FROM 100% POWER TO MODE 5 MANPOWER TASKS TIME TABLE Level RHR   PAB Turb Out       Extra RO   Extra  Extra RO  BOP Oper                         STA Oper Oper Oper side         #1      N0#1    N0#2 1.
* 37. Gland Stm Transfer
2.
* 38. OPPS in Service
Reduce Load Stoo Feedoumo
* 39. Enter MODE 4
                                  *                   **
* 40. Heatup RHR
: 3. Stroke Bvoass Vis
* 41. Pull Stm Dump Fuses 42. Enter MODE 5
: 4. Pedestal Checks 48%                                            *
* STA * *
* 5.
* 20M-52.4.R.1.F Revision 32 Page 59 of 201 Extra RO Extra Extra
6.
#1 N0#1 N0#2 * * * *
Isolate MSRs Bypass Feed in Ser.
* ATIACHMENT 1: BRIEFINGS A9.330B Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System STEP-BY-STEP Revision 6 Prepared by Date Pages Issued Effective Date J.P. Keegan 09/10/08 1 through 9 09/18/08 Reviewed by Date Validated by Date C. Eberle 09/16/08 N/A PORC Meeting No. Date PORC Not Required PAF-08-01991 BVPS -SSS Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures Unit 2 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System I. PURPOSE 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 2 of 9 This procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen and place a hydrogen cover pressure on the VCT. This procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen to maintain proper hydrogen concentration in the RCS II. PRECAUTIONS  
                                      *
& LIMITATIONS A. Explosive mixtures of oxygen and hydrogen in the Volume Control Tank (VCT) must be avoided at all times. The oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% by volume whenever a hydrogen blanket is present. Nitrogen gas may be used for purging. Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. For Part A, A nitrogen blanket is being maintained on the VCT. B. For Part B, hydrogen has been established on the VCT. C. Hydrogen is available to [2CHS*65], H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118].
* 30%
D. The boron recovery system is aligned to receive and process letdown from the CHS System. E. The reactor plant vents and drains system is lined up to receive and process the VCT vents. F. Charging and letdown flow has been established.
: 7. Raise SG level to 50-60%                       *
G. The oxygen concentration of the RCS is less than 0.10 ppm. H. At least one ( 1) of the following loops are in operation maintaining 3000 gpm flow through the core: 1. Reactor coolant loop A ORB OR C and its associated steam generator and RCP. 2. Residual heat removal pump A OR B and a heat exchanger.
                                                  * *
I. The oxygen concentration of the PRT is less than 2%. J. The oxygen concentration in [2GWS-TK21], Gaseous Waste Surge Tank, is less than 2%. K. The oxygen concentration in [2GWS-TK25A, B, C, D, E, F, G], Gaseous Storage Tanks, is less than 2%. L. The oxygen concentration in [2DGS-TK21, 22], Primary Drains Transfer Tanks, is less than 2%. M. [2CHS*PCV117], VCT Vent Back Pressure Regulator, is set at 20 psig. N. [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet is closed.
: 8. lsol Slowdown
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 3 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Establishing Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS 1. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments with high voiding potential or known voids prior to hydrogen addition.
: 9. Alien Boration 10.
: 2. Sample the VCT gaseous space and verify oxygen content is less than 2% by volume. 3. Remove the nitrogen supply from the VCT as follows: (Aux Bldg, El 755) a. Close [2CHS*67], N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS-PCV119].
11.
: b. Close [2CHS*68], N2 to VCT lsol. c. Close [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT. 4. Establish automatic supply of hydrogen gas to the VCT as follows: a. Verify [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, is set at 16 psig. (BB-A) b. Open [2CHS*65], H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118]. (Aux Bldg, El 755) c. Verify [2CHS*PCV118], Hydrogen Supply Pressure Regulator, is set at 50 psig. (Aux Bldg, El 755) d. Open [2CHS*66], H2 Outlet lsol for [2CHS*PCV118]. (Aux Bldg, El 755) Note: [2CHS*AOV8101]
Manual Rods 15%
may need to be intermittently closed to maintain VCT pressure -20 psig during VCT fill. 5. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. (VB-A) 6. Place [2CHS*LCV115A]
Steam Press Mode
Mode Selector Switch to the VC Tank position. (BB-A) 7. Raise the VCT level to 95% as indicated at [2CHS-Ll115]
                              *
while purging with hydrogen as follows: (VB-A) a. Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A) b. If necessary to raise the VCT level, makeup to the VCT in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
* 12.
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 4 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System c. When 95% VCT level is reached as indicated on [2CHS-Ll115], complete the following: (VB-A) 1) If manual makeup was started then secure manual makeup in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
13.
: 2) Ensure VCT pressure being maintained  
TIS Survl Trends Open MOBs
-20 psig. 3) Verify open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
                                  *                                 *
: 4) Maintain this condition for 10 min. 8. Secure the hydrogen purge after 10 minutes as follows: a. Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control, to 16 psig. (BB-A) b. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A) c. Lower VCT level by placing [2CHS*LCV115A], Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position. (BB-A) 9. When VCT Level returns to 20-65%, Purge the VCT with hydrogen one additional time prior to initial sampling by repeating steps IV.A.5 through IV.A.8.c. (N/A if already performed).
: 14. Stop Main Trf Cooline                                            *
: 10. When the VCT level returns to the normal operating range of 20-65%, sample the VCT gaseous space and verify nitrogen concentration is less than 3% by volume and oxygen concentration less than 4% by volume, if not repeat Step IV.A.5 through IV.A.10. 11. Independently Verify [2CHS*LCV115A]
: 15. Trip Reactor 10- 15%
Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position and document in the Narrative Log. 12. Establish hydrogen supply to the inline sparger as follows: a. Close [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. (BB-A) b. Verify [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, is set at 18 psig. (BB-A) c. Place [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, in Auto. (BB-A) d. Sample gaseous waste system to verify N2 concentration is less than 0.2% by volume in accordance with BVPS-2 Chemistry Manual. e. If desired AND Chemistry concurs, Open [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet. (BB-A) f. When makeup from the GW surge tank is no longer required, Close [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet.
* 16.
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 5 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System 13. If the oxygen content in the VCT approaches 5 percent, purge the gas space as follows: a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A) b. Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A) c. When oxygen concentration is reduced to desired level complete the following:
17.
: 1) Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 18 psig. (BB-A) 2) Close [2CHS*AOV8101  
Feedwater Isl Att Borate RCS Att
], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A) 14. Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Narrative Log. 15. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments inspected in Step IV.A.1 AND to compare void volumes.
                                  *        * *
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 6 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System B. Maintaining Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS 1. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments with high voiding potential or known voids prior to hydrogen addition.
: 18. Isl P/G WT 19.
Note: [2CHS*AOV8101]
20.
may need to be intermittently closed to maintain VCT pressure -20 psig during VCT fill. 2. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. (VB-A) 3. Place [2CHS*LCV115A]
Cooldown - 500F Source Range Att
Mode Selector Switch to the VC Tank position. (BB-A) 4. Raise the VCT level up to 95% as indicated at [2CHS-LI 115] while purging with hydrogen as follows: (VB-A) a. If necessary to raise the VCT level, makeup to the VCT in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
                                  *
: b. When :S 95% VCT level is reached as indicated on [2CHS-LI 115], complete the following: (VB-A) 1) If manual makeup was started, then secure manual makeup in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
* 21.
: 2) Ensure VCT pressure being maintained  
22.
-20 psig. 3) Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A) 4) Verify open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
20ST-49.2A 541F lntlk P12
: 5) Maintain this condition for 10 min. 5. Secure the hydrogen purge after 10 minutes as follows: a. Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control, to -16 psig. (BB-A) b. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A) c. Lower VCT level by placing [2CHS*LCV115A], Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position. (BB-A) 6. If directed by Chemistry, Purge the VCT with hydrogen one additional time, prior to sampling by repeating Steps IV.B.2 through IV.B.5.c.
                                  *
: 7. When the VCT level returns to the normal operating range of 20-65%, Request Chemistry to sample the RCS. 8. If required, Purge the VCT with hydrogen by repeating Steps IV.B.2 through IV.B.7.
* 23.
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 7 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System 9. Independently Verify [2CHS*LCV115A]
24.
in Auto position and document in the Narrative Log. 10. Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Narrative Log. 11. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments inspected in Step IV.B.1 AND to compare void volumes.
Post SM Cir RODs Stoo RCP B&A
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System v. REFERENCES A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NONE B. UPDATED FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT NONE C. COMMITMENTS NONE D. ADMINISTRATIVE NONE E. VENDOR INFORMATION NONE F. DRAWINGS 1. 10080-RM-407-2, VOND Charging Sys VCT And Make-Up G. OPERATING MANUAL 1. 20M-7 .1, Chemical And Volume Control System, Description
                              *
* 25.
26.
SOM <500F
          <500F Samele RHR
* 27.
28.
Block Safetv lni Begin Raising PRZR
                              ** *
* Level
: 29. Alien Demins 30.
31.
Cooldown to 350F VCT Buro 500-350F
                                  *
* 32.
33.
Stoo MFD Pumo Adiust Seal lni
                              *                  *    *
* 34.
35.
ISL SI Accums 1K PORV Vent
                              *              *
* 36.
37.
PRT Press Control Gland Stm Transfer
                                            *
* 38.
39.
OPPS in Service Enter MODE 4
                              **
40.
41.
Heatup RHR Pull Stm Dump
* Fuses
: 42. Enter MODE 5
* ATIACHMENT 1: BRIEFINGS
 
A9.330B Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System STEP-BY-STEP Revision 6 Prepared by                   Date             Pages Issued     Effective Date J.P. Keegan                   09/10/08           1 through 9       09/18/08 Reviewed by                   Date           Validated by             Date C. Eberle                     09/16/08       N/A PORC Meeting No.               Date PORC Not Required                             PAF-08-01991
 
BVPS - SSS                                       Unit 2                                      20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                             Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                         Page 2 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System I. PURPOSE This procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen and place a hydrogen cover pressure on the VCT.
This procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen to maintain proper hydrogen concentration in the RCS II. PRECAUTIONS & LIMITATIONS A. Explosive mixtures of oxygen and hydrogen in the Volume Control Tank (VCT) must be avoided at all times. The oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% by volume whenever a hydrogen blanket is present. Nitrogen gas may be used for purging.
Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. For Part A, A nitrogen blanket is being maintained on the VCT.
B. For Part B, hydrogen has been established on the VCT.
C. Hydrogen is available to [2CHS*65], H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118].
D. The boron recovery system is aligned to receive and process letdown from the CHS System.
E. The reactor plant vents and drains system is lined up to receive and process the VCT vents.
F. Charging and letdown flow has been established.
G. The oxygen concentration of the RCS is less than 0.10 ppm.
H. At least one ( 1) of the following loops are in operation maintaining 3000 gpm flow through the core:
: 1. Reactor coolant loop A ORB OR C and its associated steam generator and RCP.
: 2. Residual heat removal pump A OR B and a heat exchanger.
I. The oxygen concentration of the PRT is less than 2%.
J. The oxygen concentration in [2GWS-TK21], Gaseous Waste Surge Tank, is less than 2%.
K. The oxygen concentration in [2GWS-TK25A, B, C, D, E, F, G], Gaseous Storage Tanks, is less than 2%.
L. The oxygen concentration in [2DGS-TK21, 22], Primary Drains Transfer Tanks, is less than 2%.
M. [2CHS*PCV117], VCT Vent Back Pressure Regulator, is set at 20 psig.
N. [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet is closed.
 
BVPS - SBS                                       Unit 2                                   20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                        Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 3 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Establishing Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS
: 1. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments with high voiding potential or known voids prior to hydrogen addition.
: 2. Sample the VCT gaseous space and verify oxygen content is less than 2% by volume.
: 3. Remove the nitrogen supply from the VCT as follows: (Aux Bldg, El 755)
: a. Close [2CHS*67], N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS-PCV119].
: b. Close [2CHS*68], N2 to VCT lsol.
: c. Close [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT.
: 4. Establish automatic supply of hydrogen gas to the VCT as follows:
: a. Verify [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, is set at 16 psig. (BB-A)
: b. Open [2CHS*65], H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118]. (Aux Bldg, El 755)
: c. Verify [2CHS*PCV118], Hydrogen Supply Pressure Regulator, is set at 50 psig. (Aux Bldg, El 755)
: d. Open [2CHS*66], H2 Outlet lsol for [2CHS*PCV118]. (Aux Bldg, El 755)
Note:         [2CHS*AOV8101] may need to be intermittently closed to maintain VCT pressure -20 psig during VCT fill.
: 5. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. (VB-A)
: 6. Place [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector Switch to the VC Tank position. (BB-A)
: 7. Raise the VCT level to 95% as indicated at [2CHS-Ll115] while purging with hydrogen as follows: (VB-A)
: a. Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A)
: b. If necessary to raise the VCT level, makeup to the VCT in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
 
BVPS - SBS                                       Unit 2                                     20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                            Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                          Page 4 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System
: c. When 95% VCT level is reached as indicated on [2CHS-Ll115], complete the following: (VB-A)
: 1)   If manual makeup was started then secure manual makeup in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
: 2)   Ensure VCT pressure being maintained - 20 psig.
: 3)   Verify open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
: 4)   Maintain this condition for 10 min.
: 8. Secure the hydrogen purge after 10 minutes as follows:
: a. Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control, to 16 psig. (BB-A)
: b. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A)
: c. Lower VCT level by placing [2CHS*LCV115A], Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position. (BB-A)
: 9. When VCT Level returns to 20-65%, Purge the VCT with hydrogen one additional time prior to initial sampling by repeating steps IV.A.5 through IV.A.8.c. (N/A if already performed).
: 10. When the VCT level returns to the normal operating range of 20-65%, sample the VCT gaseous space and verify nitrogen concentration is less than 3% by volume and oxygen concentration less than 4% by volume, if not repeat Step IV.A.5 through IV.A.10.
: 11. Independently Verify [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position and document in the Narrative Log.
: 12. Establish hydrogen supply to the inline sparger as follows:
: a. Close [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. (BB-A)
: b. Verify [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, is set at 18 psig. (BB-A)
: c. Place [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, in Auto.
(BB-A)
: d. Sample gaseous waste system to verify N2 concentration is less than 0.2% by volume in accordance with BVPS-2 Chemistry Manual.
: e. If desired AND Chemistry concurs, Open [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet. (BB-A)
: f. When makeup from the GW surge tank is no longer required, Close
[2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet.
 
BVPS - SBS                                       Unit 2                                   20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                        Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 5 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System
: 13. If the oxygen content in the VCT approaches 5 percent, purge the gas space as follows:
: a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A)
: b. Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A)
: c. When oxygen concentration is reduced to desired level complete the following:
: 1) Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 18 psig. (BB-A)
: 2) Close [2CHS*AOV8101 ], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
(VB-A)
: 14. Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Narrative Log.
: 15. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments inspected in Step IV.A.1 AND to compare void volumes.
 
BVPS - SBS                                         Unit 2                                 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                        Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 6 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System B. Maintaining Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS
: 1. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments with high voiding potential or known voids prior to hydrogen addition.
Note:             [2CHS*AOV8101] may need to be intermittently closed to maintain VCT pressure -20 psig during VCT fill.
: 2. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. (VB-A)
: 3. Place [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector Switch to the VC Tank position. (BB-A)
: 4. Raise the VCT level up to 95% as indicated at [2CHS-LI 115] while purging with hydrogen as follows: (VB-A)
: a. If necessary to raise the VCT level, makeup to the VCT in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
: b. When :S 95% VCT level is reached as indicated on [2CHS-LI 115], complete the following: (VB-A)
: 1)   If manual makeup was started, then secure manual makeup in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
: 2)   Ensure VCT pressure being maintained - 20 psig.
: 3)   Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A)
: 4)   Verify open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
: 5)   Maintain this condition for 10 min.
: 5. Secure the hydrogen purge after 10 minutes as follows:
: a. Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control, to -16 psig. (BB-A)
: b. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A)
: c. Lower VCT level by placing [2CHS*LCV115A], Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position. (BB-A)
: 6. If directed by Chemistry, Purge the VCT with hydrogen one additional time, prior to sampling by repeating Steps IV.B.2 through IV.B.5.c.
: 7. When the VCT level returns to the normal operating range of 20-65%, Request Chemistry to sample the RCS.
: 8. If required, Purge the VCT with hydrogen by repeating Steps IV.B.2 through IV.B.7.
 
BVPS - SBS                                   Unit 2                                   20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                      Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                  Page 7 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System
: 9. Independently Verify [2CHS*LCV115A] in Auto position and document in the Narrative Log.
: 10. Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Narrative Log.
: 11. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments inspected in Step IV.B.1 AND to compare void volumes.
 
BVPS - SBS                                   Unit 2                                 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                   Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                               Page 8 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System
: v. REFERENCES A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NONE B. UPDATED FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT NONE C. COMMITMENTS NONE D. ADMINISTRATIVE NONE E. VENDOR INFORMATION NONE F. DRAWINGS
: 1. 10080-RM-407-2, VOND Charging Sys VCT And Make-Up G. OPERATING MANUAL
: 1. 20M-7 .1, Chemical And Volume Control System, Description
: 2. 20M-7.2 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints
: 2. 20M-7.2 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints
: 3. 20M-7.3 2CHS Valve List 4. 20M-7.4.N, Blender Manual Makeup Operation H. PLANT MODIFICATION NONE I. OTHER 1. OMDR 2-91-0176 (Rev. 0) 2. OMDR 2-93-0511 (Rev. 1) 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 8 of 9 3. Incorporated:
: 3. 20M-7.3 2CHS Valve List
OMDR 2-93-1056 which deleted P&L step concerning reduction of H2 concentration.
: 4. 20M-7.4.N, Blender Manual Makeup Operation H. PLANT MODIFICATION NONE I. OTHER
OMCR 2-96-1256 changed setpoint for [2CHS-PCV118]
: 1. OMDR 2-91-0176 (Rev. 0)
to 50 psig per MWR 049809. (Rev. 2)
: 2. OMDR 2-93-0511 (Rev. 1)
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 9 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System 4. DRR-02-01294, Add Chemistry concurrence for use of [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet and add step to close [2CHS*AOV102]
: 3. Incorporated: OMDR 2-93-1056 which deleted P&L step concerning reduction of H2 concentration. OMCR 2-96-1256 changed setpoint for [2CHS-PCV118] to 50 psig per MWR 049809. (Rev. 2)
following makeup from GW surge Tank, change Precaution and Limitation A to state the oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% instead of 5%. (Rev. 3) 5. PAF-02-03557, 02-03340RAD, Add to purpose that this procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen to maintain proper hydrogen concentration in the RCS; add initial condition For Part B, hydrogen has been established on the VCT; add steps to Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Daily Journal; Add part B, Maintaining Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS, Independently Verify control switch for [2CHS*LCV115A], VCT Level Cont in the Auto position and document in the Daily Journal. (Rev. 4) 6. CR 02-06831, PAF-02-03577, Added instruction to perform UT inspections to monitor any gas void formations. (Rev. 5) 7. PAF 08-01991 (Revision
 
: 6) a. CR 08-45417, Order 200335871, Remove steps to adjust the potentiometer for [2CHS*LCV115A]
BVPS - SBS                                     Unit 2                                     20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                          Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 9 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System
to maintain :::; 95% level in VCT and to place the Control switch for [2CHS*LCV115A], VCT Level Cont to the Auto position.
: 4. DRR-02-01294, Add Chemistry concurrence for use of [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet and add step to close [2CHS*AOV102]
: b. CA 08-38179-01, PCR 4064, Add a step to close [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT. c. Change Daily Journal to Narrative Log, correct increase and decrease verbs, and change check to verify. 2o Prepared by J. P.Keegan Reviewed by C. Eberle PORC Meeting No. PORC Not Required Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-7.4.F DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROMTHEVOLUMECONTROLTANK STEP-BY-STEP Revision 20 Date Pages Issued 12/03/15 1through18 Date Validated by 12/04/15 N/A Date A9.330B Effective Date 12/08/15 Date PAF-15-02230 This Working Copy has been verified current using the designated electronic version or has been compared to a controlled copy of the Operating Manual and SHALL be re-verified current once every 72 Hours. EMP. NO. 'INIT. DATE TIME BVPS-SBS Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures Unit 2 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK I. PURPOSE 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 2 of 18 This procedure provides the steps necessary to reduce the concentration of hydrogen and other dissolved gasses from the reactor coolant system for refueling or maintenance.
following makeup from GW surge Tank, change Precaution and Limitation A to state the oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% instead of 5%. (Rev. 3)
This procedure also provides instructions to purge the pressurizer vapor space of condensable gasses during power operation to assist in re-establishing the pressurizer PORVs loop seal. II. PRECAUTIONS  
: 5. PAF-02-03557, 02-03340RAD, Add to purpose that this procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen to maintain proper hydrogen concentration in the RCS; add initial condition For Part B, hydrogen has been established on the VCT; add steps to Independently Verify Closed
& LIMITATIONS A. Explosive mixture of oxygen and hydrogen in the Volume Control Tank (VCT) must be avoided at all times. The oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% by volume whenever a hydrogen blanket is present. Nitrogen gas may be used for purging. (20M-7.2)
[2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Daily Journal; Add part B, Maintaining Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS, Independently Verify control switch for [2CHS*LCV115A], VCT Level Cont in the Auto position and document in the Daily Journal. (Rev. 4)
: 6. CR 02-06831, PAF-02-03577, Added instruction to perform UT inspections to monitor any gas void formations. (Rev. 5)
: 7. PAF 08-01991 (Revision 6)
: a. CR 08-45417, Order 200335871, Remove steps to adjust the potentiometer for
[2CHS*LCV115A] to maintain :::; 95% level in VCT and to place the Control switch for [2CHS*LCV115A], VCT Level Cont to the Auto position.
: b. CA 08-38179-01, PCR 4064, Add a step to close [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT.
: c. Change Daily Journal to Narrative Log, correct increase and decrease verbs, and change check to verify.
2o
 
A9.330B Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-7.4.F DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROMTHEVOLUMECONTROLTANK STEP-BY-STEP Revision 20 Prepared by                          Date                       Pages Issued                   Effective Date J. P.Keegan                          12/03/15                   1through18                       12/08/15 Reviewed by                          Date                 Validated by                             Date C. Eberle                            12/04/15               N/A PORC Meeting No.                     Date PAF-15-02230 PORC Not Required This Working Copy has been verified current using the designated electronic version or has been compared to a controlled copy of the Operating Manual and SHALL be re-verified current once every 72 Hours.
EMP. NO.           'INIT.               DATE                 TIME
 
BVPS-SBS                                         Unit 2                                    20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                         Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                     Page 2 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK I.     PURPOSE This procedure provides the steps necessary to reduce the concentration of hydrogen and other dissolved gasses from the reactor coolant system for refueling or maintenance.
This procedure also provides instructions to purge the pressurizer vapor space of non-condensable gasses during power operation to assist in re-establishing the pressurizer PORVs loop seal.
II. PRECAUTIONS & LIMITATIONS A. Explosive mixture of oxygen and hydrogen in the Volume Control Tank (VCT) must be avoided at all times. The oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% by volume whenever a hydrogen blanket is present. Nitrogen gas may be used for purging.
(20M-7.2)
B. RCS H2 Cone is not to be reduced below 15 cc/kg with Rx critical (20M-51.2).
B. RCS H2 Cone is not to be reduced below 15 cc/kg with Rx critical (20M-51.2).
Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. Charging and letdown flow has been established.
Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. Charging and letdown flow has been established.
B. The reactor plant vents and drains system is lined up to receive and process the VCT vents. C. The boron recovery system is aligned to receive and process letdown from the CHS System. D. Nitrogen is available to [2CHS-67], N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS-PCV119].
B. The reactor plant vents and drains system is lined up to receive and process the VCT vents.
E. The primary plant component and neutron tank cooling water system is supplying cooling water to [2SSR-E22], PZR Vapor Space Sample Cooler. F. The reactor plant sample system is available to transfer condensable gasses from the pressurizer to a suitable collection point. G. [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Pressure Regulator, is initially set at 20 psig.
C. The boron recovery system is aligned to receive and process letdown from the CHS System.
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 3of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Preparation For Degassing The RCS From The VCT 1. Open [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT, (Aux. Bldg, EL. 755, 758) 2. Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV102], Volume control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet. (BB-A) 3. Remove hydrogen from the VCT as follows: (Aux. Bldg, EL. 755 VCT Cub South Wall/759)
D. Nitrogen is available to [2CHS-67], N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS-PCV119].
: a. Close [2CHS-65], (RM) H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118]
E. The primary plant component and neutron tank cooling water system is supplying cooling water to [2SSR-E22], PZR Vapor Space Sample Cooler.
AND Caution Tag. b. Close [2CHS-66], (RM) H2 Outlet lsol for [2CHS-PCV118]
F. The reactor plant sample system is available to transfer condensable gasses from the pressurizer to a suitable collection point.
AND Caution Tag. c. Verify Closed [2CHS*67] (RM) N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS*PCV119].
G. [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Pressure Regulator, is initially set at 20 psig.
: d. Verify Open [2CHS*68]
 
N2 to VCT lsol. e. Relieve any trapped pressure to the VCT as follows: 1) Open [2CHS*AOV203]
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                          Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 3of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Preparation For Degassing The RCS From The VCT
VCT Nitrogen Blanket Hdr lsol Viv. (BB-A) 2) Open [2CHS*PCV116B]
: 1. Open [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT, (Aux. Bldg, EL. 755, 758)
Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. (BB-A) f. Fail open [2CHS*PCV119], Nitrogen Supply Pressure Regulator, (Aux Bldg. 759' VCT Cubicle) by lowering VCT pressure AND then closing [2CHS-570].
: 2. Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV102], Volume control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet.
Diaphragm Pressure Root for [2CHS*PCV119]
(BB-A)
OR manually open using the manual override mechanism.
: 3. Remove hydrogen from the VCT as follows: (Aux. Bldg, EL. 755 VCT Cub South Wall/759)
: g. Reclose [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. h. Open [2CHS*67] (RM) N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS*PCV119].
: a. Close [2CHS-65], (RM) H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118] AND Caution Tag.
: i. Update the Control Room VOND. 4. Maintain the letdown flow rate as high as permissible for the existing plant conditions.
: b. Close [2CHS-66], (RM) H2 Outlet lsol for [2CHS-PCV118] AND Caution Tag.
: a. Keep at least [2RCS*P21A]
: c. Verify Closed [2CHS*67] (RM) N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS*PCV119].
or [2RCS*P21 C], Reactor Coolant Pumps, in operation to provide for continuous pressurizer spray flow. b. Energize additional pressurized heaters to maximize spray flow. 5. Verify [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv is set at 18 psig. (BB-A)
: d. Verify Open [2CHS*68] N2 to VCT lsol.
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 4of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK B. Purging The VCT During RCS Degasification CAUTION: VCT MINIMUM PRESSURE IS 15 PSIG. THIS WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED BACK PRESSURE ON THE RCP SEALS. 1. If necessary to enable reducing VCT pressure in the following steps, then fail open [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Press Reg, by Performing the following: (Aux. Bldg 755' VCT Cub E. Wall 757') a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A). b. Adjust [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, raising VCT pressure above 20 psig to open [2CHS-PCV117].
: e. Relieve any trapped pressure to the VCT as follows:
: c. With VCT pressure above 20 psig, Close [2CHS-564], Root lsol for PCV117] (Aux Bldg 755' VCT Cub E Wall), to trap pressure in the positioner for [2CHS-PCV117].
: 1)   Open [2CHS*AOV203] VCT Nitrogen Blanket Hdr lsol Viv. (BB-A)
: d. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A). Note: Step IV.B.2 through Step IV.B.5 may be performed as necessary during the VCT purge. 2. If required, reduce VCT gas space pressure on [2CHS-PI 117], so that additional non-condensable gasses escape from coolant in VCT, by performing any of the following:
: 2)   Open [2CHS*PCV116B] Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. (BB-A)
CAUTION: a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A). VCT MINIMUM PRESSURE IS 15 PSIG. THIS WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED BACK PRESSURE ON THE RCP SEALS. b. Adjust [2CHS-PCV116B]
: f. Fail open [2CHS*PCV119], Nitrogen Supply Pressure Regulator, (Aux Bldg.
to Reduce VCT pressure to between 15 and 20 psig. c. When VCT pressure is between 15 and 20 psig, Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
759' VCT Cubicle) by lowering VCT pressure AND then closing [2CHS-570].
: 3. If required, raise VCT level in preparation for VCT purging of non-condensable gasses as follows: a. Place [2CHS*LCV115], VCT Level Cont selector switch to VCT position.
Diaphragm Pressure Root for [2CHS*PCV119] OR manually open using the manual override mechanism.
: g. Reclose [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv.
: h. Open [2CHS*67] (RM) N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS*PCV119].
: i. Update the Control Room VOND.
: 4. Maintain the letdown flow rate as high as permissible for the existing plant conditions.
: a. Keep at least [2RCS*P21A] or [2RCS*P21 C], Reactor Coolant Pumps, in operation to provide for continuous pressurizer spray flow.
: b. Energize additional pressurized heaters to maximize spray flow.
: 5. Verify [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv is set at 18 psig.
(BB-A)
 
BVPS-SBS                                           Unit 2                                   20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                          Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                        Page 4of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK B. Purging The VCT During RCS Degasification CAUTION:         VCT MINIMUM PRESSURE IS 15 PSIG. THIS WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED BACK PRESSURE ON THE RCP SEALS.
: 1. If necessary to enable reducing VCT pressure in the following steps, then fail open
[2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Press Reg, by Performing the following: (Aux.
Bldg 755' VCT Cub E. Wall 757')
: a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).
: b. Adjust [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, raising VCT pressure above 20 psig to open [2CHS-PCV117].
: c. With VCT pressure above 20 psig, Close [2CHS-564], Root lsol for [2CHS-PCV117] (Aux Bldg 755' VCT Cub E Wall), to trap pressure in the positioner for
[2CHS-PCV117].
: d. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).
Note:             Step IV.B.2 through Step IV.B.5 may be performed as necessary during the VCT purge.
: 2. If required, reduce VCT gas space pressure on [2CHS-PI 117], so that additional non-condensable gasses escape from coolant in VCT, by performing any of the following:
: a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).
CAUTION:        VCT MINIMUM PRESSURE IS 15 PSIG. THIS WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED BACK PRESSURE ON THE RCP SEALS.
: b. Adjust [2CHS-PCV116B] to Reduce VCT pressure to between 15 and 20 psig.
: c. When VCT pressure is between 15 and 20 psig, Close [2CHS*AOV8101],
Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
: 3. If required, raise VCT level in preparation for VCT purging of non-condensable gasses as follows:
: a. Place [2CHS*LCV115], VCT Level Cont selector switch to VCT position.
: b. If desired to fill the VCT from the PRZR, then increase letdown flow or reduce charging flow. (preferred) (Otherwise step is N/A)
: b. If desired to fill the VCT from the PRZR, then increase letdown flow or reduce charging flow. (preferred) (Otherwise step is N/A)
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 5of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK c. If desired to fill the VCT from a Boric Acid Tank, Perform EITHER 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation", OR the following IF boric acid makeup is desired: (Otherwise step is N/A) 1) Verify open [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender (BB-A). 2) Verify closed [2CHS*MOV350], Emergency Boration lsol Viv (BB-A). 3) Check running OR Start [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump. CAUTION: USING THE RWST DURING MODES 1-4 WILL CAUSE ENTRY INTO T.S. 3.5.4, IF LEVEL REDUCES TO LESS THAN 716 INCHES. d. If desired to fill the VCT using makeup from the RWST, Perform the following: (Otherwise step is N/A) 1) Open [2CHS*LCV115B or 115D], Charging Pumps Suet From RWST, to provide makeup flow to pressurizer and VCT. 2) Close [2CHS*LCV115C or 115E], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank, to divert all return flow from degasifiers to the VCT. e. Allow VCT level to rise to a maximum of 90% -95%. 1) As [2CHS-Ll115], Volume Control Tank Level, AND [2CHS-Pl117]
 
Volume Control Tank Pressure, indicators rise, Cycle [2CHS*AOV8101], control switch between OPEN and CLOSE positions, to maintain VCT pressure between 15 and 20 psig. 4. When VCT level reaches the desired level, discontinue VCT fill AND Stabilize VCT level as follows: CAUTION: SUBSTEPS IV.B.4.a AND IV.B.4.b MUST BE PERFORMED FIRST TO ENSURE SUCTION FLOW TO CHARGING PUMPS. a. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV115C], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank. b. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV115E], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank. c. If the RWST was used as makeup to the CHS, Close [2CHS*LCV115B and 115D], Charging Pumps Suet From RWST. (Otherwise step is NIA)
BVPS-SBS                                         Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                            Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                        Page 5of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 6of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK d. If desired to isolate makeup flow from the Boric Acid Tank, perform the following: (Otherwise step is N/A) 1) Verify control switch to AUTO for [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump. 2) Close [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender. e. Balance charging and letdown flows to stabilize VCT level. 5. When desired, Reduce level in VCT to a minimum of 20% as follows: a. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A). b. Place [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, controller in AUTO OR manually adjust [2CHS-PCV116B]
: c. If desired to fill the VCT from a Boric Acid Tank, Perform EITHER 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation", OR the following IF boric acid makeup is desired: (Otherwise step is N/A)
to control VCT pressure.
: 1)   Verify open [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender (BB-A).
CAUTION: [2CHS*RV209], LTDN DEMIN RELIEF VLV, CAN LIFT IF LETDOWN FLOW IS GREATER THAN 75 GPM, [2CHS*LCV115A]
: 2)   Verify closed [2CHS*MOV350], Emergency Boration lsol Viv (BB-A).
IS IN THE FULL DIVERT TO THE DEGASIFIER POSITION, AND ONE DEGASIFIER IS ALIGNED TO RECEIVE LETDOWN. c. If flow will be diverted to the degasifier in the next step AND letdown flow is greater than 75 gpm, perform either of the following: (Otherwise N/A) 1) Reduce letdown flow by removing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice from service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service".
: 3)   Check running OR Start [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump.
OR 2) Align degasifiers to receive maximum letdown by Opening MOV1 OOB], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 24B1 & 24B2 Inlet Valve. d. Perform either of the following to reduce VCT level: 1) If the plant is in MODE 4 or 5 with an RCP running and a pressurizer steam bubble, Perform Attachment A, otherwise Adjust charging and letdown flows to transfer coolant from VCT to the pressurizer. (Preferred)
CAUTION:       USING THE RWST DURING MODES 1-4 WILL CAUSE ENTRY INTO T.S. 3.5.4, IF LEVEL REDUCES TO LESS THAN 716 INCHES.
OR 2) Operate [2CHS*LCV115A]
: d. If desired to fill the VCT using makeup from the RWST, Perform the following:
Mode Selector switch from VCT to AUTO to VCT position, as necessary to direct [2CHS*LCV112]
(Otherwise step is N/A)
flow to the coolant recovery tanks AND to maintain VCT pressure>
: 1)   Open [2CHS*LCV115B or 115D], Charging Pumps Suet From RWST, to provide makeup flow to pressurizer and VCT.
15 psig.
: 2)   Close [2CHS*LCV115C or 115E], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank, to divert all return flow from degasifiers to the VCT.
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 7of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK e. When VCT level reaches the desired level> 20%, Perform the following
: e. Allow VCT level to rise to a maximum of 90% - 95%.
: 1) Verify OR Place [2CHS*LCV115A]
: 1)   As [2CHS-Ll115], Volume Control Tank Level, AND [2CHS-Pl117] Volume Control Tank Pressure, indicators rise, Cycle [2CHS*AOV8101], control switch between OPEN and CLOSE positions, to maintain VCT pressure between 15 and 20 psig.
Mode Selector switch to AUTO position.
: 4. When VCT level reaches the desired level, discontinue VCT fill AND Stabilize VCT level as follows:
: 2) Place controller in AUTO for [2CHS-LCV112], VCT Level Cont Divert to Clnt Rcvy.) 3) Return pressurizer level to program AND Return charging flow control to automatic.
CAUTION:       SUBSTEPS IV.B.4.a AND IV.B.4.b MUST BE PERFORMED FIRST TO ENSURE SUCTION FLOW TO CHARGING PUMPS.
: 4) Verify [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, controller in AUTO. f. If desired to align makeup flow from the Boric Acid Transfer Pump to continue emergency boration, Perform the following: (Otherwise N/A) 1) Open [2CHS*MOV350], Emergency Boration lsol Viv. 2) Close [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender. 3) Place control switch to AUTO for [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump. 4) When emergency boration is no longer required, Close [2CHS*MOV350]
: a. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV115C], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank.
Emergency Boration lsol. Viv. g. If valve is failed open, return [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Press Reg, to the 20 psig setting by Opening [2CHS-564], Root lsol for [2CHS-PCV117] (aux Bldg 755' VCT Cub E Wall). (Otherwise step is N/A) 6. If flow to the degasifier(s) was reduced OR a second degasifier was placed into service, perform either of the following, as applicable: (Otherwise N/A) a. Raise letdown flow by placing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice in service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service".
: b. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV115E], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank.
OR b. Align degasifiers by Closing [2BRS-MOV100B], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 24B1 & 24B2 Inlet Valve. 7. Notify Chemistry that VCT has been purged AND to sample VCT for hydrogen.
: c. If the RWST was used as makeup to the CHS, Close [2CHS*LCV115B and 115D], Charging Pumps Suet From RWST. (Otherwise step is NIA)
 
BVPS-SBS                                         Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                          Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 6of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
: d. If desired to isolate makeup flow from the Boric Acid Tank, perform the following: (Otherwise step is N/A)
: 1)   Verify control switch to AUTO for [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump.
: 2)   Close [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender.
: e. Balance charging and letdown flows to stabilize VCT level.
: 5. When desired, Reduce level in VCT to a minimum of 20% as follows:
: a. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).
: b. Place [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, controller in AUTO OR manually adjust [2CHS-PCV116B] to control VCT pressure.
CAUTION:       [2CHS*RV209], LTDN DEMIN RELIEF VLV, CAN LIFT IF LETDOWN FLOW IS GREATER THAN 75 GPM, [2CHS*LCV115A] IS IN THE FULL DIVERT TO THE DEGASIFIER POSITION, AND ONE DEGASIFIER IS ALIGNED TO RECEIVE LETDOWN.
: c. If flow will be diverted to the degasifier in the next step AND letdown flow is greater than 75 gpm, perform either of the following: (Otherwise N/A)
: 1)   Reduce letdown flow by removing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice from service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service".
OR
: 2)   Align degasifiers to receive maximum letdown by Opening [2BRS-MOV1 OOB], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 24B1 & 24B2 Inlet Valve.
: d. Perform either of the following to reduce VCT level:
: 1)   If the plant is in MODE 4 or 5 with an RCP running and a pressurizer steam bubble, Perform Attachment A, otherwise Adjust charging and letdown flows to transfer coolant from VCT to the pressurizer. (Preferred)
OR
: 2)   Operate [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector switch from VCT to AUTO to VCT position, as necessary to direct [2CHS*LCV112] flow to the coolant recovery tanks AND to maintain VCT pressure> 15 psig.
 
BVPS-SBS                                           Unit 2                                   20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                        Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 7of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
: e. When VCT level reaches the desired level> 20%, Perform the following
: 1)   Verify OR Place [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector switch to AUTO position.
: 2)   Place controller in AUTO for [2CHS-LCV112], VCT Level Cont Divert to Clnt Rcvy.)
: 3)   Return pressurizer level to program AND Return charging flow control to automatic.
: 4)   Verify [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, controller in AUTO.
: f. If desired to align makeup flow from the Boric Acid Transfer Pump to continue emergency boration, Perform the following: (Otherwise N/A)
: 1)   Open [2CHS*MOV350], Emergency Boration lsol Viv.
: 2)   Close [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender.
: 3)   Place control switch to AUTO for [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump.
: 4)   When emergency boration is no longer required, Close [2CHS*MOV350]
Emergency Boration lsol. Viv.
: g. If valve is failed open, return [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Press Reg, to the 20 psig setting by Opening [2CHS-564], Root lsol for [2CHS-PCV117] (aux Bldg 755' VCT Cub E Wall). (Otherwise step is N/A)
: 6. If flow to the degasifier(s) was reduced OR a second degasifier was placed into service, perform either of the following, as applicable: (Otherwise N/A)
: a. Raise letdown flow by placing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice in service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service".
OR
: b. Align degasifiers by Closing [2BRS-MOV100B], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 24B1 &
24B2 Inlet Valve.
: 7. Notify Chemistry that VCT has been purged AND to sample VCT for hydrogen.
: 8. Go to Step IV.C.
: 8. Go to Step IV.C.
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 8 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK C. Continue To Degasify The RCS CAUTION: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT CAN RESULT IN A DILUTION OF THE RCS AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER.
 
THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S)
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                          Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 8 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK C. Continue To Degasify The RCS CAUTION:       CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT CAN RESULT IN A DILUTION OF THE RCS AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS.
ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS. CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO [2DGS-TK21]
CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO
OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S)
[2DGS-TK21] OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT.
ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT. BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE. 1. Place at least one 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E)
BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE.
PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to ON. 2. Verify [2RCS*PCV455A, 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO. 3. Request Chemistry to establish a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
: 1. Place at least one 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to ON.
: 4. If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21]
: 2. Verify [2RCS*PCV455A, 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO.
or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
: 3. Request Chemistry to establish a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
CAUTION: DO NOT REDUCE RCS HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BELOW 15CC/KG WITH REACTOR CRITICAL.
: 4. If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21] or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
: 5. At 3 hour intervals or as directed by Chemistry Section, purge the VCT gas space by performing Step IV. B. a. After each purge have chemistry sample Reactor Coolant System. b. Verify hydrogen concentration is reduced to less than 5cc/kg and the Xenon 133 gaseous activity to less than 0.5 microcuries/cc.
CAUTION:         DO NOT REDUCE RCS HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BELOW 15CC/KG WITH REACTOR CRITICAL.
IF not continue to purge at regular intervals.
: 5. At 3 hour intervals or as directed by Chemistry Section, purge the VCT gas space by performing Step IV. B.
: a. After each purge have chemistry sample Reactor Coolant System.
: b. Verify hydrogen concentration is reduced to less than 5cc/kg and the Xenon 133 gaseous activity to less than 0.5 microcuries/cc. IF not continue to purge at regular intervals.
: 6. To stop the purge of the PZR, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
: 6. To stop the purge of the PZR, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
: 7. Return [2RCS*PCV455A and 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control to AUTO.
: 7. Return [2RCS*PCV455A and 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control to AUTO.
BVPS-SBS Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures Unit 2 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 9of18 8. Independently verify [2RCS*PCV455A and 4558], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log. 9. Return the 2RCP*H2A,B,C,D and E, PRZR Heaters Group A,B,C,D and E to AUTO. 10. Independently verify the 2RCP*H2A,B,C,D and E, PRZR Heaters Group A,B,C,D and E in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log. 11. Restore [2CHS-PCV119], Nitrogen Supply Pressure Regulator by Opening [2CHS-570], Diaphragm Pressure Root for [2CHS-PCV119]
 
OR by operating the manual override mechanism, as applicable.
BVPS-SBS                                     Unit 2                                20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                 Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                               Page 9of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 10 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK Note: The following steps provide instructions to purge non-condensable gasses from the pressurizer, which is blocking the formation of the loop seal for the pressurizer PORV. D. Purge the Pressurizer of Non-condensable Gasses: CAUTION: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT CAN RESULT IN A DILUTION OF THE RCS AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER.
: 8. Independently verify [2RCS*PCV455A and 4558], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log.
THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S)
: 9. Return the 2RCP*H2A,B,C,D and E, PRZR Heaters Group A,B,C,D and E to AUTO.
ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS. CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO [2DGS-TK21]
: 10. Independently verify the 2RCP*H2A,B,C,D and E, PRZR Heaters Group A,B,C,D and E in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log.
OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S)
: 11. Restore [2CHS-PCV119], Nitrogen Supply Pressure Regulator by Opening
ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT. BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE. 1. Evaluate requesting an RWDA-G as a precaution for purging the pressurizer to the sample panel. 2. Verify at least one 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E)
[2CHS-570], Diaphragm Pressure Root for [2CHS-PCV119] OR by operating the manual override mechanism, as applicable.
PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to ON. 3. Verify [2RCS*PCV455A, 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO. 4. Request Chemistry to establish a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
 
: 5. If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21]
BVPS- SBS                                       Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                          Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 10 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK Note:           The following steps provide instructions to purge non-condensable gasses from the pressurizer, which is blocking the formation of the loop seal for the pressurizer PORV.
or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
D. Purge the Pressurizer of Non-condensable Gasses:
CAUTION:         CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT CAN RESULT IN A DILUTION OF THE RCS AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS.
CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO
[2DGS-TK21] OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT.
BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE.
: 1. Evaluate requesting an RWDA-G as a precaution for purging the pressurizer to the sample panel.
: 2. Verify at least one 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to ON.
: 3. Verify [2RCS*PCV455A, 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO.
: 4. Request Chemistry to establish a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
: 5. If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21] or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
: 6. After 24 hrs OR a time determined by Chemistry, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
: 6. After 24 hrs OR a time determined by Chemistry, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
: 7. Return the 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E)
: 7. Return the 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to AUTO.
PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to AUTO. 8. Independently verify the 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E)
: 8. Independently verify the 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log.
PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log. 3o BVPS-SBS Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures Unit 2 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 11 of 18 9. Assess the effectiveness of the purge on the formation of the loop seal by verifying
3o
[2RCS-Tl463], PORV Temp has dropped or returned to the temperature prior to the PORV leaking. 10. If [2RCS-Tl463], PORV Temp has dropped but not fully returned to the temperature prior to the PORV leaking, repeat the above steps to purge the pressurizer vapor space, if desired.
 
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 12of18 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK Note: ATTACHMENT A
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit 2                                      20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                         Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                     Page 11 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
* In MODE 4 or 5 with a pressurizer steam bubble in the pressurizer and normal spray in service, NET charging flow for this procedure is charging + seal injection  
: 9. Assess the effectiveness of the purge on the formation of the loop seal by verifying
-letdown -seal leak-off.
[2RCS-Tl463], PORV Temp has dropped or returned to the temperature prior to the PORV leaking.
45 kW of PRZR heaters are required for each gpm of NET charging flow. (ERFCS point [U1007])
: 10. If [2RCS-Tl463], PORV Temp has dropped but not fully returned to the temperature prior to the PORV leaking, repeat the above steps to purge the pressurizer vapor space, if desired.
* If all pressurizer heaters are not available, NET charging flow must be proportionally lower to prevent an insurge. For example with PRZR Htr H2A Backup Heater (215 Kw) OFF, NET charging flow should be reduced to < 25 gpm.
 
* Expected PRZR level rate of rise should be :::; 1 /3% per minute with all heaters energized.
BVPS-SBS                                         Unit 2                                     20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                         Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                     Page 12of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK ATTACHMENT A Note:
: 1. In MODE 4 or 5 with an RCP running and a pressurizer steam bubble, a pressurizer level rise of > 5% shall be performed in accordance with the following steps: a. Place all available
* In MODE 4 or 5 with a pressurizer steam bubble in the pressurizer and normal spray in service, NET charging flow for this procedure is charging +
[2RCP*H2A, H2B, H2C, H2D, H2E] Pressurizer Heaters in service. b. Adjust [2RCS*PCV455A(B)]
seal injection - letdown - seal leak-off. 45 kW of PRZR heaters are required for each gpm of NET charging flow. (ERFCS point [U1007])
PRZR Spray Valve as necessary to control pressurizer pressure and temperature.
* If all pressurizer heaters are not available, NET charging flow must be proportionally lower to prevent an insurge. For example with PRZR Htr H2A Backup Heater (215 Kw) OFF, NET charging flow should be reduced to
: c. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV460A and 4608), Regenerative Heat Exch Letdown Inlet Viv. d. Verify Open [2CHS*AOV200A, Band CJ, Letdown Orifice 21, 23, 22 lsol 45, 60, 60 gpm. e. Maintain [2CHS*FI 150), Non-Regen Hx Outlet Flow stable while performing the following steps. f. Slowly raise pressurizer level by raising charging flow to obtain a NET Charging Flow of< 30 gpm by Throttling
                      < 25 gpm.
[2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control in Manual control. I Note: The following step is a continuous action step. g. If PRZR surge line in-flow develops ([2RCS*Tl450]
* Expected PRZR level rate of rise should be :::; 1/3% per minute with all heaters energized.
PRZR Surge Line Temp drops below [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp by> 25F), Reduce charging/seal inj flow or Raise letdown flow to make NET charging flow less than PRZR spray flow. ATTACHMENT A
: 1. In MODE 4 or 5 with an RCP running and a pressurizer steam bubble, a pressurizer level rise of > 5% shall be performed in accordance with the following steps:
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 13 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK CAUTION: IF A MAJOR PRESSURIZER INSURGE OCCURS, THE PRESSURIZER LIQUID TEMPERATURE MUST BE ALLOWED TO STABILIZE BEFORE AN OUTSURGE IS RE-ESTABLISHED.
: a. Place all available [2RCP*H2A, H2B, H2C, H2D, H2E] Pressurizer Heaters in service.
THIS WILL PREVENT A SECOND TRANSIENT ON THE PRESSURIZER WHICH IS AS SEVERE AS THE FIRST. h. If a drop in [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp (T0480A) of> 25 F occurs due to an insurge, Perform the following:
: b. Adjust [2RCS*PCV455A(B)] PRZR Spray Valve as necessary to control pressurizer pressure and temperature.
: 1) Determine NET Charging Flow. 2) Stop the pressurizer insurge by Slowly throttling
: c. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV460A and 4608), Regenerative Heat Exch Letdown Inlet Viv.
[2CHS*FCV122]
: d. Verify Open [2CHS*AOV200A, Band CJ, Letdown Orifice 21, 23, 22 lsol 45, 60, 60 gpm.
and/or [2CHS*PCV145]
: e. Maintain [2CHS*FI 150), Non-Regen Hx Outlet Flow stable while performing the following steps.
to obtain a NET Charging Flow that corresponds to current heater output (i.e. 30 gpm for all heaters energized).
: f. Slowly raise pressurizer level by raising charging flow to obtain a NET Charging Flow of< 30 gpm by Throttling [2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control in Manual control.
: 3) Refer to LR 3.4.3. 4) Monitor [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp. 5) When [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp stabilizes, Re-establish a pressurizer outsurge by reducing charging flow to obtain a NET Charging Flow of < 30 gpm by throttling
I Note:         The following step is a continuous action step.
[2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control. i. When PRZR level is at the desired level, stabilize pressurizer level by throttling
: g. If PRZR surge line in-flow develops ([2RCS*Tl450] PRZR Surge Line Temp drops below [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp by> 25F), Reduce charging/seal inj flow or Raise letdown flow to make NET charging flow less than PRZR spray flow.
[2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control AND Return to AUTO. ATTACHMENT A
ATTACHMENT A
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK v. REFERENCES A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
 
: 1. T.S. 3.4.16 2. T.S. 3.5.4 B. UPDATED FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT NONE C. COMMITMENTS NONE D. ADMINISTRATIVE
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit 2                                     20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                        Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                    Page 13 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK CAUTION:       IF A MAJOR PRESSURIZER INSURGE OCCURS, THE PRESSURIZER LIQUID TEMPERATURE MUST BE ALLOWED TO STABILIZE BEFORE AN OUTSURGE IS RE-ESTABLISHED. THIS WILL PREVENT A SECOND TRANSIENT ON THE PRESSURIZER WHICH IS AS SEVERE AS THE FIRST.
: 1. LR 3.4.3 E. VENDOR INFORMATION NONE F. DRAWINGS 1. 10080-RM-407-2, VOND Charging Sys VCT And Make-Up 2. 10080-RM-414A-1, VOND Rx Plant Sample-Hood 1 3. 10080-RM-414A-2, VOND Rx Plant Sample-Hood 2 G. OPERATING MANUAL 1. 20M-7.1, Chemical And Volume Control System, Description
: h. If a drop in [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp (T0480A) of> 25 F occurs due to an insurge, Perform the following:
: 1)   Determine NET Charging Flow.
: 2)   Stop the pressurizer insurge by Slowly throttling [2CHS*FCV122] and/or
[2CHS*PCV145] to obtain a NET Charging Flow that corresponds to current heater output (i.e. 30 gpm for all heaters energized).
: 3)   Refer to LR 3.4.3.
: 4)   Monitor [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp.
: 5)   When [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp stabilizes, Re-establish a pressurizer outsurge by reducing charging flow to obtain a NET Charging Flow of < 30 gpm by throttling [2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control.
: i. When PRZR level is at the desired level, stabilize pressurizer level by throttling
[2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control AND Return to AUTO.
ATTACHMENT A
 
BVPS-SBS                                     Unit 2                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                       Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                   Page 14 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
: v.     REFERENCES A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
: 1. T.S. 3.4.16
: 2. T.S. 3.5.4 B. UPDATED FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT NONE C. COMMITMENTS NONE D. ADMINISTRATIVE
: 1. LR 3.4.3 E. VENDOR INFORMATION NONE F. DRAWINGS
: 1. 10080-RM-407-2, VOND Charging Sys VCT And Make-Up
: 2. 10080-RM-414A-1, VOND Rx Plant Sample-Hood 1
: 3. 10080-RM-414A-2, VOND Rx Plant Sample-Hood 2 G. OPERATING MANUAL
: 1. 20M-7.1, Chemical And Volume Control System, Description
: 2. 20M-7 .2 Precautions, Limitations, And Setpoints
: 2. 20M-7 .2 Precautions, Limitations, And Setpoints
: 3. 20M-7.3 2CHS Valve List 4. 20M-7.4.N, Blender Manual Makeup Operations
: 3. 20M-7.3 2CHS Valve List
: 5. 20M-14A.3 2SSR Valve List H. PLANT MODIFICATION NONE 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 14 of 18 BVPS-SBS Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures Unit 2 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK I. OTHER 1. OMDR 2-91-0177 (Rev. 0) 2. OMDR 2-92-0363 (Rev. 1) 3. OMDR 2-94-0688 (Rev. 2) 4. OMCN 2-96-409 (Rev. 3) 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 15of18 5. OMCR 2-97-0515, Add steps to purge non-condensable gasses from the pressurizer, which is blocking the formation of the loop seal for the pressurizer, Revise Part C to use CM 2-3.35 Part F, "Pressurizer Vapor Purge to the VCT" instead of providing the steps, OE 8037, "Boron Dilution During Pressurizer Steam Space Purge", Revise step A.3 high level action step to address the following substeps, Remove steps that checked open 2CHS-67,68, Add step to close 2CHS-MOV350 when the emergency boration is no longer needed. Add steps to return the pressurizer spray valves, the pressurizer heaters, and 2CHS-PCV119 to NSA, Reword Step to go to 20M-7.4.T if the VCT sparger is bypassed (Rev. 4) 6. OMCR 2-97-533, Revised step to return PRZR level to program and restore charging flow control to automatic (CR 971142) (Rev. 5). 7. OMCR 1-98-0437, CR 981088, 980357, WCAP 13588 "Operational Strategies for Mitigating Pressurizer lnsurge and Outsurge Transients".
: 4. 20M-7.4.N, Blender Manual Makeup Operations
Notes and steps were added to inform the operator of pressurizer insurges and to properly control charging, letdown to prevent an insurge during pressurizer fill; CR 981459, BCO 2-98-004 (Original issue) -The Chemical and Volume Control System will be operated with a letdown flow rate of greater than 66 gpm and less than or equal to 120 gpm only on a temporary basis to address a transient condition and only when the RCS specific activity is verified to be less than or equal to 0.5 &#xb5;Ci/gram dose equivalent 1-131. A Caution was added to inform the user of this limitation. (Rev. 6) 8. OMCN 2-98-334 incorporated Revision 1 to BCO 2-98-004 which changed the letdown flow limit to 75 gpm. (Rev. 7) 9. BCO 2-98-004 (Rev. 2) changed the maximum permissible RCS specific activity to 0.35 &#xb5;Ci/gram dose equivalent 1-131 in the Caution containing letdown flow and RCS specific activity limits. (Issue 4/Rev. 8) 10. Removed Caution containing letdown flow and RCS specific activity limits from the step directing the maximizing of letdown flow (Step A.4), and removed the associated reference to BCO 2-98-004, to support implementation of TS Amendment 101. (Issue 4/Rev. 9) 11. CATS E990338B, OMCR 2-99-443, OE 8037 and OE 9822; added to Section "C" a Caution about purging pressurizer vapor space causing a RCS dilution, added steps to Section "C" to energize one set of backup heaters and verify pressurizer spray valve control in AUTO. This is the same Caution and steps that are already in Section "D". Revised step to clarify "check" and "verify" wording. (Revision
: 5. 20M-14A.3 2SSR Valve List H. PLANT MODIFICATION NONE
: 10)
 
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 16 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK 12. CR 991449-12, Correct reference number for Chemistry procedure C.M. 2-3.35, Part E.4 (Revision 11 ). 13. DRR-02-00560:
BVPS-SBS                                          Unit 2                                      20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                           Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                       Page 15of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK I. OTHER
For LAR 2A-159, changed the T.S. 3.1.2.8.b reference to T.S. 3.1.2.8, reflecting a numbering change resulting from the relocation of portions of T.S. 3.1.2.8 to the Licensing Requirements Manual. (Revision
: 1. OMDR 2-91-0177 (Rev. 0)
: 12) 14. DRR-02-01756:
: 2. OMDR 2-92-0363 (Rev. 1)
For TS Amendment 124, reference to TS 3.4.9.2 was modified to refer to LR 8.4, to reflect relocation of that requirement to the Licensing Requirements Manual. (Revision 13). 15. PAF-02-03743, modified instructions in Part C and Part D to remove a specific reference to "CM 2-3.35 Part E.4, Pressurizer Vapor Purge to the VCT" and replace with "approved Chemistry procedures".
: 3. OMDR 2-94-0688 (Rev. 2)
This will facilitate performing continuous degasification to the Primary Drains Tank using previously approved Chemistry procedures. (Revision
: 4. OMCN 2-96-409 (Rev. 3)
: 14) 16. PAF 03-00261, CA 02-06831-54, Deleted old step IV.A.1 for venting the charging pumps. Venting for this condition was determined unnecessary since gas production problem was corrected with installation of multi-staged orifices on the mini-flow lines via DCP 2304. Deleted instruction related to VCT being bypassed i.e. [2CHS-17]
: 5. OMCR 2-97-0515, Add steps to purge non-condensable gasses from the pressurizer, which is blocking the formation of the loop seal for the pressurizer, Revise Part C to use CM 2-3.35 Part F, "Pressurizer Vapor Purge to the VCT" instead of providing the steps, OE 8037, "Boron Dilution During Pressurizer Steam Space Purge", Revise step A.3 high level action step to address the following substeps, Remove steps that checked open 2CHS-67,68, Add step to close 2CHS-MOV350 when the emergency boration is no longer needed. Add steps to return the pressurizer spray valves, the pressurizer heaters, and 2CHS-PCV119 to NSA, Reword Step to go to 20M-7.4.T if the VCT sparger is bypassed (Rev. 4)
closed as management has determined this could adversely effect control of CVCS. CA 03-07909-02, Added "OR BORATION" to caution in section for purging the pressurizer.
: 6. OMCR 2-97-533, Revised step to return PRZR level to program and restore charging flow control to automatic (CR 971142) (Rev. 5).
Corrected NSS to SM to reflect current station title. (Revision
: 7. OMCR 1-98-0437, CR 981088, 980357, WCAP 13588 "Operational Strategies for Mitigating Pressurizer lnsurge and Outsurge Transients". Notes and steps were added to inform the operator of pressurizer insurges and to properly control charging, letdown to prevent an insurge during pressurizer fill; CR 981459, BCO 2-98-004 (Original issue) - The Chemical and Volume Control System will be operated with a letdown flow rate of greater than 66 gpm and less than or equal to 120 gpm only on a temporary basis to address a transient condition and only when the RCS specific activity is verified to be less than or equal to 0.5 &#xb5;Ci/gram dose equivalent 1-131. A Caution was added to inform the user of this limitation.
: 15) 17. PAF 06-00015, Marked current Technical Specifications/License Requirements as [CTS] and added Improved Technical Specifications/License Requirements as [ITS]. Added level of use. (Revision
(Rev. 6)
: 16) 18. PAF 08-01991, (Revision
: 8. OMCN 2-98-334 incorporated Revision 1 to BCO 2-98-004 which changed the letdown flow limit to 75 gpm. (Rev. 7)
: 17) a. CA 08-038197-01, add a step to open [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT, correct the use of check and verify verbs and change Daily Journal To Narrative Log. b. Order 200327672:
: 9. BCO 2-98-004 (Rev. 2) changed the maximum permissible RCS specific activity to 0.35 &#xb5;Ci/gram dose equivalent 1-131 in the Caution containing letdown flow and RCS specific activity limits. (Issue 4/Rev. 8)
: 1) Add caution: With an initial high RCS boron concentration, a dilution of 15 gallons every hour can be expected.
: 10. Removed Caution containing letdown flow and RCS specific activity limits from the step directing the maximizing of letdown flow (Step A.4), and removed the associated reference to BCO 2-98-004, to support implementation of TS Amendment 101. (Issue 4/Rev. 9)
: 2) Add caution: based on the initial amount of non-condensable gases in the pressurizer, a VCT level transient can be expected due to a pressurizer insurge. 3) Add step: Evaluate requesting an RWDA-G as a precaution for purging the pressurizer to the sample panel. c. Remove reference to current Technical Specifications and update references.
: 11. CATS E990338B, OMCR 2-99-443, OE 8037 and OE 9822; added to Section "C" a Caution about purging pressurizer vapor space causing a RCS dilution, added steps to Section "C" to energize one set of backup heaters and verify pressurizer spray valve control in AUTO. This is the same Caution and steps that are already in Section "D". Revised step to clarify "check" and "verify" wording. (Revision 10)
8VPS-S8S Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 17 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK 19. PAF-11-00151, CA 10-81062-02, Added a step to provide an option to reduce letdown flow by removing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice from service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service" or to align degasifiers to receive maximum letdown by Opening [28RS-MOV1008], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 2481 & 2482 Inlet Valve, if letdown flow to a degasifier will exceed 75 gpm. Added Caution that [2CHS*RV209]
 
may lift if letdown flow is greater than 75 gpm. Added steps to return letdown flow and degasifier alignment to normal arrangement. (Revision
BVPS-SBS                                         Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                            Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                        Page 16 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
: 18) 20. PAF 12-02281, LUC PAF 11-00526 (Revision
: 12. CR 991449-12, Correct reference number for Chemistry procedure C.M. 2-3.35, Part E.4 (Revision 11 ).
: 19) a. Delete Step A.8; Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. This step is redundant to the following instructions.
: 13. DRR-02-00560: For LAR 2A-159, changed the T.S. 3.1.2.8.b reference to T.S. 3.1.2.8, reflecting a numbering change resulting from the relocation of portions of T.S. 3.1.2.8 to the Licensing Requirements Manual. (Revision 12)
: b. Revise the steps that raise and lower VCT level and pressure by preceding the step with the contingency; if required.
: 14. DRR-02-01756: For TS Amendment 124, reference to TS 3.4.9.2 was modified to refer to LR 8.4, to reflect relocation of that requirement to the Licensing Requirements Manual. (Revision 13).
Revise the instructions that raise and lower VCT level and pressure by adding; to the desired values, and maintain the parameters within the established limits. The changes provide flexibility to address limiting plant conditions for inventory control and the down stream vent flowpath.
: 15. PAF-02-03743, modified instructions in Part C and Part D to remove a specific reference to "CM 2-3.35 Part E.4, Pressurizer Vapor Purge to the VCT" and replace with "approved Chemistry procedures". This will facilitate performing continuous degasification to the Primary Drains Tank using previously approved Chemistry procedures. (Revision 14)
: c. Delete Step 8.5; Purge the VCT of non-condensable gasses as follows: 1) Manually Open [2CHS-PCV1168], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to sweep nitrogen across VCT while venting the VCT to degasifiers.
: 16. PAF 03-00261, CA 02-06831-54, Deleted old step IV.A.1 for venting the charging pumps. Venting for this condition was determined unnecessary since gas production problem was corrected with installation of multi-staged orifices on the mini-flow lines via DCP 2304. Deleted instruction related to VCT being bypassed i.e. [2CHS-17] closed as management has determined this could adversely effect control of CVCS. CA 03-07909-02, Added "OR BORATION" to caution in section for purging the pressurizer. Corrected NSS to SM to reflect current station title.
: 2) For several minutes, Cycle Open [2CHS*AOV8101  
(Revision 15)
], to purge gasses from VCT gas space AND Maintain VCT gas pressure on [2CHS-Pl117]
: 17. PAF 06-00015, Marked current Technical Specifications/License Requirements as
between 15-20 psig. Experience has shown that sweeping the VCT gas space with nitrogen is not effective at degassing the RCS and causes excessive nitrogen use. d. Add the option to manually adjust [2CHS-PCV1168]
[CTS] and added Improved Technical Specifications/License Requirements as
to control VCT pressure and to select VCT to AUTO to VCT position, as necessary to direct [2CHS*LCV112]
[ITS]. Added level of use. (Revision 16)
flow to the coolant recovery tanks AND to maintain VCT pressure > 15 psig. The manual control will allow better control of VCT level and pressure.
: 18. PAF 08-01991, (Revision 17)
The rate of nitrogen addition to the VCT is limited.
: a. CA 08-038197-01, add a step to open [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT, correct the use of check and verify verbs and change Daily Journal To Narrative Log.
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 18of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK 21. PAF-15-02230, notification 601011600, CR 2015-15730, (Revision
: b. Order 200327672:
: 20) a. For the Caution before step C.1 and D.1: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT MAY RESULT IN AN INADVERTENT DILUTION OF THE RCS. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S)
: 1) Add caution: With an initial high RCS boron concentration, a dilution of 15 gallons every hour can be expected.
ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS DURING THE PURGE TO PREVENT A DILUTION, remove INADVERTENT and add AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER.
: 2) Add caution: based on the initial amount of non-condensable gases in the pressurizer, a VCT level transient can be expected due to a pressurizer insurge.
: b. Add the following caution before step C.1: BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE. c. Add caution before step C.1 and D.1: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO [2DGS-TK21]
: 3) Add step: Evaluate requesting an RWDA-G as a precaution for purging the pressurizer to the sample panel.
OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S)
: c. Remove reference to current Technical Specifications and update references.
ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT. d. Add steps C.4 and D.5: If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21]
 
or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
8VPS-S8S                                         Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                            Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 17 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
: 19. PAF-11-00151, CA 10-81062-02, Added a step to provide an option to reduce letdown flow by removing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice from service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service" or to align degasifiers to receive maximum letdown by Opening [28RS-MOV1008], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 2481 & 2482 Inlet Valve, if letdown flow to a degasifier will exceed 75 gpm. Added Caution that [2CHS*RV209] may lift if letdown flow is greater than 75 gpm. Added steps to return letdown flow and degasifier alignment to normal arrangement. (Revision 18)
: 20. PAF 12-02281, LUC PAF 11-00526 (Revision 19)
: a. Delete Step A.8; Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. This step is redundant to the following instructions.
: b. Revise the steps that raise and lower VCT level and pressure by preceding the step with the contingency; if required. Revise the instructions that raise and lower VCT level and pressure by adding; to the desired values, and maintain the parameters within the established limits. The changes provide flexibility to address limiting plant conditions for inventory control and the down stream vent flowpath.
: c. Delete Step 8.5; Purge the VCT of non-condensable gasses as follows:
: 1)   Manually Open [2CHS-PCV1168], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to sweep nitrogen across VCT while venting the VCT to degasifiers.
: 2)   For several minutes, Cycle Open [2CHS*AOV8101 ], to purge gasses from VCT gas space AND Maintain VCT gas pressure on [2CHS-Pl117]
between 15-20 psig. Experience has shown that sweeping the VCT gas space with nitrogen is not effective at degassing the RCS and causes excessive nitrogen use.
: d. Add the option to manually adjust [2CHS-PCV1168] to control VCT pressure and to select VCT to AUTO to VCT position, as necessary to direct
[2CHS*LCV112] flow to the coolant recovery tanks AND to maintain VCT pressure > 15 psig. The manual control will allow better control of VCT level and pressure. The rate of nitrogen addition to the VCT is limited.
 
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit 2                                     20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                      Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                  Page 18of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
: 21. PAF-15-02230, notification 601011600, CR 2015-15730, (Revision 20)
: a. For the Caution before step C.1 and D.1: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT MAY RESULT IN AN INADVERTENT DILUTION OF THE RCS. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS DURING THE PURGE TO PREVENT A DILUTION, remove INADVERTENT and add AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER.
: b. Add the following caution before step C.1: BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE.
: c. Add caution before step C.1 and D.1: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO [2DGS-TK21] OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT.
: d. Add steps C.4 and D.5: If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21] or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
: e. For step D.6, After 24 hrs of purging, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures, add OR a time determined by Chemistry.
: e. For step D.6, After 24 hrs of purging, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures, add OR a time determined by Chemistry.
Question 33 Recommendation:
 
The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #33. Reason: Technical information available that supports an additional answer and simulator response.
Question 33 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #33.
Reason: Technical information available that supports an additional answer and simulator response.
: 33. Annunciator A4-3H, Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT) Trouble has alarmed.
: 33. Annunciator A4-3H, Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT) Trouble has alarmed.
* The operator reports it is due to HIGH PRT temperature
* The operator reports it is due to HIGH PRT temperature
* Level and pressure are within the normal range
* Level and pressure are within the normal range
* PRZR Safety valves and PORVs are closed In accordance with 20M-6.4.AA Y, PRT Trouble ARP, which of the following choices identifies ALL of the valves listed below that would be opened to reduce PRT temperature?
* PRZR Safety valves and PORVs are closed In accordance with 20M-6.4.AAY, PRT Trouble ARP, which of the following choices identifies ALL of the valves listed below that would be opened to reduce PRT temperature?
: 1. PRT Pri Grade MIU Wtrvalves
: 1. PRT Pri Grade MIU Wtrvalves [2RCS-MOV516 and 2RCS-AOV519]
[2RCS-MOV516 and 2RCS-AOV519]
: 2. PRT Vent Vlv [2RCS-MOV549]
: 2. PRT Vent Vlv [2RCS-MOV549]
: 3. PRT Drain Vlv [2RCS-MOV523]
: 3. PRT Drain Vlv [2RCS-MOV523]
A. I only B. I and 2 only C. I and 3 only D. 1 and 2 and 3 Question 33 tested knowledge of the system flow path necessary to lower temperature in the PRT. Based on system design only two valves (2RCS-MOV-516 and 2RCS-AOV 519) are required to allow flow to the Pressurizer Relief Tank spray nozzles and lower PRT temperature.
A.     I only B. I and 2 only C. I and 3 only D. 1 and 2 and 3 Question 33 tested knowledge of the system flow path necessary to lower temperature in the PRT.
This information supports the original correct answer "A". This question also stated that this evolution was to be performed in accordance with 20M-6.4.AAY, Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble. This procedure contains multiple sections that addresses the maintenance of multiple PRT parameters.
Based on system design only two valves (2RCS-MOV-516 and 2RCS-AOV 519) are required to allow flow to the Pressurizer Relief Tank spray nozzles and lower PRT temperature. This information supports the original correct answer "A".
Specifically, PRT Temperature, Pressure and Level. When reducing PRT temperature, it is common in the plant and simulator to have to drain the PRT due to a resultant high PRT pressure and/or a high PRT level during the cooling operation of flowing water into the PRT via the PRT spray header. Raising PRT level to 90.5% also closes Primary Grade Make up Water Supply Valve 2RCS-MOV516 on interlock which would terminate the cooling water flow and require PRT level to be reduced to continue cooling operations.
This question also stated that this evolution was to be performed in accordance with 20M-6.4.AAY, Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble. This procedure contains multiple sections that addresses the maintenance of multiple PRT parameters. Specifically, PRT Temperature, Pressure and Level. When reducing PRT temperature, it is common in the plant and simulator to have to drain the PRT due to a resultant high PRT pressure and/or a high PRT level during the cooling operation of flowing water into the PRT via the PRT spray header. Raising PRT level to 90.5% also closes Primary Grade Make up Water Supply Valve 2RCS-MOV516 on interlock which would terminate the cooling water flow and require PRT level to be reduced to continue cooling operations. When performing the PRT cooling portion of 20M-6.4.AAY, plant and simulator response both show that PRT pressure will be the first PRT parameter to rise outside of it's required band/actuate the high pressure alarm at 13 psig. 20M-6.4.AAY would then be required to be referenced for high PRT pressure. The high pressure response section of the annunciator response procedure has a subsection that addresses the PRT make up supply valve (2RCS-MOV516} being open and requires the supply valve to be closed and the drain valve (2RCS-MOVS23} be opened. Furthermore the high level response section of the annunciator response procedure has a subsection that addresses the PRT make up supply valve (2RCS-MOV516) being open and requires the supply valve to be closed and the drain valve (2RCS-MOV523} be opened.
When performing the PRT cooling portion of 20M-6.4.AAY, plant and simulator response both show that PRT pressure will be the first PRT parameter to rise outside of it's required band/actuate the high pressure alarm at 13 psig. 20M-6.4.AAY would then be required to be referenced for high PRT pressure.
 
The high pressure response section of the annunciator response procedure has a subsection that addresses the PRT make up supply valve MOV516} being open and requires the supply valve to be closed and the drain valve (2RCS-MOVS23}
The opening of the PRT vent valve is not a plausible answer for this question because for this evolution, with the known starting point of level and pressure in the desired band, there is the appropriate volume of gas. Upon completion of this evolution, level and pressure will be returned to the original starting point and thus require the same volume of gas. Venting the PRT will unnecessarily change the desired volume of gas in the PRT. Additionally, opening of the PRT vent valve is not procedurally directed until PRT pressure rises to 67 psig and only if draining is not effective in reducing pressure. Therefore for the given parameters and procedural direction, the PRT vent valve will not be operated for this evolution.
be opened. Furthermore the high level response section of the annunciator response procedure has a subsection that addresses the PRT make up supply valve (2RCS-MOV516) being open and requires the supply valve to be closed and the drain valve (2RCS-MOV523}
Refer to attached simulator print out of applicable plant parameters and the explanation below.
be opened.
The Stem of the Question says pressure and temperatures are in their normal ranges;
The opening of the PRT vent valve is not a plausible answer for this question because for this evolution, with the known starting point of level and pressure in the desired band, there is the appropriate volume of gas. Upon completion of this evolution, level and pressure will be returned to the original starting point and thus require the same volume of gas. Venting the PRT will unnecessarily change the desired volume of gas in the PRT. Additionally, opening of the PRT vent valve is not procedurally directed until PRT pressure rises to 67 psig and only if draining is not effective in reducing pressure.
Therefore for the given parameters and procedural direction, the PRT vent valve will not be operated for this evolution.
Refer to attached simulator print out of applicable plant parameters and the explanation below. The Stem of the Question says pressure and temperatures are in their normal ranges;
* Normal PRT pressure should be kept below the alarm setpoint of 13 psig.
* Normal PRT pressure should be kept below the alarm setpoint of 13 psig.
* Normal PRT level is maintained between High and Low level alarms per Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2.A which is 66% and 78% (See attached set point document 20M-6.2.B). Standard simulator Initial Condition Sets have PRT level at 76%.
* Normal PRT level is maintained between High and Low level alarms per Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2.A which is 66% and 78% (See attached set point document 20M-6.2.B). Standard simulator Initial Condition Sets have PRT level at 76%.
* Normal PRT temperature should be kept at or below 120F per Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2.A.
* Normal PRT temperature should be kept at or below 120F per Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2.A.
* PRT High Temperature Alarm actuates at 125F (See attached set point document 20M-6.2.B).
* PRT High Temperature Alarm actuates at 125F (See attached set point document 20M-6.2.B).
* Per simulator trends (See Attached)
* Per simulator trends (See Attached) PRT level rises approximately 14% to reduce PRT temperature by 2F.
PRT level rises approximately 14% to reduce PRT temperature by 2F. If the candidate assumes that level is in the normal operating range as seen in the simulator of approximately 76% and Temperature is to be taken back into the normal range of 120F that equates to approximately a 35% rise in PRT level and takes level above the 90.5% closure set point for MOV516. Therefore to complete the evolution and return temperature to the normal range PRT drain valve 2RCS-MOV523 must be opened. A recent training evolution performed in the simulator had candidates drain the PRT during a cool down evolution.
If the candidate assumes that level is in the normal operating range as seen in the simulator of approximately 76% and Temperature is to be taken back into the normal range of 120F that equates to approximately a 35% rise in PRT level and takes level above the 90.5% closure set point for 2RCS-MOV516.
It is typical that level rises prior to temperature being reduced to its normal band. The facility is asking for 2 answers (A and/or C) to be accepted based on the assumption the candidate made when answering the question.
Therefore to complete the evolution and return temperature to the normal range PRT drain valve 2RCS-MOV523 must be opened.
A recent training evolution performed in the simulator had candidates drain the PRT during a cool down evolution. It is typical that level rises prior to temperature being reduced to its normal band.
The facility is asking for 2 answers (A and/or C) to be accepted based on the assumption the candidate made when answering the question.
If candidates answered the basic question "What does it take to reduce PRT Temperature" then answer "A" is correct as only 2RCS-MOV-516 and 2RCS-AOV519 are needed to reduce temperature.
If candidates answered the basic question "What does it take to reduce PRT Temperature" then answer "A" is correct as only 2RCS-MOV-516 and 2RCS-AOV519 are needed to reduce temperature.
If however the candidates took a more integrated approach to the evolution as demonstrated in a recent training session and performed it "In Accordance With" the plant procedure stated in the stem, then PRT drain valve 2RCS-MOV523 must be opened to return PRT temperature to the normal range of 120F. Then answer "C" is correct.
If however the candidates took a more integrated approach to the evolution as demonstrated in a recent training session and performed it "In Accordance With" the plant procedure stated in the stem, then PRT drain valve 2RCS-MOV523 must be opened to return PRT temperature to the normal range of 120F. Then answer "C" is correct.
Beaver Valley Power Station Reactor Coolant System Operating Procedures Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble Unit 2 A. PRZR RLF TK TEMP HIGH SETPOINTS:
 
125&deg;F SWITCH: ING DEVICE: Bay 10 2 -TYl471, 2RCS-TSH471 PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 Power Operated Relief or Pressurizer Safety Valve leakage. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 1. Check PRZR Relief Tank Temperature, ([2RCS-Tl471], VB-B). 20M-6.4.AA Y Revision 10 Page 3 of 31 A4-3H 2. If PRZR Relief Tank Temp is> 125&deg;F, check the PORV and Safety Valve tailpipe temperatures for indication of leaking valve, ([2RCS-Tl463, 465, 467, 469], VB-B). Note: A leaking PORV may possibly be identified by observing an excessively high heat trace temperature on circuit [2HTS-JB3-134, 135 or 136] at [2HTSPNLN4AB]
Beaver Valley Power Station                       Unit 2                                20M-6.4.AAY Reactor Coolant System                                                                     Revision 10 Operating Procedures                                                                     Page 3 of 31 A4-3H Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble A. PRZR RLF TK TEMP HIGH SETPOINTS: 125&deg;F
C-4, C-5, C-6 (PAB, Elev 755) 3. If PORV leakage is determined to be unacceptable by the SM, Isolate the PORV in accordance with 20M-6.4.Q, "Isolation of A Power Operated Relief Valve". a. Refer to T.S. 3.4.11, for additional requirements with PORV inoperable.
                          ~CT SWITCH:
Note: [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv will not open if PRT leve 90.5% or PRT pressure 67 psig 4. Reduce PRZR Relief Tank Temperature  
Bay 10 ING DEVICE:
< 125F as follows: a. Open [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv. b. Open [2RCS-AOV519], PRZR Relief Tank Pri Grade MIU Wtr Inlet. c. When the desired PRT temperature is achieved, Close [2RCS-AOV519], PRZR Relief Tank Pri Grade MIU Wtr Inlet. d. Close [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv. 120F cer 20M-6.2A P&L 76 e. Independently verify [2RCS-AOV519]
2     -TYl471, 2RCS-TSH471 PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 Power Operated Relief or Pressurizer Safety Valve leakage.
closed and log in the Narrative Log. 5. If a Pressurizer Safety Valve is determined to be leaking, go to 20M-53C.4.2.6.7, "Excessive Primary Plant Leakage".
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
Beaver Valley Power Station Reactor Coolant System Operating Procedures Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble Unit 2 C. PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH SETPOINTS:
: 1. Check PRZR Relief Tank Temperature, ([2RCS-Tl471], VB-B).
13 psig DISCONNECT SWITCH: S383, Bay 10 INITIATING DEVICE: 2RCS-PY/472A, 2RCS-PSH472 PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 4 [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv open. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 20M-6.4.AA Y Revision 10 Page 15 of 31 A4-3H 1. Ensure [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv is closed, (BB-A). Note: [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv will not open if [2DGS-TK21]
: 2. If PRZR Relief Tank Temp is> 125&deg;F, check the PORV and Safety Valve tailpipe temperatures for indication of leaking valve, ([2RCS-Tl463, 465, 467, 469], VB-B).
38" or pressure 7.6 psig. The drain rate of the PRT may exceed the discharge rate of the Primary Drains Transfer Pumps, overfill [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 and cause water intrusion into the nitrogen supply line to [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21. 2. If PRZR Relief Tank level is> 72%, drain the PRZR Relief Tank to 67% by opening [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv, (BB-A). a. Monitor the level in [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 while draining the PRT. If A2-5A Primary Drains Transfer Tank/Pump Trouble actuates, refer to the respective ARP. b. Close [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv. PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 5 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve leakage. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 1. Check PRZR Relief Tank Pressure ([2RCS-Pl472], VB-B). 2. Check the PORV and Safety Valve tailpipe temperatures for indication of leaking valve, ([2RCS-Tl463, 465, 467, 469], VB-B). C. PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH Beaver Valley Power Station Reactor Coolant System Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS Unit 2 20M-6.2.A Revision 22 Page 11 of 12 74. The gases in the pressurizer relief tank must be sampled routinely.
Note:             A leaking PORV may possibly be identified by observing an excessively high heat trace temperature on circuit [2HTS-JB3-134, 135 or 136] at
The oxygen concentration must be maintained less than 2 percent by volume and the hydrogen concentration less than 4 percent. (Section 5 -Table of References  
[2HTSPNLN4AB] C-4, C-5, C-6 (PAB, Elev 755) 3.
#1) 75. The PRT must NOT be vented to the waste disposal system vent header if the pressure exceeds 60 psig. (Section 5 -Table of References  
If PORV leakage is determined to be unacceptable by the SM, Isolate the PORV in accordance with 20M-6.4.Q, "Isolation of A Power Operated Relief Valve".
#1) 76. The relief tank water temperature should be maintained at or below 120&deg;F AND the water level should be maintained in the normal operating range between the high and low alarm set points during normal operation. (Section 5 -Table of Reference  
: a. Refer to T.S. 3.4.11, for additional requirements with PORV inoperable.
#1 ) 77. Prior to each plant startup, following a refueling, verify that the pressurizer relief tank rupture discs are in place. (Section 5 -Table of Reference  
Note:             [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv will not open if PRT leve
#204) Loop Stop Valves 78. Reactor coolant system loop stop valves may NOT be closed in more than one loop unless the reactor coolant system is connected to the residual heat removal system. (Section 5 -Table of References  
                    ~ 90.5% or PRT pressure is~ 67 psig
#204) 79. The plant must be at zero load with the shutdown rods fully withdrawn prior to opening either stop valve in an isolated loop AND throughout the timing interval required prior to opening the cold leg stop valve. (Section 5 -Table of References  
: 4. Reduce PRZR Relief Tank Temperature < 125F as follows:
#204) 80. The boron concentration in an isolated loop must be maintained at a value greater than or equal to the boron concentration in the active loops. (Section 5 -Table of References  
: a. Open [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv.
#204) 81. [CTS] Tech. Spec. 3.4.1.5 "Isolated Loop Startup".
: b. Open [2RCS-AOV519], PRZR Relief Tank Pri Grade MIU Wtr Inlet.
[ITS] RCS ISOLATED LOOP STARTUP (Refer to T.S. 3.4.18) 82. The neutron count rate must be logged every five minutes during the timing interval required prior to opening the cold leg stop valve. Should the count rate increase by more than a factor of two over the initial count rate, the hot leg stop valve should be re-closed AND no attempt made to open the loop stop valves until the reason for the count rate increase has been determined. (Section 5 -Table of References  
: c. When the desired PRT temperature is achieved, Close [2RCS-AOV519], PRZR Relief Tank Pri Grade MIU Wtr Inlet.
#204) 83. The motor starters for the loop stop valves must be administratively de-energized (circuit breakers opened AND padlocked) at all times except when authorized for opening or closing a valve. The motor starters may be energized (circuit breakers unlocked) for only one loop at a time. (Section 5 -Table of References  
120F cer 20M-6.2A P&L 76
#204) 84. Kerotest valves are 1 1/2 turns full stroke. Attempting to turn the valve in either direction more than 1 1/2 turns may result in damage to the brass plug. 85. Do NOT use mechanical leverage on Kerotest valves. If difficulty is encountered, consult maintenance.
: d. Close [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv.
Note the valve l.D. number to aid maintenance in determining the valve type and permissible torque to apply.
: e. Independently verify [2RCS-AOV519] closed and log in the Narrative Log.
Beaver Valley Power Station Reactor Coolant System Operating Procedures Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble Unit2 D. PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-L T470 HIGH SETPOINTS:
: 5. If a Pressurizer Safety Valve is determined to be leaking, go to 20M-53C.4.2.6.7, "Excessive Primary Plant Leakage".
78% DISCONNECT SWITCH: S382, Bay 10 INITIATING DEVICE: 2RCS-L Y/470A, 2RCS-LSH470A PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv open. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 1. Check PRZR Relief Tank level, ([2RCS-Ll470], VB-B). 20M-6.4.AA Y Revision 10 Page 17 of 31 A4-3H 2. If PRZR Relief Tank level is> 78%, ensure [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv is closed, (BB-A). Note: [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv will not open if [2DGS-TK21]
 
38" or pressure 7.6 psig. The drain rate of the PRT may exceed the discharge rate of the Primary Drains Transfer Pumps, overfill [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 and cause water intrusion into the nitrogen supply line to [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21. 3. Lower PRZR Relief Tank level to< 72%, ([2RCS-Ll470], VB-B): a. Monitor the level in [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 while draining the PRT. If A2-5A Primary Drains Transfer Tank/Pump Trouble actuates, refer to the respective ARP. b. Open [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv, (BB-A) c. Start [2DGS-P21A(B)], Primary Drains Tfr Pump. d. When PRZR Relief Tank level to< 72%, Stop [2DGS-P21A(B)], Primary Drains Tfr Pump AND Return control switch to AUTO. e. Close [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv. PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 2 Primary System Relief valve lifted. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 1. Check [2CHS*RV203], Letdown Relief for evidence of lifting: a. Check Letdown Relief Line temperature, ([2CHS-Tl141], VB-A). D. PRZR RLFTK LVL RCS-LT470 HIGH Beaver Valley Power Station Reactor Coolant System Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints SETPOINTS LOOP 1 TAVG RCS-S-TS412E HIGH, F LOOP 2 TAVG RCS-S-TS422E HIGH, F LOOP 3 TAVG RCS-S-TS432E HIGH, F RCL A BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM RCL B BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM RCL C BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM Unit2 PRZR PORV DISCH TEMP RCS-TS463 HIGH, F PRZR RLF VLV 1 DISCH TEMP TS469 HIGH, F PRZR RLF VLV 2 DISCH TEMP TS467 HIGH, F PRZR RLF VLV 3 DISCH TEMP TS465 HIGH, F PRZR CONT HTR TRBL PRZR CONT HTR BKR TRIP PRZR HTR BACKUP GROUP RCP*H2B/E TRBL PRZR HTR CONT GROUP RCP*H2C TRBL PRZR HTR BACKUP GROUP RCP*H2A/D TRBL LOOP STOP VL V PROT TRN A K117 TEST LOOP STOP VLV PROT TRN B K117 TEST PRZR HTR GROUP A AUTO, PSIG PRZR HTR GROUP B AUTO, PSIG PRZR HTR GROUP D AUTO, PSIG PRZR HTR GROUP E AUTO, PSIG RCP21A BUS UV PART RX K0401 TRIP,% RCP21B BUS UV PART RX K0402 TRIP,% RCP21 C BUS UV PART RX K0403 TRIP, % RCP21 A BUS UF K0405 TRIP, Hz RCP21 B BUS UF K0406 TRIP, Hz RCP21 C BUS UF K0407 TRIP, Hz LOOP A ISOL AND BYP VLV K112 OPEN LOOP B ISOL AND BYP VLV K212 OPEN LOOP C ISOL AND BYP VLV K312 OPEN PRZR VAPOR SPACE TEMP RCS-TS454 HIGH, F PRZR LIQ SPACE TEMP RCS-TS453 HIGH, F PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470A HIGH% PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470B LOW,% PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH, PSIG PRZR RLF TK TEMP HIGH, F PRZR RLF TK LVL L Y/470X HIGH, % PRT HI HI PRESS/PRT SPRAY ISOLATION, PT472, PSIG RCL OT D/T RX K0101 TRIP RCL OP D/T RX K0102 TRIP RCP BUS UV RX K0103 TRIP, % RCP BUS UF RX K0301 TRIP, Hz RCL LO FLW ABOVE P8 RX K0105 TRIP, % RCL LO FLW ABOVE P7 RX K0104 TRIP,% RCP 21 A AUTO STOP RCP 21 B AUTO STOP RCP 21 C AUTO STOP PRZR HI PRESS RX TRIP K0203 TRIP, PSIG PRZR LO PRESS RX TRIP K0202 TRIP, PSIG PRZR LO PRESS SI GAUS RX K0201 TRIP, PSIG 577.5 577.5 577.5 180 180 180 210F 210F 210F 210F NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 2,210 2,210 2,210 2,210 20M-6.2.B Revision 13 Page 4 of 9 75% of rated voltage 75% of rated voltage 75% of rated voltage 57.5 57.5 57.5 NA NA NA 665 665 78 66 13 125 90.5 67 Computer Generated Computer Generated 75% of Bus voltage 57.5 90 90 NA NA NA 2375 1945 1856 
Beaver Valley Power Station                       Unit 2                                  20M-6.4.AAY Reactor Coolant System                                                                      Revision 10 Operating Procedures                                                                     Page 15 of 31 Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble                                                                 A4-3H C. PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH SETPOINTS: 13 psig DISCONNECT SWITCH: S383, Bay 10 INITIATING DEVICE: 2RCS-PY/472A, 2RCS-PSH472 PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 4
**rrr..t11***
[2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv open.
..... , ............ .. &
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
Ml9i .. ................
: 1. Ensure [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv is closed, (BB-A).
*.***  
Note:             [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv will not open if [2DGS-TK21]
.. * .... '.M.* ..
level~ 38" or pressure is~ 7.6 psig.
*.-.* --._. , ..........
The drain rate of the PRT may exceed the discharge rate of the Primary Drains Transfer Pumps, overfill [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 and cause water intrusion into the nitrogen supply line to [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21.
* , .... **-***  
: 2. If PRZR Relief Tank level is> 72%, drain the PRZR Relief Tank to 67% by opening
* ... ,
[2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv, (BB-A).
POY.&#xa3;RQl?S. *  
: a. Monitor the level in [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 while draining the PRT. If A2-5A Primary Drains Transfer Tank/Pump Trouble actuates, refer to the respective ARP.
'NSSS *,1'. PJ.c*s li>>stJro#f
: b. Close [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv.
't3r00p
PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 5 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve leakage.
* l 'rr&rids l I Pl8ntStat I a1s1 I sPos l*I o. GROUP: TEMGRP04 DESCR: "* dynamic group "* 100 140 95 130 90 120 85 110 80 100 75 90 80 70 70 65 ' Page 1 of 1 :' " " ' ' ',!;* ,, 60 60 16:30:13.67 16:38:00.32 16:45:46.97 L0485A PRT LVL RCS-LT470 0485A PRT TEMP RCS-TE471 63460 PRT SPRAY VLV RCS-MOV516 16:53:33.62
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
** --GOOD CLOSED 17:01:23.50
: 1. Check PRZR Relief Tank Pressure ([2RCS-Pl472], VB-B).
-9999.0 -9999.0 -9999.0 **"('*'."",
: 2. Check the PORV and Safety Valve tailpipe temperatures for indication of leaking valve, ([2RCS-Tl463, 465, 467, 469], VB-B).
Question 41 Recommendation:
C. PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH
The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #41. Reason: Question has an unclear stem that did not provide all necessary information as to the intent of the knowledge being tested. 41. Given the following conditions:
 
A.
Beaver Valley Power Station                       Unit 2                                       20M-6.2.A Reactor Coolant System                                                                          Revision 22 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints                                                        Page 11 of 12 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
: 74. The gases in the pressurizer relief tank must be sampled routinely. The oxygen concentration must be maintained less than 2 percent by volume and the hydrogen concentration less than 4 percent. (Section 5 - Table of References #1)
: 75. The PRT must NOT be vented to the waste disposal system vent header if the pressure exceeds 60 psig. (Section 5 - Table of References #1)
: 76. The relief tank water temperature should be maintained at or below 120&deg;F AND the water level should be maintained in the normal operating range between the high and low alarm set points during normal operation. (Section 5 - Table of Reference #1 )
: 77. Prior to each plant startup, following a refueling, verify that the pressurizer relief tank rupture discs are in place. (Section 5 - Table of Reference #204)
Loop Stop Valves
: 78. Reactor coolant system loop stop valves may NOT be closed in more than one loop unless the reactor coolant system is connected to the residual heat removal system. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
: 79. The plant must be at zero load with the shutdown rods fully withdrawn prior to opening either stop valve in an isolated loop AND throughout the timing interval required prior to opening the cold leg stop valve. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
: 80. The boron concentration in an isolated loop must be maintained at a value greater than or equal to the boron concentration in the active loops. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
: 81. [CTS] Tech. Spec. 3.4.1.5 "Isolated Loop Startup".
[ITS] RCS ISOLATED LOOP STARTUP (Refer to T.S. 3.4.18)
: 82. The neutron count rate must be logged every five minutes during the timing interval required prior to opening the cold leg stop valve. Should the count rate increase by more than a factor of two over the initial count rate, the hot leg stop valve should be re-closed AND no attempt made to open the loop stop valves until the reason for the count rate increase has been determined. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
: 83. The motor starters for the loop stop valves must be administratively de-energized (circuit breakers opened AND padlocked) at all times except when authorized for opening or closing a valve. The motor starters may be energized (circuit breakers unlocked) for only one loop at a time. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
: 84. Kerotest valves are 1 1/2 turns full stroke. Attempting to turn the valve in either direction more than 1 1/2 turns may result in damage to the brass plug.
: 85. Do NOT use mechanical leverage on Kerotest valves. If difficulty is encountered, consult maintenance. Note the valve l.D. number to aid maintenance in determining the valve type and permissible torque to apply.
 
Beaver Valley Power Station                       Unit2                                  20M-6.4.AAY Reactor Coolant System                                                                     Revision 10 Operating Procedures                                                                     Page 17 of 31 Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble                                                                 A4-3H D. PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470 HIGH SETPOINTS: 78%
DISCONNECT SWITCH: S382, Bay 10 INITIATING DEVICE: 2RCS-LY/470A, 2RCS-LSH470A PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1
[2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv open.
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
: 1. Check PRZR Relief Tank level, ([2RCS-Ll470], VB-B).
: 2. If PRZR Relief Tank level is> 78%, ensure [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv is closed, (BB-A).
Note:             [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv will not open if [2DGS-TK21]
level~ 38" or pressure is~ 7.6 psig.
The drain rate of the PRT may exceed the discharge rate of the Primary Drains Transfer Pumps, overfill [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 and cause water intrusion into the nitrogen supply line to [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21.
: 3. Lower PRZR Relief Tank level to< 72%, ([2RCS-Ll470], VB-B):
: a. Monitor the level in [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 while draining the PRT. If A2-5A Primary Drains Transfer Tank/Pump Trouble actuates, refer to the respective ARP.
: b. Open [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv, (BB-A)
: c. Start [2DGS-P21A(B)], Primary Drains Tfr Pump.
: d. When PRZR Relief Tank level to< 72%, Stop [2DGS-P21A(B)], Primary Drains Tfr Pump AND Return control switch to AUTO.
: e. Close [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv.
PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 2 Primary System Relief valve lifted.
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
: 1. Check [2CHS*RV203], Letdown Relief for evidence of lifting:
: a. Check Letdown Relief Line temperature, ([2CHS-Tl141], VB-A).
D. PRZR RLFTK LVL RCS-LT470 HIGH
 
Beaver Valley Power Station             Unit2                        20M-6.2.B Reactor Coolant System                                             Revision 13 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints                             Page 4 of 9 SETPOINTS LOOP 1 TAVG RCS-S-TS412E HIGH, F                 577.5 LOOP 2 TAVG RCS-S-TS422E HIGH, F                 577.5 LOOP 3 TAVG RCS-S-TS432E HIGH, F                 577.5 RCL A BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM                       180 RCL B BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM                       180 RCL C BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM                       180 PRZR PORV DISCH TEMP RCS-TS463 HIGH, F           210F PRZR RLF VLV 1 DISCH TEMP TS469 HIGH, F         210F PRZR RLF VLV 2 DISCH TEMP TS467 HIGH, F         210F PRZR RLF VLV 3 DISCH TEMP TS465 HIGH, F         210F PRZR CONT HTR TRBL                               NA PRZR CONT HTR BKR TRIP                           NA PRZR HTR BACKUP GROUP RCP*H2B/E TRBL             NA PRZR HTR CONT GROUP RCP*H2C TRBL                 NA PRZR HTR BACKUP GROUP RCP*H2A/D TRBL             NA LOOP STOP VL V PROT TRN A K117 TEST             NA LOOP STOP VLV PROT TRN B K117 TEST               NA PRZR HTR GROUP A AUTO, PSIG                     2,210 PRZR HTR GROUP B AUTO, PSIG                     2,210 PRZR HTR GROUP D AUTO, PSIG                     2,210 PRZR HTR GROUP E AUTO, PSIG                     2,210 RCP21A BUS UV PART RX K0401 TRIP,%               75% of rated voltage RCP21B BUS UV PART RX K0402 TRIP,%               75% of rated voltage RCP21 C BUS UV PART RX K0403 TRIP, %             75% of rated voltage RCP21 A BUS UF K0405 TRIP, Hz                   57.5 RCP21 B BUS UF K0406 TRIP, Hz                   57.5 RCP21 C BUS UF K0407 TRIP, Hz                   57.5 LOOP A ISOL AND BYP VLV K112 OPEN               NA LOOP B ISOL AND BYP VLV K212 OPEN               NA LOOP C ISOL AND BYP VLV K312 OPEN               NA PRZR VAPOR SPACE TEMP RCS-TS454 HIGH, F         665 PRZR LIQ SPACE TEMP RCS-TS453 HIGH, F           665 PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470A HIGH%                 78 PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470B LOW,%                 66 PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH, PSIG           13 PRZR RLF TK TEMP HIGH, F                         125 PRZR RLF TK LVL LY/470X HIGH, %                 90.5 PRT HI HI PRESS/PRT SPRAY ISOLATION, PT472, PSIG 67 RCL OT D/T RX K0101 TRIP                         Computer Generated RCL OP D/T RX K0102 TRIP                         Computer Generated RCP BUS UV RX K0103 TRIP, %                     75% of Bus voltage RCP BUS UF RX K0301 TRIP, Hz                     57.5 RCL LO FLW ABOVE P8 RX K0105 TRIP, %             90 RCL LO FLW ABOVE P7 RX K0104 TRIP,%             90 RCP 21 A AUTO STOP                               NA RCP 21 B AUTO STOP                               NA RCP 21 C AUTO STOP                               NA PRZR HI PRESS RX TRIP K0203 TRIP, PSIG           2375 PRZR LO PRESS RX TRIP K0202 TRIP, PSIG           1945 PRZR LO PRESS SI GAUS RX K0201 TRIP, PSIG       1856
 
**rrr..t11***
Ml9i *~ ~**
          ,
              . . . , ............
              ..~ ................
                          .......... *
                                        ~ .&
                              *.*** .*.**~.*-.**.*.***.*.***.*.*
                                            , .... **-***                 . * * .* ***~",'.~'>>''*~'"_*~:.,:'.,
                                                              . *....:.:~'.M.*
                                                                          * ...    *.*.*-*.* *.*.* ~.*.*.* ***** ".'-.*.* *.*.i*it.:*i:C* .* *~.* .* *.-.* -- ._.
sT~:*.~--.***
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ~'"'*4lc;*&*.:"*c**;
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            ,   ./it._~~:~~.::*r.,
POY.&#xa3;RQl?S. ~
* HM~f.ienol 'NSSS                                                                            *,1'. PJ.c*s li>>stJro#f      't3r00p
* l 'rr&rids l          I Pl8ntStat I  a1s1 I sPos l*I                GROUP: TEMGRP04 DESCR: "* dynamic group "*
Page 1 of 1 100 140 95 130 90 120 85
:'
110 o.
100 90 80 75
                                                                                                                                                                                          '    ~
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  ""
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                '          ,,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          ',!;*
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                '  i_~
70 80 70            65 60            60      ---,....--~..--~"?"-~-.-~-.-.---.-.----.-.---.-.---.-~-.-.----..~--..~--..--~....--~..--.--"?"-.---.-.--....-.---.-.--....,....---.-~-.-.-----.-.J
                                                                                                                                                                                            **
16:30:13.67                                                                                16:38:00.32                            16:45:46.97              16:53:33.62              17:01:23.50 L0485A                            PRT LVL                                                                                                                    RCS-LT470                                                                              -9999.0 0485A 63460 PRT TEMP PRT SPRAY VLV RCS-TE471 RCS-MOV516              --
GOOD      CLOSED
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    **"('*'."",
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -9999.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -9999.0
 
Question 41 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #41.
Reason: Question has an unclear stem that did not provide all necessary information as to the intent of the knowledge being tested.
: 41. Given the following conditions:
* The plant was at l 00% power when all 3 Steam Generators Faulted in Containment
* The plant was at l 00% power when all 3 Steam Generators Faulted in Containment
* Containment Pressure is 31 psig and RISING
* Containment Pressure is 31 psig and RISING
* Quench Spray Pumps [2QSS*P21A and P21B] failed to start l) What is(are) the minimum required Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) switch manipulations required to start BOTH Quench Spray Pumps? B. 2 C. 3 D. 4 The initial power level for the question was 100% power when all 3 Steam Generators faulted in containment resulting in a rising containment pressure currently at 31 PSIG which is above the CIB set point which is a start signal for the Quench Spray Pumps. This indicates a potential failure of both trains of CIB to automatically actuate.The question asks what the minimum number of ESFAS switches are that are "REQUIRED" to be manipulated to start the Quench Spray pumps. However the question does not specify if this is the minimum number required electrically or procedurally.
* Quench Spray Pumps [2QSS*P21A and P21B] failed to start l) What is(are) the minimum required Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) switch manipulations required to start BOTH Quench Spray Pumps?
If the candidate assumed the question was asking for the minimum number of switches electrically then answer "B" is correct as manual actuation of a single train of CIB will start both the A & B Quench Spray pumps. However if the candidate assumed the minimum number of switches required by procedure then answer "D" is correct as 20M-53A.1.A-0.11, "Verification of Automatic Actions" requires "Both Switches for Both Trains" to be actuated for any failure of CIB equipment to properly actuate. 20M-53A.1.A-0.11, "Verification of Automatic Actions" is directed to be performed by E-0 "Reactor Trip or SI". This is the procedure that would be in effect at the start of the casualty listed in the stem of question #41. Based on the above information the facility recommends accepting two answers for question 41. Answer "A" 2 Switches if the candidate assumed minimum REQUIRED Electrically.
A.
B.     2 C.     3 D.     4 The initial power level for the question was 100% power when all 3 Steam Generators faulted in containment resulting in a rising containment pressure currently at 31 PSIG which is above the CIB set point which is a start signal for the Quench Spray Pumps. This indicates a potential failure of both trains of CIB to automatically actuate.The question asks what the minimum number of ESFAS switches are that are "REQUIRED" to be manipulated to start the Quench Spray pumps. However the question does not specify if this is the minimum number required electrically or procedurally.
If the candidate assumed the question was asking for the minimum number of switches electrically then answer "B" is correct as manual actuation of a single train of CIB will start both the A & B Quench Spray pumps.
However if the candidate assumed the minimum number of switches required by procedure then answer "D" is correct as 20M-53A.1.A-0.11, "Verification of Automatic Actions" requires "Both Switches for Both Trains" to be actuated for any failure of CIB equipment to properly actuate. 20M-53A.1.A-0.11, "Verification of Automatic Actions" is directed to be performed by E-0 "Reactor Trip or SI". This is the procedure that would be in effect at the start of the casualty listed in the stem of question #41.
Based on the above information the facility recommends accepting two answers for question 41.
Answer "A" 2 Switches if the candidate assumed minimum REQUIRED Electrically.
Answer "D" 4 Switches if the candidate assumed minimum REQUIRED Procedurally.
Answer "D" 4 Switches if the candidate assumed minimum REQUIRED Procedurally.
BVPS-EOP 20M-53A.1.E-O(ISS2)
 
Number Title E-0 Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection Issue 2 9 Verify AFW Status a. Motor-driven AFW Pumps -RUNNING b. Turb Driven AFW Pump Stm Supply Isol Valves -OPEN c. AFW Throttle Valves -FULL OPEN d. Total AFW Flow -GREATER THAN 340 GPM 10 Perform Attachment A-0.11, "Verification Of Automatic Actions", In A Timely Manner 2EO 12/17/2015 7 of 19 Revision 0 a. Manually start AFW pumps. b. Manually open steam supply valves. c. Manually open AFW throttle valves. d. IF SG narrow range level greater than 12% [31% ADVERSE CNMT] in any SG, THEN control feed flow to maintain narrow range level AND GO TO Step 10. IF narrow range level less than 12% [31% ADVERSE CNMT] in all SGs, THEN restore total AFW flow greater than 340 GPM. IF AFW flow can NOT be established greater than 340 GPM, THEN GO TO H. l, "Response To Loss Of Secondary Heat Sink", Step 1.
BVPS- EOP             20M-53A.1.E-O(ISS2)
BVPS -EOP 20M-53A.1.A-0.11 Number TI tie 11.:0:;11 Ver;fication of Automatic Actions Revision 9 STEP 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 11 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED The RSS pumps will not start until RWST level drops to the low level setpoint.
Number         Title E-0                 Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection         Issue 2 Revision 0
9 Check CIB And CNMT Spray Status
9   Verify AFW Status
* Containment pressure -HAS REMAINED LESS THAN 11 PSIG ( 2A011 312512015 7of14 I i Verify CIB initiated:
: a. Motor-driven AFW Pumps -       a. Manually start AFW pumps.
: a. Check BLUE CIB marks -LIT r IF NOT, IHEN manually init,i(lte I I CIB l!Joth switches trains}. Check BLUE. tB marks -LIT i IF CIB NOT actuated, TffEN-. manually align equipment.
RUNNING
IF necessary, refer to Attachment A-0.5, "Containment Isolation Phase B Checklist 8* b. Stop all RCPs. c. Request BV-1 operator perform the fo 11 owing: 1) Verify CREVS equipment actuation.
: b. Turb Driven AFW Pump Stm       b. Manually open steam Supply Isol Valves - OPEN       supply valves.
: 2) Place intake and exhaust damper control switches in CLOSE: * [IVS-0-40-lA]  
: c. AFW Throttle Valves - FULL     c. Manually open AFW OPEN                             throttle valves.
* [ 1 VS-D-40-1 B] * [lVS-D-40-lC]  
: d. Total AFW Flow - GREATER       d. IF SG narrow range level THAN 340 GPM                    greater than 12% [31%
* [lVS-D-40-10]
ADVERSE CNMT] in any SG, THEN control feed flow to maintain narrow range level AND GO TO Step 10.
: d. IF service water flow can NOT be established to a RSS HX(s), THEN place associated RSS pumps{s) in PULL-TO-LOCK.  
IF narrow range level less than 12% [31%
\ !
ADVERSE CNMT] in all SGs, THEN restore total AFW flow greater than 340 GPM.
Question 59 Recommendation:
IF AFW flow can NOT be established greater than 340 GPM, THEN GO TO FR-H. l, "Response To Loss Of Secondary Heat Sink",
The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #59. Reason: The question Stem did not provide all the necessary information to definitively exclude one of the distractors.
Step 1.
10    Perform Attachment A-0.11, "Verification Of Automatic Actions", In A Timely Manner 2EO  12/17/2015                7 of 19
 
BVPS - EOP                         20M-53A.1.A-0.11 Number             TItie 11.:0:;11                   Ver;fication of Automatic Actions                     Revision 9 STEP 11       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE             11       RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED The RSS pumps will not start until RWST level drops to the low level setpoint.
9       Check CIB And CNMT Spray Status             Verify CIB initiated:
I
* Containment pressure - HAS         i     a. Check BLUE CIB marks - LIT REMAINED LESS THAN 11 PSIG                r
                                                                                              \
(                    IF NOT, IHEN manually init,i(lte I
I   CIB l!Joth switches fo~both trains}. Check BLUE. tB marks - LIT
                                                                                              !
i IF CIB NOT actuated, TffEN- .   ~
manually align equipment. IF necessary, refer to Attachment A-0.5, "Containment Isolation Phase B Checklist 8 *
: b. Stop all RCPs.
: c. Request BV-1 operator perform the fo 11 owing:
: 1)   Verify CREVS equipment actuation.
: 2) Place intake and exhaust damper control switches in CLOSE:
                                                                * [IVS-0-40-lA]
                                                                  *   [ 1VS-D-40-1 B]
                                                                * [lVS-D-40-lC]
                                                                  * [lVS-D-40-10]
: d. IF service water flow can NOT be established to a RSS HX(s),
THEN place associated RSS pumps{s) in PULL-TO-LOCK.
2A011  312512015                    7of14
 
Question 59 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #59.
Reason: The question Stem did not provide all the necessary information to definitively exclude one of the distractors.
: 59. The following conditions exist.
: 59. The following conditions exist.
* A large break LOCA has occurred
* A large break LOCA has occurred
* TSC has been activated
* TSC has been activated
* Annunciator Al-2B, Hydrogen Level High/High-High is in alarm Complete the following statements.
* Annunciator Al-2B, Hydrogen Level High/High-High is in alarm Complete the following statements. Assume the TSC has been contacted and concurs with the decision.
Assume the TSC has been contacted and concurs with the decision.
The High-High Hydrogen concentration in Containment setpoint is             (1)
The High-High Hydrogen concentration in Containment setpoint is (1) In accordance with the Hydrogen Level High/High-High ARP, the crew will __
In accordance with the Hydrogen Level High/High-High ARP, the crew will _ __...<2~)___ in response to the High-High Hydrogen level in Containment.
___ in response to the High-High Hydrogen level in Containment.
A. 1) 2.5%
A. 1) 2.5% 2) intentionally ignite the Containment atmosphere B. I) 2.5% 2) start [2HCS-FN21]
: 2) intentionally ignite the Containment atmosphere B. I) 2.5%
Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower C. 1) 4.5% 2) intentionally ignite the Containment atmosphere D. I) 4.5% 2) start [2HCS-FN21]
: 2) start [2HCS-FN21] Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower C. 1) 4.5%
Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower The stem of the question asks for the crew's actions based on a High containment H2 concentration.
: 2) intentionally ignite the Containment atmosphere D. I) 4.5%
The annunciator referenced illuminates at 4.5% H2 concentration and therefore eliminates choices A & B. The second half of the question asks for actions the crew should take. The Annunciator Response Procedure (20M-46.4.ABD) for the referenced Alarm (A1-2B) directs the crew to start the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower in accordance with 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation".
: 2) start [2HCS-FN21] Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower The stem of the question asks for the crew's actions based on a High containment H2 concentration. The annunciator referenced illuminates at 4.5% H2 concentration and therefore eliminates choices A & B. The second half of the question asks for actions the crew should take. The Annunciator Response Procedure (20M-46.4.ABD) for the referenced Alarm (A1-2B) directs the crew to start the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower in accordance with 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation".
20M-46.4.D has 3 Initial Conditions that must be met prior to starting the blower Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. The Technical Support Center (TSC) has recommended the starting of [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. B. The Supplementary Leak Collection System is available to receive [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower exhaust. C. Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented.
20M-46.4.D has 3 Initial Conditions that must be met prior to starting the blower Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. The Technical Support Center (TSC) has recommended the starting of [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower.
The stem of the question indicates that the TSC concurs with the decision but makes no mention of Initial conditions as to the status of the Supplementary Leak Collection System or the notification of Radiation Protection.
B. The Supplementary Leak Collection System is available to receive [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower exhaust.
Per the Exam writers guide the candidates can assume that the SLCRS system is operating properly as that is an expected system response.
C. Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented.
However without the notification of Radiation Protection being listed candidates had to assume whether or not this action occurred or would be appropriate.
The stem of the question indicates that the TSC concurs with the decision but makes no mention of Initial conditions as to the status of the Supplementary Leak Collection System or the notification of Radiation Protection. Per the Exam writers guide the candidates can assume that the SLCRS system is operating
If the candidates assumed this notification of Radiation Protection occurred then the operator would proceed with the procedure and start the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. (Answer D) However if the candidates assumed this notification of Radiation Protection did not occur or was not authorized, then answer "C" would be correct as it was the only remaining answer with a value of 4.5% H2 concentration.
 
This choice is acceptable as the procedure for Hydrogen ignition (20M-53E.1.SAG-7, Reduce Containment Hydrogen) only requires TSC concurrence.
properly as that is an expected system response. However without the notification of Radiation Protection being listed candidates had to assume whether or not this action occurred or would be appropriate.
The notification of RP is required to ensure the radiological safety of all workers during an accident by utilizing special emergency response procedures.
If the candidates assumed this notification of Radiation Protection occurred then the operator would proceed with the procedure and start the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. (Answer D)
This is the responsibility of the OSC, not the TSC. The OSC has the responsibility of dispatching personel to perform field actions while the TSC controls the overall mitigation strategies of the event. It is highly possible that RP would not grant permission for personnel to access the areas required for the implementation of the CNMT Purge procedure (20M-46.4.D) (contiguous areas to CNMT) because of elevated radiation levels. The stem of this question stated that H2 concentration was elevated to the alarm setpoint (4.5%). This concentration is not normal for a DBA LOCA and indicates that a significant zirc-water reaction was occurring thus significant fuel cladding damage would be occurring, resulting in elevated dose rates in the areas contiguous to CNMT. Further, candidates were introduced to the concept of Hydrogen Burn in an accident per lesson plan 2SQS-46.1, "Post DBA H2 Control System" Page 5, during Initial Licensed Operator Systems training.
However if the candidates assumed this notification of Radiation Protection did not occur or was not authorized, then answer "C" would be correct as it was the only remaining answer with a value of 4.5% H2 concentration. This choice is acceptable as the procedure for Hydrogen ignition (20M-53E.1.SAG-7, Reduce Containment Hydrogen) only requires TSC concurrence. The notification of RP is required to ensure the radiological safety of all workers during an accident by utilizing special emergency response procedures. This is the responsibility of the OSC, not the TSC. The OSC has the responsibility of dispatching personel to perform field actions while the TSC controls the overall mitigation strategies of the event. It is highly possible that RP would not grant permission for personnel to access the areas required for the implementation of the CNMT Purge procedure (20M-46.4.D) (contiguous areas to CNMT) because of elevated radiation levels. The stem of this question stated that H2 concentration was elevated to the alarm setpoint (4.5%). This concentration is not normal for a DBA LOCA and indicates that a significant zirc-water reaction was occurring thus significant fuel cladding damage would be occurring, resulting in elevated dose rates in the areas contiguous to CNMT.
Based on this information and the lack of Radiation Protection concurrence listed in the Stem of the question.
Further, candidates were introduced to the concept of Hydrogen Burn in an accident per lesson plan 2SQS-46.1, "Post DBA H2 Control System" Page 5, during Initial Licensed Operator Systems training.
The facility recommends accepting two correct answers (C and/or D) for question 59.
Based on this information and the lack of Radiation Protection concurrence listed in the Stem of the question. The facility recommends accepting two correct answers (C and/or D) for question 59.
BVPS-GSR Unit 2 Post -OBA Hydrogen Control System Operating Procedures 20M-46.4.ABD Revision 3 Page 5 of 8 Hydrogen Level High/High  
 
-High C. H2 CONC HCS*HA100A HIHI SETPOINTS:
BVPS-GSR                                     Unit 2                               20M-46.4.ABD Post - OBA Hydrogen Control System                                                        Revision 3 Operating Procedures                                                                    Page 5 of 8 Hydrogen Level High/High - High A1-2B C. H2 CONC HCS*HA100A HIHI SETPOINTS: 4.5% Hydrogen Concentration<H- 2>
4.5% Hydrogen Concentration<H-2> DISCONNECT SWITCH: 2-S3808 (Bay 39) INITIATING DEVICE: 99-0SB1-BJ (2HCS*PNL 100A CQ) PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 Containment hydrogen concentration 2:4.5% on [2HCS*HA 1 OOA], Hydrogen Analyzer CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 1. Determine actual Containment hydrogen concentration in accordance with 20M-46.4.G, "Containment Hydrogen Analyzer-Running".
DISCONNECT SWITCH: 2-S3808 (Bay 39)
INITIATING DEVICE: 99-0SB1-BJ (2HCS*PNL 100A CQ)
PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 Containment hydrogen concentration 2:4.5% on [2HCS*HA 1OOA], Hydrogen Analyzer CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
: 1. Determine actual Containment hydrogen concentration in accordance with 20M-46.4.G, "Containment Hydrogen Analyzer- Running".
: 2. Notify the Technical Support Center (TSC) of actual hydrogen concentration.
: 2. Notify the Technical Support Center (TSC) of actual hydrogen concentration.
A1-2B a. With TSC concurrence, Start [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower in accordance with 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation".
: a. With TSC concurrence, Start [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower in accordance with 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation".
BVPS-SBS Unit2 Post-OBA Hydrogen Control System Operating Procedures 20M-46.4.D Revision 3 Page 2 of 6 Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation I. PURPOSE This procedure describes the startup and shutdown of the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. The Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower is to be used as directed by the TSC. II. PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. The Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower is not to be started before 8 hours following a Loss of Coolant Accident (OBA). This is to allow radiation levels to decay prior to Purge Blower operation.
 
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit2                                       20M-46.4.D Post-OBA Hydrogen Control System                                                              Revision 3 Operating Procedures                                                                          Page 2 of 6 Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation I. PURPOSE This procedure describes the startup and shutdown of the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. The Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower is to be used as directed by the TSC.
II. PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. The Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower is not to be started before 8 hours following a Loss of Coolant Accident (OBA). This is to allow radiation levels to decay prior to Purge Blower operation.
B. To limit high radiation exposure during the performance of this procedure, Radiation Protection procedure 2-HPP-5.05.001 will be followed.
B. To limit high radiation exposure during the performance of this procedure, Radiation Protection procedure 2-HPP-5.05.001 will be followed.
Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. The Technical Support Center (TSC) has recommended the starting of [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. B. The Supplementary Leak Collection System is available to receive [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower exhaust. C. Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented.
Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. The Technical Support Center (TSC) has recommended the starting of [2HCS-FN21],
Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower.
B. The Supplementary Leak Collection System is available to receive [2HCS-FN21],
Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower exhaust.
C. Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented.
IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Start Preparation
IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Start Preparation
: 1. Inform Radiation Protection to implement 2-HPP-5.05.001, "Access And Dose Control At BVPS Unit 2 For Vital Area Operations During Emergency Situations".
: 1. Inform Radiation Protection to implement 2-HPP-5.05.001, "Access And Dose Control At BVPS Unit 2 For Vital Area Operations During Emergency Situations".
: 2. Obtain key SR 23 B. Starting [2HCS-FN21J.
: 2. Obtain key SR 23 B. Starting [2HCS-FN21J. Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower
Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower 1. Verify Closed [2HCS*MOV112A], 21A Hydrogen Recombiner Inlet lsol Viv. 2. Unlock AND Close [MCC*2-E11]
: 1. Verify Closed [2HCS*MOV112A], 21A Hydrogen Recombiner Inlet lsol Viv.
Cub 6C, [2HCS*MOV110A], Cnmt Atm Purge lsol, located in Safeguards 733'. (Key SR 23) I Contiauous to Containment
: 2. Unlock AND Close [MCC*2-E11] Cub 6C, [2HCS*MOV110A], Cnmt Atm Purge lsol, located in Safeguards 733'. (Key SR 23)     I Contiauous to Containment
: 3. Open the following valves from [PNL *2HCP], Post Accident H2 Control Panel, located in AE Switchgear Room, 730': a. [2HCS*MOV11 OA], Purge Blower Inlet Recombiner 21A lsol b. [2HCS*SOV114A], Cnmt lsol to Recombiner 21A c. [2HCS*SOV115A], B/U Isolation to Recombiner 21A 4. Start [2HCS-FR120], Cnmt Purge Blower Disch Flow by placing the power ON/OFF switch to the ON position, located on the left side of the recorder at [PNL*2HCP], Post Accident H2 Control Panel in AE Switchgear Room, 730'.
: 3. Open the following valves from [PNL*2HCP], Post Accident H2 Control Panel, located in AE Switchgear Room, 730':
Record Type #A9.350C Beaver Valley Power Station UNIT 2 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 Prepared by Date Pages Issued Effective Date T.J. Esper 06/18/15 1through17 08/19/15 Reviewed by Date Validated by Date M.P. Flynn 06/18/15 N/A PORC Meeting No. Date PORC Not Required PAF-15-01027 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 A. PURPOSE The purposes of reducing containment hydrogen are:
: a.   [2HCS*MOV11 OA], Purge Blower Inlet Recombiner 21A lsol
: b.   [2HCS*SOV114A], Cnmt lsol to Recombiner 21A
: c.   [2HCS*SOV115A], B/U Isolation to Recombiner 21A
: 4. Start [2HCS-FR120], Cnmt Purge Blower Disch Flow by placing the power ON/OFF switch to the ON position, located on the left side of the recorder at [PNL*2HCP],
Post Accident H2 Control Panel in AE Switchgear Room, 730'.
 
Record Type #A9.350C Beaver Valley Power Station UNIT 2 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 Prepared by         Date               Pages Issued         Effective Date T.J. Esper           06/18/15         1through17             08/19/15 Reviewed by         Date         Validated by               Date M.P. Flynn           06/18/15     N/A PORC Meeting No. Date PORC Not Required                                 PAF-15-01027
 
BVPS-SAMG             20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number             Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen       Revision 4
A. PURPOSE The purposes of reducing containment hydrogen are:
* To prevent hydrogen from accumulating to the point where the containment may be severely challenged by intentionally igniting the hydrogen in containment
* To prevent hydrogen from accumulating to the point where the containment may be severely challenged by intentionally igniting the hydrogen in containment
* To prevent the hydrogen from igniting by maintaining the containment steam inert B. ENTRY CONDITIONS This guideline is entered from DFC, "TSC Diagnostic Flow Chart" based on high containment hydrogen concentration.
* To prevent the hydrogen from igniting by maintaining the containment steam inert B. ENTRY CONDITIONS This guideline is entered from DFC, "TSC Diagnostic Flow Chart" based on high containment hydrogen concentration.
C. COMPUTATIONAL AIDS REFERENCED BY THIS GUIDELINE
C. COMPUTATIONAL AIDS REFERENCED BY THIS GUIDELINE
* CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment"
* CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment"
* CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment" 2SAG7 12/2212015 1of17 Number Title SAG-7 2SAG7 1212212015 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen DIAGNOSTIC SECTION Page 1 of 3 2of17 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 1 Determine Hydrogen Control Strategy a. Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
* CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment" 2SAG7 12/2212015               1of17
 
BVPS-SAMG          20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen     Revision 4
DIAGNOSTIC SECTION Page 1 of 3 2SAG7 1212212015              2of17
 
BVPS-SAMG               20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                       Reduce Containment Hydrogen           Revision 4
1     Determine Hydrogen Control Strategy
: a. Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
: b. Determine applicable hydrogen control strategies.
: b. Determine applicable hydrogen control strategies.
Matrix of Applicable Hydrogen Control Strategies C-7 Region Applicable Strategies Future Hydrogen Severe Prevent Hydrogen Burn Challenge Future Hydrogen Burn Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action Hydrogen Burn Prevent Hydrogen Burn Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action No Hydrogen Concern No Action (step continued on next page) DIAGNOSTIC SECTION 2SAG7 12122/2015 3of17 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Bydroqen Revision 4 Paqe 2 of 3 1 (step continued from previous page) 2SAG7 1212212015 4of17 Number SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Title Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 c. Determine impacts of applicable hydrogen control strategies.
Matrix of Applicable Hydrogen Control Strategies C-7 Region             Applicable Strategies Future Hydrogen Severe             Prevent Hydrogen Burn Challenge Future Hydrogen Burn               Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action Hydrogen Burn                       Prevent Hydrogen Burn Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action No Hydrogen Concern                 No Action (step continued on next page)
Positive and Negative Impacts of Hydrogen Control Strategies Strategy Prevent Hydrogen Burn Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action Positive Impacts
DIAGNOSTIC SECTION 2SAG7 12122/2015                   3of17
* Hydrogen in the containment will not burn
 
* The containment hydrogen concern will be mitigated at least in the short-term
BVPS-SAMG               20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Bydroqen         Revision 4
* Manpower and resources can be used to perform other strategies Negative Impacts
Paqe 2 of 3 1                     (step continued from previous page) 2SAG7 1212212015               4of17
* Fission product leakage will increase at higher containment pressures
 
BVPS-SAMG                 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number            Title SAG-7                      Reduce Containment Hydrogen           Revision 4
: c. Determine impacts of applicable hydrogen control strategies.
Positive and Negative Impacts of Hydrogen Control Strategies Strategy       Positive Impacts    Negative Impacts Prevent Hydrogen
* Hydrogen in
* Fission product Burn                      the              leakage will containment      increase at higher will not burn    containment pressures
* This strategy will be a temporary solution, and other long term solutions to the hydrogen concern will be required
* This strategy will be a temporary solution, and other long term solutions to the hydrogen concern will be required
* Raising containment pressure may result in passing through the severe hydrogen challenge region of CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment"
* Raising containment pressure may result in passing through the severe hydrogen challenge region of CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment" Intentional
* There will be a pressure and temperature spike in containment
* The
* Hydrogen will continue to accumulate
* There will be a Hydrogen Burn              containment      pressure and hydrogen        temperature spike in concern will    containment be mitigated at least in the short-term No Action
* Manpower and
* Hydrogen will resources can    continue to be used to      accumulate perform other strategies
: d. Determine appropriate hydrogen control strategy.
: d. Determine appropriate hydrogen control strategy.
: 1) Consideration should be given to an Intentional Hydrogen Burn prior to reaching the "Hydrogen Severe Challenge" region as defined by 20M-53E.1.CA-3, "hydrogen Flammability In Containment." 2SAG7 12122/2015 5of17 Number Title SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen DIAGNOSTIC SECTION Page 3 of 3 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 2 Identify Appropriate Guidance
: 1) Consideration should be given to an Intentional Hydrogen Burn prior to reaching the "Hydrogen Severe Challenge" region as defined by 20M-53E.1.CA-3, "hydrogen Flammability In Containment."
2SAG7 12122/2015                   5of17
 
BVPS-SAMG              20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
DIAGNOSTIC SECTION Page 3 of 3 2     Identify Appropriate Guidance
* IF an intentional hydrogen burn strategy has been selected, THEN GO TO Section A of this guideline.
* IF an intentional hydrogen burn strategy has been selected, THEN GO TO Section A of this guideline.
* IF a prevent hydrogen burn strategy has been selected, THEN GO TO Section B of this guideline.
* IF a prevent hydrogen burn strategy has been selected, THEN GO TO Section B of this guideline.
3 RETURN TO DFC, "TSC Diagnostic Flow Chart" Or Guideline And Step In Effect -END -2SAG7 1212212015 6of17 Number Title SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BURN Page 1 of 3 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 A.l Identify Available Hydrogen Ignition Sources a. Determine the availability of hydrogen ignition sources. HYDROGEN IGNITION REQUIREMENTS AVAILABILITY SOURCES PORV Block Valve
3     RETURN TO DFC, "TSC Diagnostic Flow Chart" Or Guideline And Step In Effect
* Power Yes/No available RHR Pump
                                  - END -
* Power Yes/No available CRDM Ventilation
2SAG7 1212212015               6of17
* Power Yes/No Fans available Containment
 
* Power Yes/No Lighting available Other Ignition
BVPS-SAMG            20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                       Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
* Power Yes/No Sources available
Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BURN Page 1 of 3 A.l   Identify Available Hydrogen Ignition Sources
: b. IF any hydrogen ignition source is available, THEN GO TO Step A.2.-c. Consult Control Room on alternate hydrogen ignition sources. d. IF NO hydrogen ignition sources are available at this time, THEN perform the following:
: a. Determine the availability of hydrogen ignition sources.
: 1) Identify the reasons why the hydrogen ignition sources are not available.
HYDROGEN IGNITION                       AVAILABILITY REQUIREMENTS SOURCES PORV Block Valve
: 2) Prioritize actions to restore a hydrogen ignition source with other actions in progress and initiate restoration actions as appropriate.
* Power             Yes/No available RHR Pump
: 3) RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
* Power             Yes/No available CRDM Ventilation
A.2 Identify Preferred Hydrogen Ignition Source A.3 Determine If Containment Depressurization Is Required a. Determine if a hydrogen burn can occur under current conditions using CA-7. 2SAG7 1212212015 7of17 Number SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Title Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 b. IF containment pressure is too high for a hydrogen burn, THEN reduce containment pressure using SAG-6 until a hydrogen burn is possible.
* Power             Yes/No Fans                     available Containment
2SAG7 1212212015 8of17 Number Title SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BORN Page 2 of 3 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 A.4 Direct Control Room To Implement Strategy a. Provide the following information to the control room:
* Power             Yes/No Lighting                 available Other Ignition
* Power             Yes/No Sources                 available
: b. IF any hydrogen ignition source is available, THEN GO TO Step A.2.-
: c. Consult Control Room on alternate hydrogen ignition sources.
: d. IF NO hydrogen ignition sources are available at this time, THEN perform the following:
: 1)     Identify the reasons why the hydrogen ignition sources are not available.
: 2)     Prioritize actions to restore a hydrogen ignition source with other actions in progress and initiate restoration actions as appropriate.
: 3)     RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
A.2   Identify Preferred Hydrogen Ignition Source A.3   Determine If Containment Depressurization Is Required
: a. Determine if a hydrogen burn can occur under current conditions using CA-7.
2SAG7 1212212015                   7of17
 
BVPS-SAMG             20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number            Title SAG-7                  Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
: b. IF containment pressure is too high for a hydrogen burn, THEN reduce containment pressure using SAG-6 until a hydrogen burn is possible.
2SAG7 1212212015               8of17
 
BVPS-SAMG              20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BORN Page 2 of 3 A.4   Direct Control Room To Implement Strategy
: a. Provide the following information to the control room:
* Preferred ignition source
* Preferred ignition source
* Any special parameters to monitor
* Any special parameters to monitor
* Other information, as appropriate A.5 Verify Strategy Implementation A.6 Determine If A Hydrogen Burn Has Occurred a. Monitor plant response:
* Other information, as appropriate A.5   Verify Strategy Implementation A.6   Determine If A Hydrogen Burn Has Occurred
* Containment pressure -SPIKE OCCURRED
: a. Monitor plant response:
* Containment temperature  
* Containment pressure - SPIKE OCCURRED
-SPIKE OCCURRED
* Containment temperature - SPIKE OCCURRED
* Containment hydrogen -DROPPING b. Determine if the hydrogen burn is adequate.
* Containment hydrogen - DROPPING
: b. Determine if the hydrogen burn is adequate.
* Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
* Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
: c. IF the hydrogen burn is not adequate AND another hydrogen ignition source is available-;-THEN RETURN TO Step A.2. d. IF the hydrogen burn is not adequate AND another hydrogen ignition source is NOT available, THEN RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
: c. IF the hydrogen burn is not adequate AND another hydrogen ignition source is available-;-THEN RETURN TO Step A.2.
A.7 Identify Long Term Concerns Due To An Intentional Hydrogen Burn a. Refer to Attachment A.l for long term concerns.
: d. IF the hydrogen burn is not adequate AND another hydrogen ignition source is NOT available, THEN RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
A.7   Identify Long Term Concerns Due To An Intentional Hydrogen Burn
: a. Refer to Attachment A.l for long term concerns.
: b. Identify any additional parameters that should be monitored to address the long term concerns.
: b. Identify any additional parameters that should be monitored to address the long term concerns.
: c. Identify any additional long term concerns.
: c. Identify any additional long term concerns.
: d. GO TO SAEG-1, "TSC Long term Monitoring." 2SAG7 12/2212015 9of17 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 2SAG7 1212212015 10 of 17 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BURN Page 3 of 3 A.8 RETURN TO Step 1 Of The Diagnostic Section Of This Guideline -END OF SECTION A-2SAG7 1212212015 11 of 17 Revision 4 Number Title SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 1 of 3 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 B.l Evaluate Actions To Prevent A Hydrogen Burn a. IF active containment heat sinks are operating, THEN determine if the containment heat sinks should stopped. b. Open pressurizer PORVs. Pressurizer PORVs 2RCS*PCV4S 2RCS*PCV4S 2RCS*PCV4 SC SD S6 Valve Operable (Refer to Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Attachment B .1) c. Identify potential hydrogen ignition sources inside containment.
: d. GO TO SAEG-1, "TSC Long term Monitoring."
2SAG7 12/2212015                 9of17
 
BVPS-SAMG           20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen     Revision 4
2SAG7 1212212015             10 of 17
 
BVPS-SAMG           20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen       Revision 4
Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BURN Page 3 of 3 A.8   RETURN TO Step 1 Of The Diagnostic Section Of This Guideline
                            -END OF SECTION A-2SAG7 1212212015               11 of 17
 
BVPS-SAMG                  20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen             Revision 4
Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 1 of 3 B.l   Evaluate Actions To Prevent A Hydrogen Burn
: a. IF active containment heat sinks are operating, THEN determine if the containment heat sinks should b-e~
stopped.
: b. Open pressurizer PORVs.
Pressurizer PORVs 2RCS*PCV4S   2RCS*PCV4S 2RCS*PCV4 SC           SD             S6 Valve Operable (Refer to       Yes/No       Yes/No     Yes/No Attachment B .1)
: c. Identify potential hydrogen ignition sources inside containment.
: d. Determine if potential hydrogen ignition sources should be isolated.
: d. Determine if potential hydrogen ignition sources should be isolated.
: e. IF NO strategies have been selected, THEN RETURN TO Step -r-of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
: e. IF NO strategies have been selected, THEN RETURN TO Step
2SAG7 1212212015 12 of 17 Number Title SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 2 of 3 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 B.2. Direct Control Room To Implement Strategies
            -r-of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
2SAG7 1212212015               12 of 17
 
BVPS-SAMG              20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 2 of 3 B.2. Direct Control Room To Implement Strategies
: a. IF stopping active heat sinks has been selected as a strategy, THEN provide the following information to the control room:
: a. IF stopping active heat sinks has been selected as a strategy, THEN provide the following information to the control room:
* Strategy for stopping active heat sinks
* Strategy for stopping active heat sinks
Line 482: Line 980:
* Strategy for isolating potential hydrogen ignition sources
* Strategy for isolating potential hydrogen ignition sources
* Any special parameters to monitor
* Any special parameters to monitor
* Other information, as appropriate B.3. Verify Strategy Implementation B.4 Determine If Strategy To Prevent A Hydrogen Burn Has Been Effective
* Other information, as appropriate B.3. Verify Strategy Implementation B.4   Determine If Strategy To Prevent A Hydrogen Burn Has Been Effective
: a. Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
: a. Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
: b. IF an additional hydrogen control strategy is needed, THEN RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
: b. IF an additional hydrogen control strategy is needed, THEN RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
2SAG7 1212212015 13of17 Number Title SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 3 of 3 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 B.5. Identify Long Term Concerns Due To Preventing A Hydrogen Burn a. Refer to Attachment B.2 for the long term concerns.
2SAG7 1212212015               13of17
: b. Identify any additional parameters that should be monitored to address the long term concerns on Attachment B.2. c. Identify any additional long term concerns on Attachment B.2. d. GO TO SAEG-1, "TSC Long Term Monitoring" AND attach copy of Attachment B.2 to SAEG-1. B.6. RETURN TO Step 1 Of The Diagnostic Section Of This Guideline  
 
-END OF SECTION B -2SAG7 12/2212015 14of17 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 Attachment A.1 (Page 1 of 1) Long Term Concerns Due To Intentional Hydrogen Burn Parameter to Monitor Concern Recovery Action(s)
BVPS-SAMG            20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
Containment Hydrogen generation
Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 3 of 3 B.5. Identify Long Term Concerns Due To Preventing A Hydrogen Burn
* Adjust sump pH Conditions  
: a. Refer to Attachment B.2 for the long term concerns.
-"NOT from sump radiolysis FLAMMABLE" based on and corrosion CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment" 2SAG7 1212212015 15of17 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 Attachment B.1 (Page 1 of 1) Availability Of Pressurizer PORVs Plant Conditions Necessary For Using Pressurizer PORVs Plant Condition PRZR PORV Instrument Air Available Power Supply Available Block Valve Open 2SAG7 1212212015 16 of 17 7o
: b. Identify any additional parameters that should be monitored to address the long term concerns on Attachment B.2.
. " BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.
: c. Identify any additional long term concerns on Attachment B.2.
SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Bydroqen Revision 4 Attachment B.2 (Paqe 1 of 1) Lonq Term Concerns Due To Preventinq A Bydroqen Burn Parameter to Monitor Containment Conditions  
: d. GO TO SAEG-1, "TSC Long Term Monitoring" AND attach copy of Attachment B.2 to SAEG-1.
-"NOT FLAMMABLE" based on CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment"'
B.6. RETURN TO Step 1 Of The Diagnostic Section Of This Guideline
Containment Conditions  
                            - END OF SECTION B -
-"NOT FLAMMABLE" based on CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment" Containment Pressure -LESS THAN 75 PSIG 2SAG7 1212212015 Concern Hydrogen burn Hydrogen generation from sump radiolysis and corrosion Containment pressurization 17 of 17 Recovery Action(s)
2SAG7 12/2212015               14of17
* Stop active heat sink
 
* Isolate potential ignition sources
BVPS-SAMG               20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
* Open RCS vent paths
Attachment A.1 (Page 1 of 1)
* Adjust sump pH
Long Term Concerns Due To Intentional Hydrogen Burn Parameter to Monitor             Concern         Recovery Action(s)
* Start active heat sinks
Containment               Hydrogen generation
* Close RCS vent paths RTL#A5.620.GD
* Adjust sump pH Conditions - "NOT         from sump radiolysis FLAMMABLE" based on       and corrosion CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment" 2SAG7 1212212015               15of17
: 2. 2SQS-46.l, Rev. 13 CLASSROOM LESSON MATERIAL OUTLINE OF INSTRUCTION Outline of Instruction
 
: c. Hydrogen coming out of solution from the reactor coolant and hydrogen from the pressurizer gas space. d. Discuss EOP acknowledgement of Cnmt H2 generation.
BVPS-SAMG               20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                       Reduce Containment Hydrogen           Revision 4
Current philosophy concerning expected amounts of hydrogen generation following a DBA: a. b. c. d. The hydrogen release postulated from a design-basis LOCA is not risk-significant because it is not large enough to lead to early containment failure. A "mixed atmosphere" will develop during a DBA. This is defined as a concentration of combustible gases in all parts of the containment being below a level that supports combustion or detonation that couid lead to a loss of containment integrity.
Attachment B.1 (Page 1 of 1)
The risk associated with hydrogen combustion is from "beyond design-basis accidents".
Availability Of Pressurizer PORVs Plant Conditions Necessary For Using Pressurizer PORVs Plant Condition               PRZR PORV Instrument Air             Available Power Supply Available Block Valve                   Open 2SAG7 1212212015                   16 of 17                                 7o
We are committed to ensuring a "mixed atmosphere" in containment and to include combustible gas control strategies in our Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAM Gs). Examples of such "strategies":
 
: 1) Intentionally burning the H2. 2) Maintenance of the containment in "steam inert" condition.
."
Page 5 of24 1/2-ADM-1301.F06 Revision 1 Instructor/Student Activities PPNT, EOP Attachment, A-0.11 10CFR50.44 BVPS UFSAR Unit 2 PPNTs, lOCFRS0.44
BVPS-SAMG                 20M-53E.1. SAG-7 Number             Title SAG-7                     Reduce Containment Bydroqen           Revision 4
& BVPS Commitments EL0-03 4-19% Combustible 19-70% Explosive Note: The TMI and Fukushima events were "beyond design-basis accidents".
Attachment B.2 (Paqe 1 of 1)
Note: SAMGs do not rely on hydrogen recombiners or the hydrogen purge blower for beyond basis accidents. 
Lonq Term Concerns Due To Preventinq A Bydroqen Burn Parameter to Monitor             Concern    Recovery Action(s)
-...J &deg;" BVPS is committed to the following two items: 1. The containment has a capability to ensure a "mixed atmosphere".
Containment Conditions -       Hydrogen burn
: 2. Combustible gas control strategies*
* Stop active heat "NOT FLAMMABLE" based on                           sink CA-3, "Hydrogen
are included in the Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMGs). *Strategies such as:
* Isolate potential Flammability In                                   ignition sources Containment"'
* Intentionally burning the H 2
* Open RCS vent paths Containment Conditions -      Hydrogen
* Maintaining the containment "steam inert" NRC Resolution of Post Exam Comments NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 NRC Resolution Valid as administered.
* Adjust sump pH "NOT FLAMMABLE" based on       generation from CA-3, "Hydrogen                 sump radiolysis Flammability In               and corrosion Containment" Containment Pressure -         Containment
Key Answer Choice B is the only correct answer. Discussion Four applicants chose Key Answer B. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice A. No applicants chose Distractor Choices C or D. None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
* Start active heat LESS THAN 75 PSIG             pressurization      sinks
This was a bank question, used as a RO level question on a prior Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC Exam (Q#27, 2009 Exam). The licensee proposed deleting Question 12 from the exam, based on their assessment that the question was at the SRO level and should therefore not have been on the RO portion of the exam. Their argument for this position was based on their interpretation of the SRO-only guidance flowchart contained NUREG-1021(Revision10), ES-401, Attachment
* Close RCS vent paths 2SAG7 1212212015               17 of 17
: 2. NUREG-1021 in Section ES-401, D.l.c states that special attention required to ensure the SRO exam tests at the appropriate level. The SRO-only guidance is intended to ensure the SRO-only questions are selected/developed at the SRO level and not written specifically for the purpose of determining whether a question is appropriate on the RO portion of the exam. One flowchart block asks if "the question can be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall strategy of events, or overall mitigative strategy of a procedure," with an affirmative answer indicating the question is at the RO level. The converse is not necessarily true. A negative answer to this block does not indicate a question is at the SRO level, but rather that additional assessment is necessary to determine whether or not it is at the SRO level. The subsequent flowchart block asks whether the question meets any of 4 criterion that would indicate it is a SRO-only question.
 
The NRC does not think the question meets any of these criteria.
RTL#A5.620.GD                                                                      1/2-ADM-1301.F06 Revision 1 CLASSROOM LESSON MATERIAL OUTLINE OF INSTRUCTION Instructor/Student Outline of Instruction                                      Activities
The question requires assessing plant conditions and then applying this assessment to determine the proper course of action based on knowledge of plant operational considerations and knowledge of procedurally directed actions. The knowledge and ability necessary to correctly answer the question are appropriate for a RO applicant.
: c. Hydrogen coming out of solution from the reactor coolant and hydrogen from the pressurizer gas space.
The question expected the RO applicant to assess RCS pressure and temperature conditions and then select the choice that stated that further depressurization below 1200 psig could not continue until a suitable reactor vessel head soak had been performed.
: d. Discuss EOP acknowledgement of Cnmt H2        PPNT, EOP Attachment, generation.                                    A-0.11
Answering the question correctly required the applicant to know that the procedure (specified in the stem) contained 1
: 2. Current philosophy concerning expected amounts        10CFR50.44 of hydrogen generation following a DBA:
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 guidance that the RCS should be cooled down to less than 350&deg;F with pressure maintained at 1200 fillg for a lengthy period of time (9 hours). The NRC accepts this may have been one of the higher level of difficulty questions on the exam. However, level of difficulty and RO vs SRO exam level are different measures.
BVPS UFSAR Unit 2
A RO level question can have a higher level of difficulty and a SRO-only question can have a lower level of difficulty.
: a. The hydrogen release postulated from a        PPNTs, lOCFRS0.44 &
The distinction between RO and SRO can be on the type of knowledge required as opposed to the depth of knowledge required.
design-basis LOCA is not risk-significant     BVPS Commitments because it is not large enough to lead to early containment failure.
In this case, the threshold parameters of temperature and pressure were provided in the choices (350&deg;F, 1200 psig). The question expected applicants to select the correct answer based on their knowledge of plant design/operation and the overall mitigation strategy ofthe Natural Circulation Cooldown procedure.
: b. A "mixed atmosphere" will develop during       EL0-03 a DBA. This is defined as a concentration of combustible gases in all parts of the         4-19% Combustible containment being below a level that supports combustion or detonation that         19-70% Explosive couid lead to a loss of containment integrity.
One high level action in the overall natural circulation mitigation strategy is to cooldown and depressurize the RCS with no upper head void growth. The RO applicant was appropriately expected to recognize this could only be accomplished in the absence of CRDM cooling by an extended time soak to allow vessel heat to slowly dissipate to the containment atmosphere while maintaining RCS pressure high enough to prevent void growth. The question was structured to point the applicants to the specific considerations of concern by asking "what ramifications will the loss of these CROM Shroud Fans have on the continued performance of ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Coo/down?" Half of the applicants chose a distractor that incorrectly explained temperature must be maintained elevated as a way to address the loss of CRDM cooling, as opposed to the correct answer of maintaining pressure elevated.
: c. The risk associated with hydrogen             Note: The TMI and combustion is from "beyond design-basis       Fukushima events were accidents".                                   "beyond design-basis accidents".
The correct choice between these two options could be made with application of conceptual understanding of thermodynamic conditions.
: d. We are committed to ensuring a "mixed         Note: SAMGs do not rely atmosphere" in containment and to include     on hydrogen recombiners combustible gas control strategies in our     or the hydrogen purge Severe Accident Management Guidelines         blower for beyond design-(SAMGs).                                       basis accidents.
Maintaining pressure, not temperature, would prevent upper head void growth. The lesson plan used to teach initial license applicants, 3SQS-53.3, "Emergency Operating Procedures," specifically reviewed this particular exam question along with just 2 other questions as "student review activity of high miss questions from 2LOT6 [2009] NRC exam." Both ROs and SROs are expected to have knowledge of the plant and associated operational procedures.
Examples of such "strategies":
The threshold for categorizing procedural knowledge as SRO vice RO is associated with supervisory level decision-making as indicated by applying detailed knowledge of administrative procedures to the decision-making process or of selecting transitions to other procedures.
: 1)     Intentionally burning the H2.
Judgment was applied in this RO versus SRO-only level determination through the exam development process because the criteria are guidelines and do not address the specifics of each question.
: 2)     Maintenance of the containment in "steam inert" condition.
Facility developers applied this judgment during the question selection and development process. Facility reviewers independently assessed the question level. Facility exam validators provided feedback on question level. And then multiple NRC examiners reviewed the question to ensure it was appropriate for the job and was testing at the appropriate level. This 2 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 extensive approval process concluded the question tested at an appropriate level for a RO applicant.
2SQS-46.l, Rev. 13                          Page 5 of24
And, for this question, the screening process just described was applied twice, first for this same question on the RO portion of the 2009 Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC exam, and again for its use on this 2015 NRC exam. There was no facility post-exam feedback challenging any aspect of this question on the 2009 exam. Summary The NRC has determined Question 12 was valid as administered with no changes required based on a re-assessment of the level of this question (RO versus SRO-only), the choices selected by the applicants and the question having been successfully used as an RO question on the 2009 Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC Exam. 3 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 29 NRC Resolution Delete the question.
 
Discussion Two of the applicants chose Key Answer D. Six applicants chose Distractor Choice B. No applicants chose Distractor Choices A or C. None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
BVPS is committed to the following two items:
: 1. The containment has a capability to ensure a "mixed atmosphere".
: 2. Combustible gas control strategies* are included in the Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMGs).
          *Strategies such as:
* Intentionally burning the H2
* Maintaining the containment "steam inert"
-...J
&deg;"
 
NRC Resolution of Post Exam Comments NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 NRC Resolution Valid as administered. Key Answer Choice B is the only correct answer.
Discussion Four applicants chose Key Answer B. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice A. No applicants chose Distractor Choices C or D.
None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
This was a bank question, used as a RO level question on a prior Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC Exam (Q#27, 2009 Exam).
The licensee proposed deleting Question 12 from the exam, based on their assessment that the question was at the SRO level and should therefore not have been on the RO portion of the exam.
Their argument for this position was based on their interpretation of the SRO-only guidance flowchart contained NUREG-1021(Revision10), ES-401, Attachment 2.
NUREG-1021 in Section ES-401, D.l.c states that special attention required to ensure the SRO exam tests at the appropriate level. The SRO-only guidance is intended to ensure the SRO-only questions are selected/developed at the SRO level and not written specifically for the purpose of determining whether a question is appropriate on the RO portion of the exam. One flowchart block asks if "the question can be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall strategy of events, or overall mitigative strategy of a procedure," with an affirmative answer indicating the question is at the RO level. The converse is not necessarily true. A negative answer to this block does not indicate a question is at the SRO level, but rather that additional assessment is necessary to determine whether or not it is at the SRO level. The subsequent flowchart block asks whether the question meets any of 4 criterion that would indicate it is a SRO-only question. The NRC does not think the question meets any of these criteria. The question requires assessing plant conditions and then applying this assessment to determine the proper course of action based on knowledge of plant operational considerations and knowledge of procedurally directed actions.
The knowledge and ability necessary to correctly answer the question are appropriate for a RO applicant.
The question expected the RO applicant to assess RCS pressure and temperature conditions and then select the choice that stated that further depressurization below 1200 psig could not continue until a suitable reactor vessel head soak had been performed. Answering the question correctly required the applicant to know that the procedure (specified in the stem) contained 1
 
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 guidance that the RCS should be cooled down to less than 350&deg;F with pressure maintained at 1200 fillg for a lengthy period of time (9 hours). The NRC accepts this may have been one of the higher level of difficulty questions on the exam. However, level of difficulty and RO vs SRO exam level are different measures. A RO level question can have a higher level of difficulty and a SRO-only question can have a lower level of difficulty. The distinction between RO and SRO can be on the type of knowledge required as opposed to the depth of knowledge required.
In this case, the threshold parameters of temperature and pressure were provided in the choices (350&deg;F, 1200 psig). The question expected applicants to select the correct answer based on their knowledge of plant design/operation and the overall mitigation strategy ofthe Natural Circulation Cooldown procedure. One high level action in the overall natural circulation mitigation strategy is to cooldown and depressurize the RCS with no upper head void growth. The RO applicant was appropriately expected to recognize this could only be accomplished in the absence of CRDM cooling by an extended time soak to allow vessel heat to slowly dissipate to the containment atmosphere while maintaining RCS pressure high enough to prevent void growth. The question was structured to point the applicants to the specific considerations of concern by asking "what ramifications will the loss of these CROM Shroud Fans have on the continued performance of ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Coo/down?" Half of the applicants chose a distractor that incorrectly explained temperature must be maintained elevated as a way to address the loss of CRDM cooling, as opposed to the correct answer of maintaining pressure elevated. The correct choice between these two options could be made with application of conceptual understanding of thermodynamic conditions. Maintaining pressure, not temperature, would prevent upper head void growth.
The lesson plan used to teach initial license applicants, 3SQS-53.3, "Emergency Operating Procedures," specifically reviewed this particular exam question along with just 2 other questions as "student review activity of high miss questions from 2LOT6 [2009] NRC exam."
Both ROs and SROs are expected to have knowledge of the plant and associated operational procedures. The threshold for categorizing procedural knowledge as SRO vice RO is associated with supervisory level decision-making as indicated by applying detailed knowledge of administrative procedures to the decision-making process or of selecting transitions to other procedures. Judgment was applied in this RO versus SRO-only level determination through the exam development process because the criteria are guidelines and do not address the specifics of each question. Facility developers applied this judgment during the question selection and development process. Facility reviewers independently assessed the question level. Facility exam validators provided feedback on question level. And then multiple NRC examiners reviewed the question to ensure it was appropriate for the job and was testing at the appropriate level. This 2
 
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 extensive approval process concluded the question tested at an appropriate level for a RO applicant.
And, for this question, the screening process just described was applied twice, first for this same question on the RO portion of the 2009 Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC exam, and again for its use on this 2015 NRC exam. There was no facility post-exam feedback challenging any aspect of this question on the 2009 exam.
Summary The NRC has determined Question 12 was valid as administered with no changes required based on a re-assessment of the level of this question (RO versus SRO-only), the choices selected by the applicants and the question having been successfully used as an RO question on the 2009 Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC Exam.
3
 
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 29 NRC Resolution Delete the question.
Discussion Two of the applicants chose Key Answer D. Six applicants chose Distractor Choice B. No applicants chose Distractor Choices A or C.
None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
This was a new question.
This was a new question.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers, Choices Band D, based on their assessment that statements in the question stem were confusing, in that: 1) the referenced procedure, 20M-52.4.R.1.F, does not reference the use of 20M-7.4.F until after initiation of a plant cooldown, 2) the stem erroneously states that 20M-7.4.F is directed from 20M-52.4.R.l.F, 3) the use of the phrase "to remove non-condensable gases" was confusing and misleading because hydrogen is typically added during at-power operations to remove condensable gases, 4) the reference to 20M-7.4 .F and to "non-condensable gases" in the same question led to confusion as to the intent of the evolution
The licensee proposed accepting two answers, Choices Band D, based on their assessment that statements in the question stem were confusing, in that:
: 5) applicants demonstrated knowledge of the system by selecting the proper flow path. Following detailed review, the NRC concludes there are not two valid answers. Choice Bis not a correct answer for the question.
: 1)     the referenced procedure, 20M-52.4.R.1.F, does not reference the use of 20M-7.4.F until after initiation of a plant cooldown,
20M-52.4.R.1.F does not specifically direct use of 20M-7.4.F until after initiation of a plant cooldown.
: 2)     the stem erroneously states that 20M-7.4.F is directed from 20M-52.4.R.l.F,
However it does ensure, through Initial Condition 111.G, that 20M-52.4.R.l.A, "Station Shutdown Mode 1 to Mode 6 Administrative and Local Actions," is in progress.
: 3)     the use of the phrase "to remove non-condensable gases" was confusing and misleading because hydrogen is typically added during at-power operations to remove non-condensable gases,
The R.1.A procedure (Step 71) directs placing a nitrogen cover gas on the VCT and commencing purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7.4.F when the reactor is within 24 hours of shutdown for the refueling outage. The procedure linkage in the stem, while confusing, is not technically incorrect.
: 4)     the reference to 20M-7.4 .F and to "non-condensable gases" in the same question led to confusion as to the intent of the evolution
Both hydrogen and nitrogen can reasonably be referred to as "non-condensable gases" as they are used in the reactor coolant system. However, by general convention, the station appears to consider hydrogen separately from all the other "non-condensables." This appeared to cause confusion.
: 5)     applicants demonstrated knowledge of the system by selecting the proper flow path.
To arrive at the correct answer the applicants would have to know from memory that 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT" is used when allowing nitrogen 4 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 29 to force the removal of other entrained gases. The use of the 20M-7.4.F procedure would not be directed until within 24 hours of reactor shutdown.
Following detailed review, the NRC concludes there are not two valid answers. Choice Bis not a correct answer for the question. 20M-52.4.R.1.F does not specifically direct use of 20M-7.4.F until after initiation of a plant cooldown. However it does ensure, through Initial Condition 111.G, that 20M-52.4.R.l.A, "Station Shutdown Mode 1 to Mode 6 Administrative and Local Actions," is in progress. The R.1.A procedure (Step 71) directs placing a nitrogen cover gas on the VCT and commencing purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7.4.F when the reactor is within 24 hours of shutdown for the refueling outage. The procedure linkage in the stem, while confusing, is not technically incorrect.
The question stem did not state when the reactor would be shutdown, only that a shutdown was in progress for a refueling outage. Based on the confusion factors and the detailed knowledge required to answer the question and despite the fact that the question was facility developed, validated and approved, the NRC concludes this question should be deleted. In this rare case, the NRC concludes the question was not appropriate for the closed reference exam in that the required knowledge went beyond that answerable without references.
Both hydrogen and nitrogen can reasonably be referred to as "non-condensable gases" as they are used in the reactor coolant system. However, by general convention, the station appears to consider hydrogen separately from all the other "non-condensables." This appeared to cause confusion. To arrive at the correct answer the applicants would have to know from memory that 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT" is used when allowing nitrogen 4
Summary The NRC disagrees with the licensee arguments for two correct answers. However, the question is confusing and will be deleted from the exam. References
 
: 1. 20M-52.4.R.1.F, Station Shutdown From 100% Power to MODE 5, Revision 31 2. 20M-52.4.R.1.A, Station Shutdown MODE 1 to MODE 6 Administrative and Local Actions, Revision 11 3. 20M-7.4.F, Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT, Revision 19 5 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 33 NRC Resolution Accept two answers. Choice C and Original Key Choice A are both correct answers. No other answers are correct. Discussion Four applicants chose original Key Answer A. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice C. No applicants chose Distractor Choices B or D. None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 29 to force the removal of other entrained gases. The use of the 20M-7.4.F procedure would not be directed until within 24 hours of reactor shutdown. The question stem did not state when the reactor would be shutdown, only that a shutdown was in progress for a refueling outage. Based on the confusion factors and the detailed knowledge required to answer the question and despite the fact that the question was facility developed, validated and approved, the NRC concludes this question should be deleted. In this rare case, the NRC concludes the question was not appropriate for the closed reference exam in that the required knowledge went beyond that answerable without references.
Summary The NRC disagrees with the licensee arguments for two correct answers. However, the question is confusing and will be deleted from the exam.
References
: 1. 20M-52.4.R.1.F, Station Shutdown From 100% Power to MODE 5, Revision 31
: 2. 20M-52.4.R.1.A, Station Shutdown MODE 1 to MODE 6 Administrative and Local Actions, Revision 11
: 3. 20M-7.4.F, Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT, Revision 19 5
 
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 33 NRC Resolution Accept two answers. Choice C and Original Key Choice A are both correct answers. No other answers are correct.
Discussion Four applicants chose original Key Answer A. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice C. No applicants chose Distractor Choices B or D.
None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
This was a modified question, from a NRC exam at another facility.
This was a modified question, from a NRC exam at another facility.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers (Choices A and C), based on their assessment that the question could be interpreted as either asking what it takes to reduce temperature or as asking what is procedurally required to reduce temperature.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers (Choices A and C), based on their assessment that the question could be interpreted as either asking what it takes to reduce temperature or as asking what is procedurally required to reduce temperature.
The NRC agrees that both Choices A and Care correct answers because either of the methods could be performed in accordance with the alarm response procedure to reduce tank temperature.
The NRC agrees that both Choices A and Care correct answers because either of the methods could be performed in accordance with the alarm response procedure to reduce tank temperature.
Justification for Choice A as a correct answer: Tank temperature would be adequately reduced if operators filled the tank to near, but below the high level isolation setpoint of 90.5%. The trouble alarm response procedure subsection on high temperature directs opening fill valves with a note explaining they will automatically close above 90.5% level. This subsection does not address opening the drain valve. Even conservatively assuming an initial tank level at the high end of the normal band, normal fill water temperature and without taking tank ambient heat losses into consideration, the mass and energy calculations demonstrate that final tank water volume, when mixed, would be at a temperature below the high temperature alarm setpoint.
Justification for Choice A as a correct answer: Tank temperature would be adequately reduced if operators filled the tank to near, but below the high level isolation setpoint of 90.5%. The trouble alarm response procedure subsection on high temperature directs opening fill valves with a note explaining they will automatically close above 90.5% level. This subsection does not address opening the drain valve. Even conservatively assuming an initial tank level at the high end of the normal band, normal fill water temperature and without taking tank ambient heat losses into consideration, the mass and energy calculations demonstrate that final tank water volume, when mixed, would be at a temperature below the high temperature alarm setpoint. Based on the guidance in the trouble alarm procedure subsection on high temperature, it would be acceptable to raise level as much as possible, up to 90.5% prior to draining back into the normal band.
Based on the guidance in the trouble alarm procedure subsection on high temperature, it would be acceptable to raise level as much as possible, up to 90.5% prior to draining back into the normal band. Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2A states that PRT level "should" be maintained in the normal operating range between high and low level setpoints during normal operation.
Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2A states that PRT level "should" be maintained in the normal operating range between high and low level setpoints during normal operation. However, it is a "should" statement and describes "normal operation." It does not prohibit level from being raised above the high level setpoint for a short period of time for the specific purpose of lowering tank temperature. And Precaution and Limitation 71 states the tank contents should be cooled by spraying with primary water.
However, it is a "should" statement and describes "normal operation." It does not prohibit level from being raised above the high level setpoint for a short period of time for the specific purpose of lowering tank temperature.
6
And Precaution and Limitation 71 states the tank contents should be cooled by spraying with primary water. 6 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 33 Justification for Choice Casa second correct answer: The question asks for the choice that identifies all valves that would be opened to reduce temperature in accordance with the PRT Trouble Alarm Response Procedure.
 
This procedure is divided into sub-procedures for trouble related to temperature, pressure or level. The temperature subsection, which would apply immediately based on question initial conditions directs opening the fill valves and filling until temperature is restored.
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 33 Justification for Choice Casa second correct answer: The question asks for the choice that identifies all valves that would be opened to reduce temperature in accordance with the PRT Trouble Alarm Response Procedure. This procedure is divided into sub-procedures for trouble related to temperature, pressure or level. The temperature subsection, which would apply immediately based on question initial conditions directs opening the fill valves and filling until temperature is restored. Physical interlocks would close the fill valves if level reaches 90.5%.
Physical interlocks would close the fill valves if level reaches 90.5%. However, as described above, sufficient volume of colder water would have been added to reduce temperature below the high temperature setpoint of 120&deg;F prior to reaching 90.5% level. Although normal practice would be to raise level beyond the high level alarm setpoint of 78% while intentionally filling to reduce temperature, the alarm procedure does not specifically direct the operator to ignore the resulting trouble alarm on high level. The high level trouble subsection directs operators to reduce level by opening the drain valve. Operators have the latitude to either remain in the high temperature section, adding sufficient water to cool the tank prior to initiating a tank drain evolution, or they could add water until the high level alarm actuates at 78%, then respond per the subsection on high level to reduce level to low in the normal band by draining.
However, as described above, sufficient volume of colder water would have been added to reduce temperature below the high temperature setpoint of 120&deg;F prior to reaching 90.5% level.
Assuming a normal initial PRT level of 76%, a normal fill water temperature of 70&deg;F and complete mixing of the tank contents, calculations confirm that sufficient water cannot be added to cool the tank to 120&deg;F before reaching the 78% high alarm setpoint level. Summary The NRC has determined Question 33 had two valid answers, Choices A and C, given that both choices describe acceptable methods for accomplishing the task. References
Although normal practice would be to raise level beyond the high level alarm setpoint of 78%
: 1. 20M-6.2.A, RCS Precautions and Limitations, Revision 22 2. 20M-6.2.B, RCS Setpoints, Revision 13 3. 20M-6.4.AAY, Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble, Revision 10 4. Pressurizer Relief Tank 2RCS-TK-22 Curve (Volume vs Indicated Level), Approved 5/22/87 7 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 41 NRC Resolution Accept two answers. Accept original key Choice B and Choice D. No other answers are correct. Discussion Six applicants chose Key Answer B. Two applicants chose Distractor Choice D. No applicants chose Distractor Choices A or C. During exam administration, one of the applicants asked whether the question was asking "individual switch manipulations." The proctor directed the applicant to re-read the test item. This was a modified question, from a NRC exam at another facility.
while intentionally filling to reduce temperature, the alarm procedure does not specifically direct the operator to ignore the resulting trouble alarm on high level. The high level trouble subsection directs operators to reduce level by opening the drain valve. Operators have the latitude to either remain in the high temperature section, adding sufficient water to cool the tank prior to initiating a tank drain evolution, or they could add water until the high level alarm actuates at 78%, then respond per the subsection on high level to reduce level to low in the normal band by draining.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers (Choices Band D), based on their assessment that an applicant could make either of two reasonable assumptions, each of which would support a different answer. In the first instance, if the applicant assumed that "minimum required" referred to the minimum number of switches that would have to be physically manipulated, then Choice B (2 switches) would be the correct answer. In the second instance, if the applicant assumed that "minimum required" referred to the minimum number of switches which must be operated .Qy procedure, then Choice D (4 switches) would be the correct answer. EOP-0 (Step 10) directs performance of 20M-53.A.1.A.0.11, which requires (Step 9, RNO) operators to "manually initiate both switches for both trains." Choices Band D both describe switch configurations that would accomplish the task of starting both Quench Spray pumps. There is nothing in the stem to indicate that the first assumption is any more or less appropriate than the second. Summary The NRC determined Question 41 had two valid answers, Choices Band D, supported by reasonable examinee assumptions.
Assuming a normal initial PRT level of 76%, a normal fill water temperature of 70&deg;F and complete mixing of the tank contents, calculations confirm that sufficient water cannot be added to cool the tank to 120&deg;F before reaching the 78% high alarm setpoint level.
Summary The NRC has determined Question 33 had two valid answers, Choices A and C, given that both choices describe acceptable methods for accomplishing the task.
References
References
: 1. 20M-53.A.1.A.0,11, Verification of Automatic Actions, Revision 9 2. 20M-53.A.1.E-O
: 1. 20M-6.2.A, RCS Precautions and Limitations, Revision 22
{ISS2), Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Issue 2, Revision 1 3. USFAR Figure 7.3-13, Functional Diagram -Safeguard Actuation Signal, Revision K 8 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 59 NRC Resolution Delete the question.
: 2. 20M-6.2.B, RCS Setpoints, Revision 13
Discussion Three applicants chose Key Answer D. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice C. One applicant chose Distractor Choice A. No applicants chose Distractor Choice B. None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
: 3. 20M-6.4.AAY, Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble, Revision 10
: 4. Pressurizer Relief Tank 2RCS-TK-22 Curve (Volume vs Indicated Level), Approved 5/22/87 7
 
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 41 NRC Resolution Accept two answers. Accept original key Choice B and Choice D. No other answers are correct.
Discussion Six applicants chose Key Answer B. Two applicants chose Distractor Choice D. No applicants chose Distractor Choices A or C.
During exam administration, one of the applicants asked whether the question was asking "individual switch manipulations." The proctor directed the applicant to re-read the test item.
This was a modified question, from a NRC exam at another facility.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers (Choices Band D), based on their assessment that an applicant could make either of two reasonable assumptions, each of which would support a different answer. In the first instance, if the applicant assumed that "minimum required" referred to the minimum number of switches that would have to be physically manipulated, then Choice B (2 switches) would be the correct answer. In the second instance, if the applicant assumed that "minimum required" referred to the minimum number of switches which must be operated .Qy procedure, then Choice D (4 switches) would be the correct answer. EOP-0 (Step 10) directs performance of 20M-53.A.1.A.0.11, which requires (Step 9, RNO) operators to "manually initiate both switches for both trains." Choices Band D both describe switch configurations that would accomplish the task of starting both Quench Spray pumps. There is nothing in the stem to indicate that the first assumption is any more or less appropriate than the second.
Summary The NRC determined Question 41 had two valid answers, Choices Band D, supported by reasonable examinee assumptions.
References
: 1. 20M-53.A.1.A.0,11, Verification of Automatic Actions, Revision 9
: 2. 20M-53.A.1.E-O {ISS2), Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Issue 2, Revision 1
: 3. USFAR Figure 7.3-13, Functional Diagram - Safeguard Actuation Signal, Revision K 8
 
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 59 NRC Resolution Delete the question.
Discussion Three applicants chose Key Answer D. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice C. One applicant chose Distractor Choice A. No applicants chose Distractor Choice B.
None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
This was a new question.
This was a new question.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers, Original Key Answer D and Distractor Choice C, based on their assessment that Choice C would be correct if applicants assumed RP did not give permission to start the purge blower. The licensee further supports Choice Casa viable answer by explaining that conditions in the stem indicate significant fuel clad damage under which RP would not likely permit access to purge components.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers, Original Key Answer D and Distractor Choice C, based on their assessment that Choice C would be correct if applicants assumed RP did not give permission to start the purge blower. The licensee further supports Choice Casa viable answer by explaining that conditions in the stem indicate significant fuel clad damage under which RP would not likely permit access to purge components.
The NRC does not agree that Choice C is a second correct answer because the question asks the action taken by the crew in accordance with the Hydrogen Level High/High-High Alarm Response Procedure.
The NRC does not agree that Choice C is a second correct answer because the question asks the action taken by the crew in accordance with the Hydrogen Level High/High-High Alarm Response Procedure. This procedure directs performance of 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation" and does not address actions to intentionally ignite the hydrogen. Hydrogen ignition, if required, would be directed from severe accident management guidelines.
This procedure directs performance of 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation" and does not address actions to intentionally ignite the hydrogen.
However, as explained by the licensee in their post-exam comment, there are issues with the original key answer. It is based on the assumption that Radiation Protection would allow access to the purge blower. One of the initial conditions of the blower operation procedure is that "Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented." This should be interpreted as RP agrees I approves I grants permission for access to equipment necessary to implement the procedure. Stem conditions describe a hydrogen concentration in excess of that expected for a OBA LOCA, indicating core damage, which would reasonably result in elevated dose rates in areas immediately adjacent to the containment, including areas necessary for implementation of the purge blower operation procedure.
Hydrogen ignition, if required, would be directed from severe accident management guidelines.
In any case, it remains that for the original answer to be valid, the applicants must assume a condition not stated in the stem. Starting the purge blower IAW the alarm procedure can only be valid if one assumes that Radiation Protection has been informed and authorizes entry into areas adjacent to containment. Per Appendix E of NUREG-1021, applicants are directed to "not make assumptions regarding conditions that are not specified in the question unless they occur as a 9
However, as explained by the licensee in their post-exam comment, there are issues with the original key answer. It is based on the assumption that Radiation Protection would allow access to the purge blower. One of the initial conditions of the blower operation procedure is that "Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented." This should be interpreted as RP agrees I approves I grants permission for access to equipment necessary to implement the procedure.
 
Stem conditions describe a hydrogen concentration in excess of that expected for a OBA LOCA, indicating core damage, which would reasonably result in elevated dose rates in areas immediately adjacent to the containment, including areas necessary for implementation of the purge blower operation procedure.
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 59 consequence of other conditions that are stated in the question." The assumption regarding Radiation Protection cannot be assumed as a consequence of stated conditions. Without making this assumption the key answer cannot be correct.
In any case, it remains that for the original answer to be valid, the applicants must assume a condition not stated in the stem. Starting the purge blower IAW the alarm procedure can only be valid if one assumes that Radiation Protection has been informed and authorizes entry into areas adjacent to containment.
Summary The NRC disagrees with the licensee arguments to accept two correct answers. However, no answer choices are correct for the given stem conditions. The question will be deleted from the exam.
Per Appendix E of NUREG-1021, applicants are directed to "not make assumptions regarding conditions that are not specified in the question unless they occur as a 9 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 59 consequence of other conditions that are stated in the question." The assumption regarding Radiation Protection cannot be assumed as a consequence of stated conditions.
References
Without making this assumption the key answer cannot be correct. Summary The NRC disagrees with the licensee arguments to accept two correct answers. However, no answer choices are correct for the given stem conditions.
: 1. 20M-46.4.ABD, Hydrogen Level High/High - High, Revision 3
The question will be deleted from the exam. References
: 2. 20M-46.4.D, Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation, Revision 3
: 1. 20M-46.4.ABD, Hydrogen Level High/High  
: 3. NUREG-1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors," Revision 10 10
-High, Revision 3 2. 20M-46.4.D, Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation, Revision 3 3. NUREG-1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors," Revision 10 10 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Post Exam Comments, Resolution and Technical References Index Attachment A -Facility Comments for Written Exam Questions NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments Page 1 74 Attachment A Facility Comments for Written Exam Questions Question 12 Recommendation:
 
The facility recommends deleting question #12 from the RO portion of the exam. Reason: The question is on the RO exam but is at the SRO level of required knowledge as determined by ES-401 Figure 2. Question:
Beaver Valley Unit 2 Post Exam Comments, Resolution and Technical References Index                                                 Page Attachment A - Facility Comments for Written Exam Questions 1 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments                         74
 
Attachment A Facility Comments for Written Exam Questions
 
Question 12 Recommendation: The facility recommends deleting question #12 from the RO portion of the exam.
Reason: The question is on the RO exam but is at the SRO level of required knowledge as determined by ES-401 Figure 2.
Question:
: 12. The plant has been operating at 100% power with all systems in NSA for the past 100 days.
: 12. The plant has been operating at 100% power with all systems in NSA for the past 100 days.
* An inadvertent reactor trip occurs coincident with a loss of offsite power
* An inadvertent reactor trip occurs coincident with a loss of offsite power
Line 582: Line 1,143:
* RCS temperature is 400&deg;F lowering at 20&deg;F/hr
* RCS temperature is 400&deg;F lowering at 20&deg;F/hr
* RCS Subcooling is 165&deg;F
* RCS Subcooling is 165&deg;F
* RCS Pressure 1200 psig and stable Alarm Al l-5G, CRDM Shroud Fan Auto-Start/Auto-Stop is received.
* RCS Pressure 1200 psig and stable Alarm Al l-5G, CRDM Shroud Fan Auto-Start/Auto-Stop is received. ALL CRDM shroud fans have tripped and cannot be restarted.
ALL CRDM shroud fans have tripped and cannot be restarted.
What ramifications will the loss of these CRDM Shroud Fans have on the continued performance ofES-0.2, "Natural Circulation Cooldown"?
What ramifications will the loss of these CRDM Shroud Fans have on the continued performance ofES-0.2, "Natural Circulation Cooldown"?
A. Further RCS cooldown (below 350&deg;F) cannot continue UNTIL a suitable RX vessel head soak has been performed.
A. Further RCS cooldown (below 350&deg;F) cannot continue UNTIL a suitable RX vessel head soak has been performed.
Line 589: Line 1,149:
C. Immediately INCREASE RCS pressure 100 psig to RAISE RCS subcooling.
C. Immediately INCREASE RCS pressure 100 psig to RAISE RCS subcooling.
D. Immediately DECREASE RCS pressure 100 psig to LOWER RCS subcooling.
D. Immediately DECREASE RCS pressure 100 psig to LOWER RCS subcooling.
Question 12 appeared in the RO section of the written exam. ES-401 PREPARING INITIAL SITE-SPECIFIC WRITIEN EXAMINATIONS, Figure 2 indicates that the knowledge needed to answer the question is at the SRO Only level. ES-401 Figure 2 requires ROs to know the purpose, overall sequence of events and overall mitigative strategy of procedures.
Question 12 appeared in the RO section of the written exam. ES-401 PREPARING INITIAL SITE-SPECIFIC WRITIEN EXAMINATIONS, Figure 2 indicates that the knowledge needed to answer the question is at the SRO Only level. ES-401 Figure 2 requires ROs to know the purpose, overall sequence of events and overall mitigative strategy of procedures. Per the EOP background documents, the high level actions or overall mitigative strategy of ES-0.2 are:
Per the EOP background documents, the high level actions or overall mitigative strategy of ES-0.2 are: 1) Try to Start a RCP 2) Cool Down and Depressurize RCS with no Upper head Void Growth 3) Lock Out the SI System 4) Place RHS in Service 5) Cooldown to Mode 5 The final decision block in ES-401 Figure 2 asks the following question:
: 1) Try to Start a RCP
: 2) Cool Down and Depressurize RCS with no Upper head Void Growth
: 3) Lock Out the SI System
: 4) Place RHS in Service
: 5) Cooldown to Mode 5
 
The final decision block in ES-401 Figure 2 asks the following question:
Does the question require one or more of the following?
Does the question require one or more of the following?
* Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed? While the stem of Question 12 asks what the ramifications of a certain condition will be, it is really asking what the procedural requirements are for an existing condition.
* Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed?
Additionally, it requires the candidate to assess plant conditions in order to select a section of a procedure with which to proceed. This assessment includes the following:
While the stem of Question 12 asks what the ramifications of a certain condition will be, it is really asking what the procedural requirements are for an existing condition. Additionally, it requires the candidate to assess plant conditions in order to select a section of a procedure with which to proceed.
This assessment includes the following:
* Note: The ES-0.3 Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void in Vessel (With RVLIS) and ES-0.4 Natural Circulation Cooldown With Voids (Without RVLIS) procedures are sub-procedures of the natural circulation group of EOPs. The candidates had to determine if the 20F per hour cooldown rate was within the limits of ES-0.2 or if a transition to ES-0.3 or ES-0.4 was required.
* Note: The ES-0.3 Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void in Vessel (With RVLIS) and ES-0.4 Natural Circulation Cooldown With Voids (Without RVLIS) procedures are sub-procedures of the natural circulation group of EOPs. The candidates had to determine if the 20F per hour cooldown rate was within the limits of ES-0.2 or if a transition to ES-0.3 or ES-0.4 was required.
Step 13 of ES-0.2 has a transition to ES-0.3 or ES-0.4 based on the ability to control cooldown rates. Oistractor "O" references an action performed in ES-0.4. This distractor requires a detailed understanding of procedure content to determine if the action is correct.
Step 13 of ES-0.2 has a transition to ES-0.3 or ES-0.4 based on the ability to control cooldown rates. Oistractor "O" references an action performed in ES-0.4. This distractor requires a detailed understanding of procedure content to determine if the action is correct.
* The impact of losing all CROM fans on the proper flow path to take through the EOP. Step 15 of ES-0.2 requires the crew to assess the status of CROM cooling fans and select the proper section of the EOP to perform based on that assessment.
* The impact of losing all CROM fans on the proper flow path to take through the EOP. Step 15 of ES-0.2 requires the crew to assess the status of CROM cooling fans and select the proper section of the EOP to perform based on that assessment. The direction needed to arrive at the correct answer for this question is contained in the "Response Not Obtained" section of the procedure.
The direction needed to arrive at the correct answer for this question is contained in the "Response Not Obtained" section of the procedure.
* Sufficient Subcooling for current plant conditions - Step 16 of ES-0.2 checks for sufficient sub-cooling. If insufficient subcooling exists the crew is directed to stop the depressurization and re-establish subcooling. Oistractor "C" references this action.
* Sufficient Subcooling for current plant conditions  
 
-Step 16 of ES-0.2 checks for sufficient cooling. If insufficient subcooling exists the crew is directed to stop the depressurization and establish subcooling.
==
Oistractor "C" references this action.
Conclusion:==
To answer question 12 correctly requires the candidate to know the detailed actions of the Response Not Obtained section of step 15 of ES-0.2 which requires three actions, maintain RCS Pressure at 1200 psig with acceptable subcooling, cool down to less than 350F and wait for the 9 hour soak, then cool down and depressurize the plant. The knowledge required to answer the question is beyond the required RO level outlined in ES-401 Figure 2.
Based on the above information the facility believes that the question cannot be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall sequence of events, or overall mitigative strategy of a procedure, and therefore should be classified as an SRO only question and as such be removed from the RO portion of the exam.


== Conclusion:==
BVPS- EOP          20M-53A.1.ES-0.2(1SS2)
Number          Title ES-0.2                  Natural Circulation Cool down            Issue 2 Revision 1
STEP 11    ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE    11    RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED Check Cooldown Rate In RCS        Reduce RCS cooldown rate to Cold Legs                          less than allowable limit.
* All RCS loops active -        IF cooldown rate can NOT be LESS THAN 25F/HR              reduced to less than 25F/HR, THEN Go to:
                        -OR-
* ES-0.3, "Natural
* One or two RCS loops            Circulation Cooldown With inactive - LESS THAN            Steam Void In Vessel MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LIMIT OF      (With RVLIS) ", Step 1.
ATTACHMENT A-4.10
                                                        -OR-
* ES-0.4, "Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void In Vessel (Without RVLIS)", Step 1.
2ES02 12/23/2015              22of29


To answer question 12 correctly requires the candidate to know the detailed actions of the Response Not Obtained section of step 15 of ES-0.2 which requires three actions, maintain RCS Pressure at 1200 psig with acceptable subcooling, cool down to less than 350F and wait for the 9 hour soak, then cool down and depressurize the plant. The knowledge required to answer the question is beyond the required RO level outlined in ES-401 Figure 2. Based on the above information the facility believes that the question cannot be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall sequence of events, or overall mitigative strategy of a procedure, and therefore should be classified as an SRO only question and as such be removed from the RO portion of the exam.
BVPS- EOP           20M-53A.1.ES-0.2(1SS2)
Number ES-0.2 STEP 11 BVPS-EOP 20M-53A.1.ES-0.2(1SS2)
Number           Title ES-0.2                 Natura1 Circu1ation Coo1down              Issue 2 Revision 1
Title Natural Circulation Cool down Issue 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE Check Cooldown Rate In RCS Cold Legs
STEP   11   ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE     I I   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 15       Verify Vessel Head Soak Not Required
* All RCS loops active -LESS THAN 25F/HR -OR-* One or two RCS loops inactive -LESS THAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LIMIT OF ATTACHMENT A-4.10 Revision 1 11 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED Reduce RCS cooldown rate to less than allowable limit. IF cooldown rate can NOT be reduced to less than 25F/HR, THEN Go to:
: a. CROM fans - AT LEAST TWO       a. Perform the following:
* ES-0.3, "Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void In Vessel (With RVLIS) ", Step 1. -OR-* ES-0.4, "Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void In Vessel (Without RVLIS)", Step 1. 2ES02 12/23/2015 22of29 BVPS-EOP Number Title ES-0.2 Natura1 Circu1ation STEP 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I 15 Verify Vessel Head Soak Not Required 20M-53A.1.ES-0.2(1SS2)
RUNNING (ONE FAN PER UNIT)
Coo1down Issue 2 Revision 1 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED a. CROM fans -AT LEAST TWO a. Perform the following:
: 1) Maintain RCS pressure at 1200 PSIG and RCS subcooling within acceptable range on Attachment A-4.2.
RUNNING (ONE FAN PER UNIT) 2ES02 12/23/2015 24of29 1) Maintain RCS pressure at 1200 PSIG and RCS subcooling within acceptable range on Attachment A-4.2. 2) Cooldown the RCS to less than 350F. 3) Wait for 9 HOURS, THEN Go to Step 16.
: 2) Cooldown the RCS to less than 350F.
ES-401 8 Attachment 2 Figure 2: Screening for SRO-only linked to 10 CFR 55.43(b)(5) (Assessment and selection of procedures)
: 3) Wait for 9 HOURS, THEN Go to Step 16.
Can the question be answered solely by knowing I "systems knowledge", i.e., how the system works, Yes RO question flowpath, logic, component location?  
2ES02  12/23/2015              24of29
-I No .. Can the question be answered solely by knowing Yes I RO question immediate operator actions? -I No , Can the question be answered solely by knowing entry conditions for AOPs or plant parameters that Yes RO question require direct entry to major EOPs? I No ', Can the question be answered solely by knowing I the purpose, overall sequence of events, or overall Yes RO question mitioative strateov of a procedure?  
 
-I No , Does the question require one or more of the following?
ES-401                                     8                               Attachment 2 Figure 2:   Screening for SRO-only linked to 10 CFR 55.43(b)(5)
(Assessment and selection of procedures)
Can the question be answered solely by knowing "systems knowledge", i.e., how the system works, flowpath, logic, component location?
Yes    I- RO question I No
                        .
Can the question be answered solely by knowing immediate operator actions?                           Yes    I-~ RO question I No
                        ,
Can the question be answered solely by knowing entry conditions for AOPs or plant parameters that     Yes   I~  RO question require direct entry to major EOPs?
I No
                        ',
Can the question be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall sequence of events, or overall   Yes   I-  RO question mitioative strateov of a procedure?
I No
                        ,
Does the question require one or more of the following?
* Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed
* Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed
* Knowledge of when to implement attachments and appendices, including how to coordinate these items with I procedure steps Yes
* Knowledge of when to implement attachments and appendices, including how to coordinate these items with procedure steps                                               Yes   I - SRO-only question
* Knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the -EOPs that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures
* Knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the EOPs that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures
* Knowledge of administrative procedures that specify hierarchy, implementation, and/or coordination of plant normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures I No 1
* Knowledge of administrative procedures that specify hierarchy, implementation, and/or coordination of plant normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures I No 1*
* Question might not be linked to 1 O CFR 55.43(b)(5) for SRO-only ES-401, Page 22 of 50 SRO-only question Question 29 Recommendation:
Question might not be linked to 1O CFR 55.43(b)(5) for SRO-only ES-401, Page 22 of 50
The facility recommends accepting two answers for this question.
 
Question 29 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two answers for this question.
Reason: The stem of the question contains some unclear and confusing information that led to different assumptions by the candidates.
Reason: The stem of the question contains some unclear and confusing information that led to different assumptions by the candidates.
: 29. The plant is shutting down for a refueling outage in accordance with 20M-52.4.R.
: 29. The plant is shutting down for a refueling outage in accordance with 20M-52.4.R. l .F, "Station Shutdown From 100% Power To Mode 5".
l .F, "Station Shutdown From 100% Power To Mode 5". Plant is at 30% power All systems in normal alignment for this power level Chemistry has requested a purge of the VCT to remove non-condensable gases. In accordance with 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The Volume Control Tanlc'', which of the following completes the statements below? At this power level, __ __,(-"--}),_
Plant is at 30% power All systems in normal alignment for this power level Chemistry has requested a purge of the VCT to remove non-condensable gases.
__ gas is used for purging the RCS of non-condensable gasses. The non-condensable gasses from the VCT will be purged to the (2) A. I) Hydrogen 2) Primary Plant Sample System B. I) Hydrogen 2) Boron Recovery System C. I) Nitrogen 2) Primary Plant Sample System D. l) Nitrogen 2) Boron Recovery System Some statements in the stem of question 29 are unclear or conflicting.
In accordance with 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The Volume Control Tanlc'',
These conflicts caused confusion with the candidates as to the intent of the VCT purge referenced in the question stem. These items are listed below:
which of the following completes the statements below?
* The referenced procedure 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown from 100% to Mode 5 11 does not reference the use of 20M-7.4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT 11 until the RCS is being cooled down from 500F to 350F. The stem of the question states that the plant is at 30% power, at which time RCS temperature is"' 556F. This led to confusion as to why the degas operation was being performed.
At this power level, _ ___,(-"--}),___ gas is used for purging the RCS of non-condensable gasses.
* The direction to use the procedure listed in the question stem -20M-7 .4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT 11 while the unit is at 30% power is directed from a different procedure than was listed in the stem of the question.
The non-condensable gasses from the VCT will be purged to the           (2)
Specifically, procedure 20M-52.4.R.l.A "STATION SHUTDOWN MODE 1 TO MODE 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOCAL ACTIONS 11 page 23 step 71, directs the use of 20M-7.4.F, not 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown from 100% to Mode 5 11 as was stated in the stem of the question.
A. I) Hydrogen
* 20M-52.4.R.1.A "STATION SHUTDOWN MODE 1 TO MODE 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOCAL ACTIONS 11 page 23 step 71 directs the operator to "Place N2 cover gas on VCT and Commence purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7 .4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT". While this procedure step does specify adding Nitrogen to the VCT it does not state why Nitrogen is added to the VCT but does state to do this as directed by chemistry.
: 2) Primary Plant Sample System B. I) Hydrogen
The primary chemistry requirements/direction at this point of a planned shutdown are to reduce RCS Hydrogen concentration, not to remove non-condensable gases, as was listed in the stem of the question.
: 2) Boron Recovery System C. I) Nitrogen
This led to confusion when answering the question because typical at power operations require non-condensable gases to be removed by adding Hydrogen to the VCT while the intentional reduction of Hydrogen concentration of the RCS requires the addition of Nitrogen to the VCT.
: 2) Primary Plant Sample System D. l) Nitrogen
: 2) Boron Recovery System Some statements in the stem of question 29 are unclear or conflicting. These conflicts caused confusion with the candidates as to the intent of the VCT purge referenced in the question stem. These items are listed below:
11
* The referenced procedure 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown from 100% to Mode 5 does not reference the use of 20M-7.4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT11 until the RCS is being cooled down from 500F to 350F. The stem of the question states that the plant is at 30% power, at which time RCS temperature is"' 556F. This led to confusion as to why the degas operation was being performed.
* The direction to use the procedure listed in the question stem - 20M-7 .4.F "Degassing the RCS from 11 the VCT while the unit is at 30% power is directed from a different procedure than was listed in the stem of the question. Specifically, procedure 20M-52.4.R.l.A "STATION SHUTDOWN MODE 1 TO MODE 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOCAL ACTIONS 11 page 23 step 71, directs the use of 20M-7.4.F, not 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown from 100% to Mode 511 as was stated in the stem of the question.
* 20M-52.4.R.1.A "STATION SHUTDOWN MODE 1 TO MODE 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOCAL 11 ACTIONS page 23 step 71 directs the operator to "Place N2 cover gas on VCT and Commence
 
purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7 .4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT". While this procedure step does specify adding Nitrogen to the VCT it does not state why Nitrogen is added to the VCT but does state to do this as directed by chemistry. The primary chemistry requirements/direction at this point of a planned shutdown are to reduce RCS Hydrogen concentration, not to remove non-condensable gases, as was listed in the stem of the question. This led to confusion when answering the question because typical at power operations require non-condensable gases to be removed by adding Hydrogen to the VCT while the intentional reduction of Hydrogen concentration of the RCS requires the addition of Nitrogen to the VCT.
* The stem of the question stated that the intent of the VCT purge was to remove Non-condensable gasses from the VCT. When at power this evolution is typically accomplished by the use of 20M-7.4.E "Hydrogen Concentration Control of the Reactor Coolant System" and Hydrogen is used to perform the purge. 20M-7.4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT" is typically used when removing hydrogen (Degassing) the VCT. The use of both concepts in the question caused confusion as to the intent of the evolution being described.
* The stem of the question stated that the intent of the VCT purge was to remove Non-condensable gasses from the VCT. When at power this evolution is typically accomplished by the use of 20M-7.4.E "Hydrogen Concentration Control of the Reactor Coolant System" and Hydrogen is used to perform the purge. 20M-7.4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT" is typically used when removing hydrogen (Degassing) the VCT. The use of both concepts in the question caused confusion as to the intent of the evolution being described.
* The candidates understood the operation of the system as evidenced by all selecting the proper flow path, however the confusion in the intent of the evolution caused the majority of the candidates to select Hydrogen as the purging medium. Based on the above information the facility is requesting that two answers (Band D) be accepted as correct answers.
* The candidates understood the operation of the system as evidenced by all selecting the proper flow path, however the confusion in the intent of the evolution caused the majority of the candidates to select Hydrogen as the purging medium.
BVPS-SBS Unit2 Station Shutdown Operating Procedures 20M-52.4.R.1.A Revision 11 Page 23of65 Station Shutdown MODE 1 to MODE 6 Administrative and Local Actions T-24 HOURS 68. Begin monitoring Attachment 2, Continuous Actions. Initial 69. Verify that the controlled copies of the following procedures are available to the Control Room:
Based on the above information the facility is requesting that two answers (Band D) be accepted as correct answers.
 
BVPS-SBS                                         Unit2                                 20M-52.4.R.1.A Station Shutdown                                                                            Revision 11 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 23of65 Station Shutdown MODE 1 to MODE 6 Administrative and Local Actions T-24 HOURS
: 68. Begin monitoring Attachment 2, Continuous Actions.
Initial
: 69. Verify that the controlled copies of the following procedures are available to the Control Room:
* 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown From 100% to MODE 5"
* 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown From 100% to MODE 5"
* 20M-52.4.R.1.S "Secondary Plant Shutdown"
* 20M-52.4.R.1.S "Secondary Plant Shutdown"
* 20M-52.4.R.2.F "Station Shutdown -MODE 5 Activities" Initial 70. Verify that the binders for the individual Operators have controlled copies of the applicable parts of this procedure (Continuous Actions, Expected Alarms, Attachments, etc.) Initial 71. Place N2 cover gas on VCT and Commence purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT". Initial 72. Notify Effluent Control that steam will be released during the shutdown from the Steam Generator Atmospheric's, [2SVS-PCV101A, B, C]. Initial a. Initiate the performance of 20M-10.4.A, "RHR System Startup", to check for RHR System voids, to sample both trains of RHR and to maximize CCP flow. Additional SWS flow required should be directed to the EOF. Initial 73. Stage communications equipment for the Turbine Overspeed test attachment of 20M-52.4.R.1.
* 20M-52.4.R.2.F "Station Shutdown - MODE 5 Activities" Initial
F "Station Shutdown From 100% to MODE 5". Initial BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Station Shutdown Operating Procedures 20M-52.4.R.1.F Revision 32 Page 37 of 201 STATION SHUTDOWN FROM 100% POWER TO MODE 5 I. RCS Cooldown to 350F 1. +Perform the applicable part of 20ST-49.2A "Shutdown Margin Calculation For Cooldown To 350F, to verify boron requirement for cooling down to 350F is met. Initial 2. Continue the RCS cooldown and depressurization to 350F at desired rate $ 1 OOF (90F Target) IN ANY ONE HOUR AND on the target line of Figure 1, "RCS Press I Temp Limits Cooldown Curve", in accordance with Attachment 5, Continuous Action Step I (PERFORMING RCS COOLDOWN)
: 70. Verify that the binders for the individual Operators have controlled copies of the applicable parts of this procedure (Continuous Actions, Expected Alarms, Attachments, etc.)
Initial 3. Begin raising pressurizer level to the target of "90% actual pressurizer level" as follows: a. Adjust net charging flow as desired by performing the applicable steps of Attachment 22, "Letdown Orifice Manipulations".
Initial
: b. Throttle charging flow < 150 gpm to maintain pressurizer level on target AND Net Charging Flow less than maximum. c. Refer to Figure 2, Figure 3, and Table 2 for target and maximum values. d. Trend [2RCS*Tl450]
: 71. Place N2 cover gas on VCT and Commence purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT".
Surge Line Temperature.
Initial
: 4. When desired by Station Chemistry during plant cooldown, purge the VCT of non-condensable gasses in accordance with either of the following: (N/A the option NOT used) a. If charging pump suction is aligned to the RWST, THEN Initiate Attachment 25, "Purging the VCT." (otherwise N/A) Initial Initial b. If charging pump suction is aligned to the VCT, THEN Initiate 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The Volume Control Tank." (otherwise NIA) Initial /0 BVPS-SBS Station Shutdown Operating Procedures Unit2 STATION SHUTDOWN FROM 100% POWER TO MODE 5 MANPOWER TASKS TIME TABLE Level RHR PAB Turb Out RO BOP Oper Oper Oper Oper side 1. Reduce Load
: 72. Notify Effluent Control that steam will be released during the shutdown from the Steam Generator Atmospheric's, [2SVS-PCV101A, B, C].
* 2. Stoo Feedoumo
Initial
* 3. Stroke Bvoass Vis
: a. Initiate the performance of 20M-10.4.A, "RHR System Startup", to check for RHR System voids, to sample both trains of RHR and to maximize CCP flow.
* 4. Pedestal Checks
Additional SWS flow required should be directed to the EOF.
* 48% 5. Isolate MSRs
Initial
* 6. Bypass Feed in Ser.
: 73. Stage communications equipment for the Turbine Overspeed test attachment of 20M-52.4.R.1. F "Station Shutdown From 100% to MODE 5".
* 30% 7. Raise SG level to
Initial
* 50-60% 8. lsol Slowdown
 
* 9. Alien Boration
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit 2                                 20M-52.4.R.1.F Station Shutdown                                                                            Revision 32 Operating Procedures                                                                    Page 37 of 201 STATION SHUTDOWN FROM 100% POWER TO MODE 5 I. RCS Cooldown to 350F
* 10. Manual Rods 15%
: 1. +Perform the applicable part of 20ST-49.2A "Shutdown Margin Calculation For Cooldown To 350F, to verify boron requirement for cooling down to 350F is met.
* 11. Steam Press Mode
Initial
* 12. TIS Survl Trends 13. Open MOBs
: 2. Continue the RCS cooldown and depressurization to 350F at desired rate
* 14. Stop Main Trf
              $   1OOF (90F Target) IN ANY ONE HOUR AND on the target line of Figure 1, "RCS Press I Temp Limits Cooldown Curve", in accordance with Attachment 5, Continuous Action Step I (PERFORMING RCS COOLDOWN)
* Cooline 15. Trip Reactor
Initial
* 10-15% 16. Feedwater Isl Att
: 3. Begin raising pressurizer level to the target of "90% actual pressurizer level" as follows:
* 17. Borate RCS Att
: a. Adjust net charging flow as desired by performing the applicable steps of Attachment 22, "Letdown Orifice Manipulations".
* 18. Isl P/G WT
: b. Throttle charging flow < 150 gpm to maintain pressurizer level on target AND Net Charging Flow less than maximum.
* 19. Cooldown -500F
: c. Refer to Figure 2, Figure 3, and Table 2 for target and maximum values.
* 20. Source Range Att 21. 20ST-49.2A
: d. Trend [2RCS*Tl450] Surge Line Temperature.
: 22. 541F lntlk P12
Initial
* 23. Post SM Cir RODs
: 4. When desired by Station Chemistry during plant cooldown, purge the VCT of non-condensable gasses in accordance with either of the following:
* 24. Stoo RCP B&A
(N/A the option NOT used)
* 25. SOM <500F 26. <500F Samele RHR 27. Block Safetv lni * *
: a. If charging pump suction is aligned to the RWST, THEN Initiate Attachment 25, "Purging the VCT." (otherwise N/A)
* 28. Begin Raising PRZR
Initial
* Level 29. Alien Demins 30. Cooldown to 350F
: b. If charging pump suction is aligned to the VCT, THEN Initiate 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The Volume Control Tank."
* 31. VCT Buro 500-350F 32. Stoo MFD Pumo *
(otherwise NIA)
* 33. Adiust Seal lni
Initial
* 34. ISL SI Accums 1 K
                                                                                                        /0
* 35. PORV Vent
 
* 36. PRT Press Control
BVPS- SBS                                   Unit2                              20M-52.4.R.1.F Station Shutdown                                                                   Revision 32 Operating Procedures                                                             Page 59 of 201 STATION SHUTDOWN FROM 100% POWER TO MODE 5 MANPOWER TASKS TIME TABLE Level RHR   PAB Turb Out       Extra RO   Extra  Extra RO  BOP Oper                         STA Oper Oper Oper side         #1      N0#1    N0#2 1.
* 37. Gland Stm Transfer
2.
* 38. OPPS in Service
Reduce Load Stoo Feedoumo
* 39. Enter MODE 4
                                  *                   **
* 40. Heatup RHR
: 3. Stroke Bvoass Vis
* 41. Pull Stm Dump Fuses 42. Enter MODE 5
: 4. Pedestal Checks 48%                                            *
* STA * *
* 5.
* 20M-52.4.R.1.F Revision 32 Page 59 of 201 Extra RO Extra Extra
6.
#1 N0#1 N0#2 * * * *
Isolate MSRs Bypass Feed in Ser.
* ATIACHMENT 1: BRIEFINGS A9.330B Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System STEP-BY-STEP Revision 6 Prepared by Date Pages Issued Effective Date J.P. Keegan 09/10/08 1 through 9 09/18/08 Reviewed by Date Validated by Date C. Eberle 09/16/08 N/A PORC Meeting No. Date PORC Not Required PAF-08-01991 BVPS -SSS Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures Unit 2 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System I. PURPOSE 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 2 of 9 This procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen and place a hydrogen cover pressure on the VCT. This procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen to maintain proper hydrogen concentration in the RCS II. PRECAUTIONS  
                                      *
& LIMITATIONS A. Explosive mixtures of oxygen and hydrogen in the Volume Control Tank (VCT) must be avoided at all times. The oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% by volume whenever a hydrogen blanket is present. Nitrogen gas may be used for purging. Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. For Part A, A nitrogen blanket is being maintained on the VCT. B. For Part B, hydrogen has been established on the VCT. C. Hydrogen is available to [2CHS*65], H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118].
* 30%
D. The boron recovery system is aligned to receive and process letdown from the CHS System. E. The reactor plant vents and drains system is lined up to receive and process the VCT vents. F. Charging and letdown flow has been established.
: 7. Raise SG level to 50-60%                       *
G. The oxygen concentration of the RCS is less than 0.10 ppm. H. At least one ( 1) of the following loops are in operation maintaining 3000 gpm flow through the core: 1. Reactor coolant loop A ORB OR C and its associated steam generator and RCP. 2. Residual heat removal pump A OR B and a heat exchanger.
                                                  * *
I. The oxygen concentration of the PRT is less than 2%. J. The oxygen concentration in [2GWS-TK21], Gaseous Waste Surge Tank, is less than 2%. K. The oxygen concentration in [2GWS-TK25A, B, C, D, E, F, G], Gaseous Storage Tanks, is less than 2%. L. The oxygen concentration in [2DGS-TK21, 22], Primary Drains Transfer Tanks, is less than 2%. M. [2CHS*PCV117], VCT Vent Back Pressure Regulator, is set at 20 psig. N. [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet is closed.
: 8. lsol Slowdown
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 3 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Establishing Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS 1. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments with high voiding potential or known voids prior to hydrogen addition.
: 9. Alien Boration 10.
: 2. Sample the VCT gaseous space and verify oxygen content is less than 2% by volume. 3. Remove the nitrogen supply from the VCT as follows: (Aux Bldg, El 755) a. Close [2CHS*67], N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS-PCV119].
11.
: b. Close [2CHS*68], N2 to VCT lsol. c. Close [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT. 4. Establish automatic supply of hydrogen gas to the VCT as follows: a. Verify [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, is set at 16 psig. (BB-A) b. Open [2CHS*65], H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118]. (Aux Bldg, El 755) c. Verify [2CHS*PCV118], Hydrogen Supply Pressure Regulator, is set at 50 psig. (Aux Bldg, El 755) d. Open [2CHS*66], H2 Outlet lsol for [2CHS*PCV118]. (Aux Bldg, El 755) Note: [2CHS*AOV8101]
Manual Rods 15%
may need to be intermittently closed to maintain VCT pressure -20 psig during VCT fill. 5. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. (VB-A) 6. Place [2CHS*LCV115A]
Steam Press Mode
Mode Selector Switch to the VC Tank position. (BB-A) 7. Raise the VCT level to 95% as indicated at [2CHS-Ll115]
                              *
while purging with hydrogen as follows: (VB-A) a. Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A) b. If necessary to raise the VCT level, makeup to the VCT in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
* 12.
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 4 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System c. When 95% VCT level is reached as indicated on [2CHS-Ll115], complete the following: (VB-A) 1) If manual makeup was started then secure manual makeup in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
13.
: 2) Ensure VCT pressure being maintained  
TIS Survl Trends Open MOBs
-20 psig. 3) Verify open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
                                  *                                 *
: 4) Maintain this condition for 10 min. 8. Secure the hydrogen purge after 10 minutes as follows: a. Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control, to 16 psig. (BB-A) b. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A) c. Lower VCT level by placing [2CHS*LCV115A], Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position. (BB-A) 9. When VCT Level returns to 20-65%, Purge the VCT with hydrogen one additional time prior to initial sampling by repeating steps IV.A.5 through IV.A.8.c. (N/A if already performed).
: 14. Stop Main Trf Cooline                                            *
: 10. When the VCT level returns to the normal operating range of 20-65%, sample the VCT gaseous space and verify nitrogen concentration is less than 3% by volume and oxygen concentration less than 4% by volume, if not repeat Step IV.A.5 through IV.A.10. 11. Independently Verify [2CHS*LCV115A]
: 15. Trip Reactor 10- 15%
Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position and document in the Narrative Log. 12. Establish hydrogen supply to the inline sparger as follows: a. Close [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. (BB-A) b. Verify [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, is set at 18 psig. (BB-A) c. Place [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, in Auto. (BB-A) d. Sample gaseous waste system to verify N2 concentration is less than 0.2% by volume in accordance with BVPS-2 Chemistry Manual. e. If desired AND Chemistry concurs, Open [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet. (BB-A) f. When makeup from the GW surge tank is no longer required, Close [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet.
* 16.
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 5 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System 13. If the oxygen content in the VCT approaches 5 percent, purge the gas space as follows: a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A) b. Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A) c. When oxygen concentration is reduced to desired level complete the following:
17.
: 1) Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 18 psig. (BB-A) 2) Close [2CHS*AOV8101  
Feedwater Isl Att Borate RCS Att
], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A) 14. Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Narrative Log. 15. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments inspected in Step IV.A.1 AND to compare void volumes.
                                  *        * *
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 6 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System B. Maintaining Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS 1. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments with high voiding potential or known voids prior to hydrogen addition.
: 18. Isl P/G WT 19.
Note: [2CHS*AOV8101]
20.
may need to be intermittently closed to maintain VCT pressure -20 psig during VCT fill. 2. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. (VB-A) 3. Place [2CHS*LCV115A]
Cooldown - 500F Source Range Att
Mode Selector Switch to the VC Tank position. (BB-A) 4. Raise the VCT level up to 95% as indicated at [2CHS-LI 115] while purging with hydrogen as follows: (VB-A) a. If necessary to raise the VCT level, makeup to the VCT in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
                                  *
: b. When :S 95% VCT level is reached as indicated on [2CHS-LI 115], complete the following: (VB-A) 1) If manual makeup was started, then secure manual makeup in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
* 21.
: 2) Ensure VCT pressure being maintained  
22.
-20 psig. 3) Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A) 4) Verify open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
20ST-49.2A 541F lntlk P12
: 5) Maintain this condition for 10 min. 5. Secure the hydrogen purge after 10 minutes as follows: a. Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control, to -16 psig. (BB-A) b. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A) c. Lower VCT level by placing [2CHS*LCV115A], Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position. (BB-A) 6. If directed by Chemistry, Purge the VCT with hydrogen one additional time, prior to sampling by repeating Steps IV.B.2 through IV.B.5.c.
                                  *
: 7. When the VCT level returns to the normal operating range of 20-65%, Request Chemistry to sample the RCS. 8. If required, Purge the VCT with hydrogen by repeating Steps IV.B.2 through IV.B.7.
* 23.
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 7 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System 9. Independently Verify [2CHS*LCV115A]
24.
in Auto position and document in the Narrative Log. 10. Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Narrative Log. 11. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments inspected in Step IV.B.1 AND to compare void volumes.
Post SM Cir RODs Stoo RCP B&A
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System v. REFERENCES A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NONE B. UPDATED FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT NONE C. COMMITMENTS NONE D. ADMINISTRATIVE NONE E. VENDOR INFORMATION NONE F. DRAWINGS 1. 10080-RM-407-2, VOND Charging Sys VCT And Make-Up G. OPERATING MANUAL 1. 20M-7 .1, Chemical And Volume Control System, Description
                              *
* 25.
26.
SOM <500F
          <500F Samele RHR
* 27.
28.
Block Safetv lni Begin Raising PRZR
                              ** *
* Level
: 29. Alien Demins 30.
31.
Cooldown to 350F VCT Buro 500-350F
                                  *
* 32.
33.
Stoo MFD Pumo Adiust Seal lni
                              *                  *    *
* 34.
35.
ISL SI Accums 1K PORV Vent
                              *              *
* 36.
37.
PRT Press Control Gland Stm Transfer
                                            *
* 38.
39.
OPPS in Service Enter MODE 4
                              **
40.
41.
Heatup RHR Pull Stm Dump
* Fuses
: 42. Enter MODE 5
* ATIACHMENT 1: BRIEFINGS
 
A9.330B Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System STEP-BY-STEP Revision 6 Prepared by                   Date             Pages Issued     Effective Date J.P. Keegan                   09/10/08           1 through 9       09/18/08 Reviewed by                   Date           Validated by             Date C. Eberle                     09/16/08       N/A PORC Meeting No.               Date PORC Not Required                             PAF-08-01991
 
BVPS - SSS                                       Unit 2                                      20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                             Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                         Page 2 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System I. PURPOSE This procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen and place a hydrogen cover pressure on the VCT.
This procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen to maintain proper hydrogen concentration in the RCS II. PRECAUTIONS & LIMITATIONS A. Explosive mixtures of oxygen and hydrogen in the Volume Control Tank (VCT) must be avoided at all times. The oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% by volume whenever a hydrogen blanket is present. Nitrogen gas may be used for purging.
Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. For Part A, A nitrogen blanket is being maintained on the VCT.
B. For Part B, hydrogen has been established on the VCT.
C. Hydrogen is available to [2CHS*65], H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118].
D. The boron recovery system is aligned to receive and process letdown from the CHS System.
E. The reactor plant vents and drains system is lined up to receive and process the VCT vents.
F. Charging and letdown flow has been established.
G. The oxygen concentration of the RCS is less than 0.10 ppm.
H. At least one ( 1) of the following loops are in operation maintaining 3000 gpm flow through the core:
: 1. Reactor coolant loop A ORB OR C and its associated steam generator and RCP.
: 2. Residual heat removal pump A OR B and a heat exchanger.
I. The oxygen concentration of the PRT is less than 2%.
J. The oxygen concentration in [2GWS-TK21], Gaseous Waste Surge Tank, is less than 2%.
K. The oxygen concentration in [2GWS-TK25A, B, C, D, E, F, G], Gaseous Storage Tanks, is less than 2%.
L. The oxygen concentration in [2DGS-TK21, 22], Primary Drains Transfer Tanks, is less than 2%.
M. [2CHS*PCV117], VCT Vent Back Pressure Regulator, is set at 20 psig.
N. [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet is closed.
 
BVPS - SBS                                       Unit 2                                   20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                        Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 3 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Establishing Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS
: 1. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments with high voiding potential or known voids prior to hydrogen addition.
: 2. Sample the VCT gaseous space and verify oxygen content is less than 2% by volume.
: 3. Remove the nitrogen supply from the VCT as follows: (Aux Bldg, El 755)
: a. Close [2CHS*67], N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS-PCV119].
: b. Close [2CHS*68], N2 to VCT lsol.
: c. Close [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT.
: 4. Establish automatic supply of hydrogen gas to the VCT as follows:
: a. Verify [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, is set at 16 psig. (BB-A)
: b. Open [2CHS*65], H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118]. (Aux Bldg, El 755)
: c. Verify [2CHS*PCV118], Hydrogen Supply Pressure Regulator, is set at 50 psig. (Aux Bldg, El 755)
: d. Open [2CHS*66], H2 Outlet lsol for [2CHS*PCV118]. (Aux Bldg, El 755)
Note:         [2CHS*AOV8101] may need to be intermittently closed to maintain VCT pressure -20 psig during VCT fill.
: 5. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. (VB-A)
: 6. Place [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector Switch to the VC Tank position. (BB-A)
: 7. Raise the VCT level to 95% as indicated at [2CHS-Ll115] while purging with hydrogen as follows: (VB-A)
: a. Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A)
: b. If necessary to raise the VCT level, makeup to the VCT in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
 
BVPS - SBS                                       Unit 2                                     20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                            Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                          Page 4 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System
: c. When 95% VCT level is reached as indicated on [2CHS-Ll115], complete the following: (VB-A)
: 1)   If manual makeup was started then secure manual makeup in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
: 2)   Ensure VCT pressure being maintained - 20 psig.
: 3)   Verify open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
: 4)   Maintain this condition for 10 min.
: 8. Secure the hydrogen purge after 10 minutes as follows:
: a. Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control, to 16 psig. (BB-A)
: b. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A)
: c. Lower VCT level by placing [2CHS*LCV115A], Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position. (BB-A)
: 9. When VCT Level returns to 20-65%, Purge the VCT with hydrogen one additional time prior to initial sampling by repeating steps IV.A.5 through IV.A.8.c. (N/A if already performed).
: 10. When the VCT level returns to the normal operating range of 20-65%, sample the VCT gaseous space and verify nitrogen concentration is less than 3% by volume and oxygen concentration less than 4% by volume, if not repeat Step IV.A.5 through IV.A.10.
: 11. Independently Verify [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position and document in the Narrative Log.
: 12. Establish hydrogen supply to the inline sparger as follows:
: a. Close [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. (BB-A)
: b. Verify [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, is set at 18 psig. (BB-A)
: c. Place [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, in Auto.
(BB-A)
: d. Sample gaseous waste system to verify N2 concentration is less than 0.2% by volume in accordance with BVPS-2 Chemistry Manual.
: e. If desired AND Chemistry concurs, Open [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet. (BB-A)
: f. When makeup from the GW surge tank is no longer required, Close
[2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet.
 
BVPS - SBS                                       Unit 2                                   20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                        Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 5 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System
: 13. If the oxygen content in the VCT approaches 5 percent, purge the gas space as follows:
: a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A)
: b. Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A)
: c. When oxygen concentration is reduced to desired level complete the following:
: 1) Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 18 psig. (BB-A)
: 2) Close [2CHS*AOV8101 ], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
(VB-A)
: 14. Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Narrative Log.
: 15. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments inspected in Step IV.A.1 AND to compare void volumes.
 
BVPS - SBS                                         Unit 2                                 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                        Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 6 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System B. Maintaining Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS
: 1. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments with high voiding potential or known voids prior to hydrogen addition.
Note:             [2CHS*AOV8101] may need to be intermittently closed to maintain VCT pressure -20 psig during VCT fill.
: 2. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. (VB-A)
: 3. Place [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector Switch to the VC Tank position. (BB-A)
: 4. Raise the VCT level up to 95% as indicated at [2CHS-LI 115] while purging with hydrogen as follows: (VB-A)
: a. If necessary to raise the VCT level, makeup to the VCT in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
: b. When :S 95% VCT level is reached as indicated on [2CHS-LI 115], complete the following: (VB-A)
: 1)   If manual makeup was started, then secure manual makeup in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
: 2)   Ensure VCT pressure being maintained - 20 psig.
: 3)   Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A)
: 4)   Verify open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
: 5)   Maintain this condition for 10 min.
: 5. Secure the hydrogen purge after 10 minutes as follows:
: a. Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control, to -16 psig. (BB-A)
: b. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A)
: c. Lower VCT level by placing [2CHS*LCV115A], Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position. (BB-A)
: 6. If directed by Chemistry, Purge the VCT with hydrogen one additional time, prior to sampling by repeating Steps IV.B.2 through IV.B.5.c.
: 7. When the VCT level returns to the normal operating range of 20-65%, Request Chemistry to sample the RCS.
: 8. If required, Purge the VCT with hydrogen by repeating Steps IV.B.2 through IV.B.7.
 
BVPS - SBS                                   Unit 2                                   20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                      Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                  Page 7 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System
: 9. Independently Verify [2CHS*LCV115A] in Auto position and document in the Narrative Log.
: 10. Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Narrative Log.
: 11. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments inspected in Step IV.B.1 AND to compare void volumes.
 
BVPS - SBS                                   Unit 2                                 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                   Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                               Page 8 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System
: v. REFERENCES A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NONE B. UPDATED FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT NONE C. COMMITMENTS NONE D. ADMINISTRATIVE NONE E. VENDOR INFORMATION NONE F. DRAWINGS
: 1. 10080-RM-407-2, VOND Charging Sys VCT And Make-Up G. OPERATING MANUAL
: 1. 20M-7 .1, Chemical And Volume Control System, Description
: 2. 20M-7.2 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints
: 2. 20M-7.2 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints
: 3. 20M-7.3 2CHS Valve List 4. 20M-7.4.N, Blender Manual Makeup Operation H. PLANT MODIFICATION NONE I. OTHER 1. OMDR 2-91-0176 (Rev. 0) 2. OMDR 2-93-0511 (Rev. 1) 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 8 of 9 3. Incorporated:
: 3. 20M-7.3 2CHS Valve List
OMDR 2-93-1056 which deleted P&L step concerning reduction of H2 concentration.
: 4. 20M-7.4.N, Blender Manual Makeup Operation H. PLANT MODIFICATION NONE I. OTHER
OMCR 2-96-1256 changed setpoint for [2CHS-PCV118]
: 1. OMDR 2-91-0176 (Rev. 0)
to 50 psig per MWR 049809. (Rev. 2)
: 2. OMDR 2-93-0511 (Rev. 1)
BVPS -SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.E Revision 6 Page 9 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System 4. DRR-02-01294, Add Chemistry concurrence for use of [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet and add step to close [2CHS*AOV102]
: 3. Incorporated: OMDR 2-93-1056 which deleted P&L step concerning reduction of H2 concentration. OMCR 2-96-1256 changed setpoint for [2CHS-PCV118] to 50 psig per MWR 049809. (Rev. 2)
following makeup from GW surge Tank, change Precaution and Limitation A to state the oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% instead of 5%. (Rev. 3) 5. PAF-02-03557, 02-03340RAD, Add to purpose that this procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen to maintain proper hydrogen concentration in the RCS; add initial condition For Part B, hydrogen has been established on the VCT; add steps to Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Daily Journal; Add part B, Maintaining Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS, Independently Verify control switch for [2CHS*LCV115A], VCT Level Cont in the Auto position and document in the Daily Journal. (Rev. 4) 6. CR 02-06831, PAF-02-03577, Added instruction to perform UT inspections to monitor any gas void formations. (Rev. 5) 7. PAF 08-01991 (Revision
 
: 6) a. CR 08-45417, Order 200335871, Remove steps to adjust the potentiometer for [2CHS*LCV115A]
BVPS - SBS                                     Unit 2                                     20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System                                                          Revision 6 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 9 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System
to maintain :::; 95% level in VCT and to place the Control switch for [2CHS*LCV115A], VCT Level Cont to the Auto position.
: 4. DRR-02-01294, Add Chemistry concurrence for use of [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet and add step to close [2CHS*AOV102]
: b. CA 08-38179-01, PCR 4064, Add a step to close [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT. c. Change Daily Journal to Narrative Log, correct increase and decrease verbs, and change check to verify. 2o Prepared by J. P.Keegan Reviewed by C. Eberle PORC Meeting No. PORC Not Required Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-7.4.F DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROMTHEVOLUMECONTROLTANK STEP-BY-STEP Revision 20 Date Pages Issued 12/03/15 1through18 Date Validated by 12/04/15 N/A Date A9.330B Effective Date 12/08/15 Date PAF-15-02230 This Working Copy has been verified current using the designated electronic version or has been compared to a controlled copy of the Operating Manual and SHALL be re-verified current once every 72 Hours. EMP. NO. 'INIT. DATE TIME BVPS-SBS Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures Unit 2 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK I. PURPOSE 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 2 of 18 This procedure provides the steps necessary to reduce the concentration of hydrogen and other dissolved gasses from the reactor coolant system for refueling or maintenance.
following makeup from GW surge Tank, change Precaution and Limitation A to state the oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% instead of 5%. (Rev. 3)
This procedure also provides instructions to purge the pressurizer vapor space of condensable gasses during power operation to assist in re-establishing the pressurizer PORVs loop seal. II. PRECAUTIONS  
: 5. PAF-02-03557, 02-03340RAD, Add to purpose that this procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen to maintain proper hydrogen concentration in the RCS; add initial condition For Part B, hydrogen has been established on the VCT; add steps to Independently Verify Closed
& LIMITATIONS A. Explosive mixture of oxygen and hydrogen in the Volume Control Tank (VCT) must be avoided at all times. The oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% by volume whenever a hydrogen blanket is present. Nitrogen gas may be used for purging. (20M-7.2)
[2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Daily Journal; Add part B, Maintaining Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS, Independently Verify control switch for [2CHS*LCV115A], VCT Level Cont in the Auto position and document in the Daily Journal. (Rev. 4)
: 6. CR 02-06831, PAF-02-03577, Added instruction to perform UT inspections to monitor any gas void formations. (Rev. 5)
: 7. PAF 08-01991 (Revision 6)
: a. CR 08-45417, Order 200335871, Remove steps to adjust the potentiometer for
[2CHS*LCV115A] to maintain :::; 95% level in VCT and to place the Control switch for [2CHS*LCV115A], VCT Level Cont to the Auto position.
: b. CA 08-38179-01, PCR 4064, Add a step to close [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT.
: c. Change Daily Journal to Narrative Log, correct increase and decrease verbs, and change check to verify.
2o
 
A9.330B Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-7.4.F DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROMTHEVOLUMECONTROLTANK STEP-BY-STEP Revision 20 Prepared by                          Date                       Pages Issued                   Effective Date J. P.Keegan                          12/03/15                   1through18                       12/08/15 Reviewed by                          Date                 Validated by                             Date C. Eberle                            12/04/15               N/A PORC Meeting No.                     Date PAF-15-02230 PORC Not Required This Working Copy has been verified current using the designated electronic version or has been compared to a controlled copy of the Operating Manual and SHALL be re-verified current once every 72 Hours.
EMP. NO.           'INIT.               DATE                 TIME
 
BVPS-SBS                                         Unit 2                                    20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                         Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                     Page 2 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK I.     PURPOSE This procedure provides the steps necessary to reduce the concentration of hydrogen and other dissolved gasses from the reactor coolant system for refueling or maintenance.
This procedure also provides instructions to purge the pressurizer vapor space of non-condensable gasses during power operation to assist in re-establishing the pressurizer PORVs loop seal.
II. PRECAUTIONS & LIMITATIONS A. Explosive mixture of oxygen and hydrogen in the Volume Control Tank (VCT) must be avoided at all times. The oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% by volume whenever a hydrogen blanket is present. Nitrogen gas may be used for purging.
(20M-7.2)
B. RCS H2 Cone is not to be reduced below 15 cc/kg with Rx critical (20M-51.2).
B. RCS H2 Cone is not to be reduced below 15 cc/kg with Rx critical (20M-51.2).
Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. Charging and letdown flow has been established.
Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. Charging and letdown flow has been established.
B. The reactor plant vents and drains system is lined up to receive and process the VCT vents. C. The boron recovery system is aligned to receive and process letdown from the CHS System. D. Nitrogen is available to [2CHS-67], N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS-PCV119].
B. The reactor plant vents and drains system is lined up to receive and process the VCT vents.
E. The primary plant component and neutron tank cooling water system is supplying cooling water to [2SSR-E22], PZR Vapor Space Sample Cooler. F. The reactor plant sample system is available to transfer condensable gasses from the pressurizer to a suitable collection point. G. [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Pressure Regulator, is initially set at 20 psig.
C. The boron recovery system is aligned to receive and process letdown from the CHS System.
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 3of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Preparation For Degassing The RCS From The VCT 1. Open [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT, (Aux. Bldg, EL. 755, 758) 2. Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV102], Volume control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet. (BB-A) 3. Remove hydrogen from the VCT as follows: (Aux. Bldg, EL. 755 VCT Cub South Wall/759)
D. Nitrogen is available to [2CHS-67], N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS-PCV119].
: a. Close [2CHS-65], (RM) H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118]
E. The primary plant component and neutron tank cooling water system is supplying cooling water to [2SSR-E22], PZR Vapor Space Sample Cooler.
AND Caution Tag. b. Close [2CHS-66], (RM) H2 Outlet lsol for [2CHS-PCV118]
F. The reactor plant sample system is available to transfer condensable gasses from the pressurizer to a suitable collection point.
AND Caution Tag. c. Verify Closed [2CHS*67] (RM) N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS*PCV119].
G. [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Pressure Regulator, is initially set at 20 psig.
: d. Verify Open [2CHS*68]
 
N2 to VCT lsol. e. Relieve any trapped pressure to the VCT as follows: 1) Open [2CHS*AOV203]
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                          Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 3of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Preparation For Degassing The RCS From The VCT
VCT Nitrogen Blanket Hdr lsol Viv. (BB-A) 2) Open [2CHS*PCV116B]
: 1. Open [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT, (Aux. Bldg, EL. 755, 758)
Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. (BB-A) f. Fail open [2CHS*PCV119], Nitrogen Supply Pressure Regulator, (Aux Bldg. 759' VCT Cubicle) by lowering VCT pressure AND then closing [2CHS-570].
: 2. Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV102], Volume control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet.
Diaphragm Pressure Root for [2CHS*PCV119]
(BB-A)
OR manually open using the manual override mechanism.
: 3. Remove hydrogen from the VCT as follows: (Aux. Bldg, EL. 755 VCT Cub South Wall/759)
: g. Reclose [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. h. Open [2CHS*67] (RM) N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS*PCV119].
: a. Close [2CHS-65], (RM) H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118] AND Caution Tag.
: i. Update the Control Room VOND. 4. Maintain the letdown flow rate as high as permissible for the existing plant conditions.
: b. Close [2CHS-66], (RM) H2 Outlet lsol for [2CHS-PCV118] AND Caution Tag.
: a. Keep at least [2RCS*P21A]
: c. Verify Closed [2CHS*67] (RM) N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS*PCV119].
or [2RCS*P21 C], Reactor Coolant Pumps, in operation to provide for continuous pressurizer spray flow. b. Energize additional pressurized heaters to maximize spray flow. 5. Verify [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv is set at 18 psig. (BB-A)
: d. Verify Open [2CHS*68] N2 to VCT lsol.
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 4of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK B. Purging The VCT During RCS Degasification CAUTION: VCT MINIMUM PRESSURE IS 15 PSIG. THIS WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED BACK PRESSURE ON THE RCP SEALS. 1. If necessary to enable reducing VCT pressure in the following steps, then fail open [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Press Reg, by Performing the following: (Aux. Bldg 755' VCT Cub E. Wall 757') a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A). b. Adjust [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, raising VCT pressure above 20 psig to open [2CHS-PCV117].
: e. Relieve any trapped pressure to the VCT as follows:
: c. With VCT pressure above 20 psig, Close [2CHS-564], Root lsol for PCV117] (Aux Bldg 755' VCT Cub E Wall), to trap pressure in the positioner for [2CHS-PCV117].
: 1)   Open [2CHS*AOV203] VCT Nitrogen Blanket Hdr lsol Viv. (BB-A)
: d. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A). Note: Step IV.B.2 through Step IV.B.5 may be performed as necessary during the VCT purge. 2. If required, reduce VCT gas space pressure on [2CHS-PI 117], so that additional non-condensable gasses escape from coolant in VCT, by performing any of the following:
: 2)   Open [2CHS*PCV116B] Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. (BB-A)
CAUTION: a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A). VCT MINIMUM PRESSURE IS 15 PSIG. THIS WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED BACK PRESSURE ON THE RCP SEALS. b. Adjust [2CHS-PCV116B]
: f. Fail open [2CHS*PCV119], Nitrogen Supply Pressure Regulator, (Aux Bldg.
to Reduce VCT pressure to between 15 and 20 psig. c. When VCT pressure is between 15 and 20 psig, Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
759' VCT Cubicle) by lowering VCT pressure AND then closing [2CHS-570].
: 3. If required, raise VCT level in preparation for VCT purging of non-condensable gasses as follows: a. Place [2CHS*LCV115], VCT Level Cont selector switch to VCT position.
Diaphragm Pressure Root for [2CHS*PCV119] OR manually open using the manual override mechanism.
: g. Reclose [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv.
: h. Open [2CHS*67] (RM) N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS*PCV119].
: i. Update the Control Room VOND.
: 4. Maintain the letdown flow rate as high as permissible for the existing plant conditions.
: a. Keep at least [2RCS*P21A] or [2RCS*P21 C], Reactor Coolant Pumps, in operation to provide for continuous pressurizer spray flow.
: b. Energize additional pressurized heaters to maximize spray flow.
: 5. Verify [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv is set at 18 psig.
(BB-A)
 
BVPS-SBS                                           Unit 2                                   20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                          Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                        Page 4of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK B. Purging The VCT During RCS Degasification CAUTION:         VCT MINIMUM PRESSURE IS 15 PSIG. THIS WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED BACK PRESSURE ON THE RCP SEALS.
: 1. If necessary to enable reducing VCT pressure in the following steps, then fail open
[2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Press Reg, by Performing the following: (Aux.
Bldg 755' VCT Cub E. Wall 757')
: a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).
: b. Adjust [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, raising VCT pressure above 20 psig to open [2CHS-PCV117].
: c. With VCT pressure above 20 psig, Close [2CHS-564], Root lsol for [2CHS-PCV117] (Aux Bldg 755' VCT Cub E Wall), to trap pressure in the positioner for
[2CHS-PCV117].
: d. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).
Note:             Step IV.B.2 through Step IV.B.5 may be performed as necessary during the VCT purge.
: 2. If required, reduce VCT gas space pressure on [2CHS-PI 117], so that additional non-condensable gasses escape from coolant in VCT, by performing any of the following:
: a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).
CAUTION:        VCT MINIMUM PRESSURE IS 15 PSIG. THIS WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED BACK PRESSURE ON THE RCP SEALS.
: b. Adjust [2CHS-PCV116B] to Reduce VCT pressure to between 15 and 20 psig.
: c. When VCT pressure is between 15 and 20 psig, Close [2CHS*AOV8101],
Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
: 3. If required, raise VCT level in preparation for VCT purging of non-condensable gasses as follows:
: a. Place [2CHS*LCV115], VCT Level Cont selector switch to VCT position.
: b. If desired to fill the VCT from the PRZR, then increase letdown flow or reduce charging flow. (preferred) (Otherwise step is N/A)
: b. If desired to fill the VCT from the PRZR, then increase letdown flow or reduce charging flow. (preferred) (Otherwise step is N/A)
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 5of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK c. If desired to fill the VCT from a Boric Acid Tank, Perform EITHER 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation", OR the following IF boric acid makeup is desired: (Otherwise step is N/A) 1) Verify open [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender (BB-A). 2) Verify closed [2CHS*MOV350], Emergency Boration lsol Viv (BB-A). 3) Check running OR Start [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump. CAUTION: USING THE RWST DURING MODES 1-4 WILL CAUSE ENTRY INTO T.S. 3.5.4, IF LEVEL REDUCES TO LESS THAN 716 INCHES. d. If desired to fill the VCT using makeup from the RWST, Perform the following: (Otherwise step is N/A) 1) Open [2CHS*LCV115B or 115D], Charging Pumps Suet From RWST, to provide makeup flow to pressurizer and VCT. 2) Close [2CHS*LCV115C or 115E], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank, to divert all return flow from degasifiers to the VCT. e. Allow VCT level to rise to a maximum of 90% -95%. 1) As [2CHS-Ll115], Volume Control Tank Level, AND [2CHS-Pl117]
 
Volume Control Tank Pressure, indicators rise, Cycle [2CHS*AOV8101], control switch between OPEN and CLOSE positions, to maintain VCT pressure between 15 and 20 psig. 4. When VCT level reaches the desired level, discontinue VCT fill AND Stabilize VCT level as follows: CAUTION: SUBSTEPS IV.B.4.a AND IV.B.4.b MUST BE PERFORMED FIRST TO ENSURE SUCTION FLOW TO CHARGING PUMPS. a. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV115C], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank. b. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV115E], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank. c. If the RWST was used as makeup to the CHS, Close [2CHS*LCV115B and 115D], Charging Pumps Suet From RWST. (Otherwise step is NIA)
BVPS-SBS                                         Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                            Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                        Page 5of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 6of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK d. If desired to isolate makeup flow from the Boric Acid Tank, perform the following: (Otherwise step is N/A) 1) Verify control switch to AUTO for [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump. 2) Close [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender. e. Balance charging and letdown flows to stabilize VCT level. 5. When desired, Reduce level in VCT to a minimum of 20% as follows: a. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A). b. Place [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, controller in AUTO OR manually adjust [2CHS-PCV116B]
: c. If desired to fill the VCT from a Boric Acid Tank, Perform EITHER 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation", OR the following IF boric acid makeup is desired: (Otherwise step is N/A)
to control VCT pressure.
: 1)   Verify open [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender (BB-A).
CAUTION: [2CHS*RV209], LTDN DEMIN RELIEF VLV, CAN LIFT IF LETDOWN FLOW IS GREATER THAN 75 GPM, [2CHS*LCV115A]
: 2)   Verify closed [2CHS*MOV350], Emergency Boration lsol Viv (BB-A).
IS IN THE FULL DIVERT TO THE DEGASIFIER POSITION, AND ONE DEGASIFIER IS ALIGNED TO RECEIVE LETDOWN. c. If flow will be diverted to the degasifier in the next step AND letdown flow is greater than 75 gpm, perform either of the following: (Otherwise N/A) 1) Reduce letdown flow by removing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice from service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service".
: 3)   Check running OR Start [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump.
OR 2) Align degasifiers to receive maximum letdown by Opening MOV1 OOB], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 24B1 & 24B2 Inlet Valve. d. Perform either of the following to reduce VCT level: 1) If the plant is in MODE 4 or 5 with an RCP running and a pressurizer steam bubble, Perform Attachment A, otherwise Adjust charging and letdown flows to transfer coolant from VCT to the pressurizer. (Preferred)
CAUTION:       USING THE RWST DURING MODES 1-4 WILL CAUSE ENTRY INTO T.S. 3.5.4, IF LEVEL REDUCES TO LESS THAN 716 INCHES.
OR 2) Operate [2CHS*LCV115A]
: d. If desired to fill the VCT using makeup from the RWST, Perform the following:
Mode Selector switch from VCT to AUTO to VCT position, as necessary to direct [2CHS*LCV112]
(Otherwise step is N/A)
flow to the coolant recovery tanks AND to maintain VCT pressure>
: 1)   Open [2CHS*LCV115B or 115D], Charging Pumps Suet From RWST, to provide makeup flow to pressurizer and VCT.
15 psig.
: 2)   Close [2CHS*LCV115C or 115E], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank, to divert all return flow from degasifiers to the VCT.
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 7of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK e. When VCT level reaches the desired level> 20%, Perform the following
: e. Allow VCT level to rise to a maximum of 90% - 95%.
: 1) Verify OR Place [2CHS*LCV115A]
: 1)   As [2CHS-Ll115], Volume Control Tank Level, AND [2CHS-Pl117] Volume Control Tank Pressure, indicators rise, Cycle [2CHS*AOV8101], control switch between OPEN and CLOSE positions, to maintain VCT pressure between 15 and 20 psig.
Mode Selector switch to AUTO position.
: 4. When VCT level reaches the desired level, discontinue VCT fill AND Stabilize VCT level as follows:
: 2) Place controller in AUTO for [2CHS-LCV112], VCT Level Cont Divert to Clnt Rcvy.) 3) Return pressurizer level to program AND Return charging flow control to automatic.
CAUTION:       SUBSTEPS IV.B.4.a AND IV.B.4.b MUST BE PERFORMED FIRST TO ENSURE SUCTION FLOW TO CHARGING PUMPS.
: 4) Verify [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, controller in AUTO. f. If desired to align makeup flow from the Boric Acid Transfer Pump to continue emergency boration, Perform the following: (Otherwise N/A) 1) Open [2CHS*MOV350], Emergency Boration lsol Viv. 2) Close [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender. 3) Place control switch to AUTO for [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump. 4) When emergency boration is no longer required, Close [2CHS*MOV350]
: a. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV115C], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank.
Emergency Boration lsol. Viv. g. If valve is failed open, return [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Press Reg, to the 20 psig setting by Opening [2CHS-564], Root lsol for [2CHS-PCV117] (aux Bldg 755' VCT Cub E Wall). (Otherwise step is N/A) 6. If flow to the degasifier(s) was reduced OR a second degasifier was placed into service, perform either of the following, as applicable: (Otherwise N/A) a. Raise letdown flow by placing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice in service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service".
: b. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV115E], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank.
OR b. Align degasifiers by Closing [2BRS-MOV100B], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 24B1 & 24B2 Inlet Valve. 7. Notify Chemistry that VCT has been purged AND to sample VCT for hydrogen.
: c. If the RWST was used as makeup to the CHS, Close [2CHS*LCV115B and 115D], Charging Pumps Suet From RWST. (Otherwise step is NIA)
 
BVPS-SBS                                         Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                          Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 6of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
: d. If desired to isolate makeup flow from the Boric Acid Tank, perform the following: (Otherwise step is N/A)
: 1)   Verify control switch to AUTO for [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump.
: 2)   Close [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender.
: e. Balance charging and letdown flows to stabilize VCT level.
: 5. When desired, Reduce level in VCT to a minimum of 20% as follows:
: a. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).
: b. Place [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, controller in AUTO OR manually adjust [2CHS-PCV116B] to control VCT pressure.
CAUTION:       [2CHS*RV209], LTDN DEMIN RELIEF VLV, CAN LIFT IF LETDOWN FLOW IS GREATER THAN 75 GPM, [2CHS*LCV115A] IS IN THE FULL DIVERT TO THE DEGASIFIER POSITION, AND ONE DEGASIFIER IS ALIGNED TO RECEIVE LETDOWN.
: c. If flow will be diverted to the degasifier in the next step AND letdown flow is greater than 75 gpm, perform either of the following: (Otherwise N/A)
: 1)   Reduce letdown flow by removing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice from service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service".
OR
: 2)   Align degasifiers to receive maximum letdown by Opening [2BRS-MOV1 OOB], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 24B1 & 24B2 Inlet Valve.
: d. Perform either of the following to reduce VCT level:
: 1)   If the plant is in MODE 4 or 5 with an RCP running and a pressurizer steam bubble, Perform Attachment A, otherwise Adjust charging and letdown flows to transfer coolant from VCT to the pressurizer. (Preferred)
OR
: 2)   Operate [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector switch from VCT to AUTO to VCT position, as necessary to direct [2CHS*LCV112] flow to the coolant recovery tanks AND to maintain VCT pressure> 15 psig.
 
BVPS-SBS                                           Unit 2                                   20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                        Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 7of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
: e. When VCT level reaches the desired level> 20%, Perform the following
: 1)   Verify OR Place [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector switch to AUTO position.
: 2)   Place controller in AUTO for [2CHS-LCV112], VCT Level Cont Divert to Clnt Rcvy.)
: 3)   Return pressurizer level to program AND Return charging flow control to automatic.
: 4)   Verify [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, controller in AUTO.
: f. If desired to align makeup flow from the Boric Acid Transfer Pump to continue emergency boration, Perform the following: (Otherwise N/A)
: 1)   Open [2CHS*MOV350], Emergency Boration lsol Viv.
: 2)   Close [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender.
: 3)   Place control switch to AUTO for [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump.
: 4)   When emergency boration is no longer required, Close [2CHS*MOV350]
Emergency Boration lsol. Viv.
: g. If valve is failed open, return [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Press Reg, to the 20 psig setting by Opening [2CHS-564], Root lsol for [2CHS-PCV117] (aux Bldg 755' VCT Cub E Wall). (Otherwise step is N/A)
: 6. If flow to the degasifier(s) was reduced OR a second degasifier was placed into service, perform either of the following, as applicable: (Otherwise N/A)
: a. Raise letdown flow by placing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice in service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service".
OR
: b. Align degasifiers by Closing [2BRS-MOV100B], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 24B1 &
24B2 Inlet Valve.
: 7. Notify Chemistry that VCT has been purged AND to sample VCT for hydrogen.
: 8. Go to Step IV.C.
: 8. Go to Step IV.C.
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 8 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK C. Continue To Degasify The RCS CAUTION: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT CAN RESULT IN A DILUTION OF THE RCS AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER.
 
THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S)
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                          Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 8 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK C. Continue To Degasify The RCS CAUTION:       CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT CAN RESULT IN A DILUTION OF THE RCS AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS.
ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS. CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO [2DGS-TK21]
CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO
OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S)
[2DGS-TK21] OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT.
ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT. BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE. 1. Place at least one 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E)
BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE.
PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to ON. 2. Verify [2RCS*PCV455A, 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO. 3. Request Chemistry to establish a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
: 1. Place at least one 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to ON.
: 4. If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21]
: 2. Verify [2RCS*PCV455A, 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO.
or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
: 3. Request Chemistry to establish a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
CAUTION: DO NOT REDUCE RCS HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BELOW 15CC/KG WITH REACTOR CRITICAL.
: 4. If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21] or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
: 5. At 3 hour intervals or as directed by Chemistry Section, purge the VCT gas space by performing Step IV. B. a. After each purge have chemistry sample Reactor Coolant System. b. Verify hydrogen concentration is reduced to less than 5cc/kg and the Xenon 133 gaseous activity to less than 0.5 microcuries/cc.
CAUTION:         DO NOT REDUCE RCS HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BELOW 15CC/KG WITH REACTOR CRITICAL.
IF not continue to purge at regular intervals.
: 5. At 3 hour intervals or as directed by Chemistry Section, purge the VCT gas space by performing Step IV. B.
: a. After each purge have chemistry sample Reactor Coolant System.
: b. Verify hydrogen concentration is reduced to less than 5cc/kg and the Xenon 133 gaseous activity to less than 0.5 microcuries/cc. IF not continue to purge at regular intervals.
: 6. To stop the purge of the PZR, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
: 6. To stop the purge of the PZR, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
: 7. Return [2RCS*PCV455A and 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control to AUTO.
: 7. Return [2RCS*PCV455A and 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control to AUTO.
BVPS-SBS Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures Unit 2 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 9of18 8. Independently verify [2RCS*PCV455A and 4558], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log. 9. Return the 2RCP*H2A,B,C,D and E, PRZR Heaters Group A,B,C,D and E to AUTO. 10. Independently verify the 2RCP*H2A,B,C,D and E, PRZR Heaters Group A,B,C,D and E in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log. 11. Restore [2CHS-PCV119], Nitrogen Supply Pressure Regulator by Opening [2CHS-570], Diaphragm Pressure Root for [2CHS-PCV119]
 
OR by operating the manual override mechanism, as applicable.
BVPS-SBS                                     Unit 2                                20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                 Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                               Page 9of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 10 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK Note: The following steps provide instructions to purge non-condensable gasses from the pressurizer, which is blocking the formation of the loop seal for the pressurizer PORV. D. Purge the Pressurizer of Non-condensable Gasses: CAUTION: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT CAN RESULT IN A DILUTION OF THE RCS AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER.
: 8. Independently verify [2RCS*PCV455A and 4558], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log.
THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S)
: 9. Return the 2RCP*H2A,B,C,D and E, PRZR Heaters Group A,B,C,D and E to AUTO.
ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS. CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO [2DGS-TK21]
: 10. Independently verify the 2RCP*H2A,B,C,D and E, PRZR Heaters Group A,B,C,D and E in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log.
OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S)
: 11. Restore [2CHS-PCV119], Nitrogen Supply Pressure Regulator by Opening
ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT. BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE. 1. Evaluate requesting an RWDA-G as a precaution for purging the pressurizer to the sample panel. 2. Verify at least one 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E)
[2CHS-570], Diaphragm Pressure Root for [2CHS-PCV119] OR by operating the manual override mechanism, as applicable.
PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to ON. 3. Verify [2RCS*PCV455A, 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO. 4. Request Chemistry to establish a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
 
: 5. If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21]
BVPS- SBS                                       Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                          Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 10 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK Note:           The following steps provide instructions to purge non-condensable gasses from the pressurizer, which is blocking the formation of the loop seal for the pressurizer PORV.
or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
D. Purge the Pressurizer of Non-condensable Gasses:
CAUTION:         CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT CAN RESULT IN A DILUTION OF THE RCS AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS.
CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO
[2DGS-TK21] OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT.
BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE.
: 1. Evaluate requesting an RWDA-G as a precaution for purging the pressurizer to the sample panel.
: 2. Verify at least one 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to ON.
: 3. Verify [2RCS*PCV455A, 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO.
: 4. Request Chemistry to establish a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
: 5. If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21] or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
: 6. After 24 hrs OR a time determined by Chemistry, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
: 6. After 24 hrs OR a time determined by Chemistry, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
: 7. Return the 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E)
: 7. Return the 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to AUTO.
PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to AUTO. 8. Independently verify the 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E)
: 8. Independently verify the 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log.
PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log. 3o BVPS-SBS Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures Unit 2 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 11 of 18 9. Assess the effectiveness of the purge on the formation of the loop seal by verifying
3o
[2RCS-Tl463], PORV Temp has dropped or returned to the temperature prior to the PORV leaking. 10. If [2RCS-Tl463], PORV Temp has dropped but not fully returned to the temperature prior to the PORV leaking, repeat the above steps to purge the pressurizer vapor space, if desired.
 
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 12of18 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK Note: ATTACHMENT A
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit 2                                      20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                         Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                     Page 11 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
* In MODE 4 or 5 with a pressurizer steam bubble in the pressurizer and normal spray in service, NET charging flow for this procedure is charging + seal injection  
: 9. Assess the effectiveness of the purge on the formation of the loop seal by verifying
-letdown -seal leak-off.
[2RCS-Tl463], PORV Temp has dropped or returned to the temperature prior to the PORV leaking.
45 kW of PRZR heaters are required for each gpm of NET charging flow. (ERFCS point [U1007])
: 10. If [2RCS-Tl463], PORV Temp has dropped but not fully returned to the temperature prior to the PORV leaking, repeat the above steps to purge the pressurizer vapor space, if desired.
* If all pressurizer heaters are not available, NET charging flow must be proportionally lower to prevent an insurge. For example with PRZR Htr H2A Backup Heater (215 Kw) OFF, NET charging flow should be reduced to < 25 gpm.
 
* Expected PRZR level rate of rise should be :::; 1 /3% per minute with all heaters energized.
BVPS-SBS                                         Unit 2                                     20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                         Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                     Page 12of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK ATTACHMENT A Note:
: 1. In MODE 4 or 5 with an RCP running and a pressurizer steam bubble, a pressurizer level rise of > 5% shall be performed in accordance with the following steps: a. Place all available
* In MODE 4 or 5 with a pressurizer steam bubble in the pressurizer and normal spray in service, NET charging flow for this procedure is charging +
[2RCP*H2A, H2B, H2C, H2D, H2E] Pressurizer Heaters in service. b. Adjust [2RCS*PCV455A(B)]
seal injection - letdown - seal leak-off. 45 kW of PRZR heaters are required for each gpm of NET charging flow. (ERFCS point [U1007])
PRZR Spray Valve as necessary to control pressurizer pressure and temperature.
* If all pressurizer heaters are not available, NET charging flow must be proportionally lower to prevent an insurge. For example with PRZR Htr H2A Backup Heater (215 Kw) OFF, NET charging flow should be reduced to
: c. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV460A and 4608), Regenerative Heat Exch Letdown Inlet Viv. d. Verify Open [2CHS*AOV200A, Band CJ, Letdown Orifice 21, 23, 22 lsol 45, 60, 60 gpm. e. Maintain [2CHS*FI 150), Non-Regen Hx Outlet Flow stable while performing the following steps. f. Slowly raise pressurizer level by raising charging flow to obtain a NET Charging Flow of< 30 gpm by Throttling
                      < 25 gpm.
[2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control in Manual control. I Note: The following step is a continuous action step. g. If PRZR surge line in-flow develops ([2RCS*Tl450]
* Expected PRZR level rate of rise should be :::; 1/3% per minute with all heaters energized.
PRZR Surge Line Temp drops below [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp by> 25F), Reduce charging/seal inj flow or Raise letdown flow to make NET charging flow less than PRZR spray flow. ATTACHMENT A
: 1. In MODE 4 or 5 with an RCP running and a pressurizer steam bubble, a pressurizer level rise of > 5% shall be performed in accordance with the following steps:
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 13 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK CAUTION: IF A MAJOR PRESSURIZER INSURGE OCCURS, THE PRESSURIZER LIQUID TEMPERATURE MUST BE ALLOWED TO STABILIZE BEFORE AN OUTSURGE IS RE-ESTABLISHED.
: a. Place all available [2RCP*H2A, H2B, H2C, H2D, H2E] Pressurizer Heaters in service.
THIS WILL PREVENT A SECOND TRANSIENT ON THE PRESSURIZER WHICH IS AS SEVERE AS THE FIRST. h. If a drop in [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp (T0480A) of> 25 F occurs due to an insurge, Perform the following:
: b. Adjust [2RCS*PCV455A(B)] PRZR Spray Valve as necessary to control pressurizer pressure and temperature.
: 1) Determine NET Charging Flow. 2) Stop the pressurizer insurge by Slowly throttling
: c. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV460A and 4608), Regenerative Heat Exch Letdown Inlet Viv.
[2CHS*FCV122]
: d. Verify Open [2CHS*AOV200A, Band CJ, Letdown Orifice 21, 23, 22 lsol 45, 60, 60 gpm.
and/or [2CHS*PCV145]
: e. Maintain [2CHS*FI 150), Non-Regen Hx Outlet Flow stable while performing the following steps.
to obtain a NET Charging Flow that corresponds to current heater output (i.e. 30 gpm for all heaters energized).
: f. Slowly raise pressurizer level by raising charging flow to obtain a NET Charging Flow of< 30 gpm by Throttling [2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control in Manual control.
: 3) Refer to LR 3.4.3. 4) Monitor [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp. 5) When [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp stabilizes, Re-establish a pressurizer outsurge by reducing charging flow to obtain a NET Charging Flow of < 30 gpm by throttling
I Note:         The following step is a continuous action step.
[2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control. i. When PRZR level is at the desired level, stabilize pressurizer level by throttling
: g. If PRZR surge line in-flow develops ([2RCS*Tl450] PRZR Surge Line Temp drops below [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp by> 25F), Reduce charging/seal inj flow or Raise letdown flow to make NET charging flow less than PRZR spray flow.
[2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control AND Return to AUTO. ATTACHMENT A
ATTACHMENT A
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK v. REFERENCES A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
 
: 1. T.S. 3.4.16 2. T.S. 3.5.4 B. UPDATED FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT NONE C. COMMITMENTS NONE D. ADMINISTRATIVE
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit 2                                     20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                        Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                    Page 13 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK CAUTION:       IF A MAJOR PRESSURIZER INSURGE OCCURS, THE PRESSURIZER LIQUID TEMPERATURE MUST BE ALLOWED TO STABILIZE BEFORE AN OUTSURGE IS RE-ESTABLISHED. THIS WILL PREVENT A SECOND TRANSIENT ON THE PRESSURIZER WHICH IS AS SEVERE AS THE FIRST.
: 1. LR 3.4.3 E. VENDOR INFORMATION NONE F. DRAWINGS 1. 10080-RM-407-2, VOND Charging Sys VCT And Make-Up 2. 10080-RM-414A-1, VOND Rx Plant Sample-Hood 1 3. 10080-RM-414A-2, VOND Rx Plant Sample-Hood 2 G. OPERATING MANUAL 1. 20M-7.1, Chemical And Volume Control System, Description
: h. If a drop in [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp (T0480A) of> 25 F occurs due to an insurge, Perform the following:
: 1)   Determine NET Charging Flow.
: 2)   Stop the pressurizer insurge by Slowly throttling [2CHS*FCV122] and/or
[2CHS*PCV145] to obtain a NET Charging Flow that corresponds to current heater output (i.e. 30 gpm for all heaters energized).
: 3)   Refer to LR 3.4.3.
: 4)   Monitor [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp.
: 5)   When [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp stabilizes, Re-establish a pressurizer outsurge by reducing charging flow to obtain a NET Charging Flow of < 30 gpm by throttling [2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control.
: i. When PRZR level is at the desired level, stabilize pressurizer level by throttling
[2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control AND Return to AUTO.
ATTACHMENT A
 
BVPS-SBS                                     Unit 2                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                       Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                   Page 14 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
: v.     REFERENCES A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
: 1. T.S. 3.4.16
: 2. T.S. 3.5.4 B. UPDATED FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT NONE C. COMMITMENTS NONE D. ADMINISTRATIVE
: 1. LR 3.4.3 E. VENDOR INFORMATION NONE F. DRAWINGS
: 1. 10080-RM-407-2, VOND Charging Sys VCT And Make-Up
: 2. 10080-RM-414A-1, VOND Rx Plant Sample-Hood 1
: 3. 10080-RM-414A-2, VOND Rx Plant Sample-Hood 2 G. OPERATING MANUAL
: 1. 20M-7.1, Chemical And Volume Control System, Description
: 2. 20M-7 .2 Precautions, Limitations, And Setpoints
: 2. 20M-7 .2 Precautions, Limitations, And Setpoints
: 3. 20M-7.3 2CHS Valve List 4. 20M-7.4.N, Blender Manual Makeup Operations
: 3. 20M-7.3 2CHS Valve List
: 5. 20M-14A.3 2SSR Valve List H. PLANT MODIFICATION NONE 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 14 of 18 BVPS-SBS Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures Unit 2 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK I. OTHER 1. OMDR 2-91-0177 (Rev. 0) 2. OMDR 2-92-0363 (Rev. 1) 3. OMDR 2-94-0688 (Rev. 2) 4. OMCN 2-96-409 (Rev. 3) 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 15of18 5. OMCR 2-97-0515, Add steps to purge non-condensable gasses from the pressurizer, which is blocking the formation of the loop seal for the pressurizer, Revise Part C to use CM 2-3.35 Part F, "Pressurizer Vapor Purge to the VCT" instead of providing the steps, OE 8037, "Boron Dilution During Pressurizer Steam Space Purge", Revise step A.3 high level action step to address the following substeps, Remove steps that checked open 2CHS-67,68, Add step to close 2CHS-MOV350 when the emergency boration is no longer needed. Add steps to return the pressurizer spray valves, the pressurizer heaters, and 2CHS-PCV119 to NSA, Reword Step to go to 20M-7.4.T if the VCT sparger is bypassed (Rev. 4) 6. OMCR 2-97-533, Revised step to return PRZR level to program and restore charging flow control to automatic (CR 971142) (Rev. 5). 7. OMCR 1-98-0437, CR 981088, 980357, WCAP 13588 "Operational Strategies for Mitigating Pressurizer lnsurge and Outsurge Transients".
: 4. 20M-7.4.N, Blender Manual Makeup Operations
Notes and steps were added to inform the operator of pressurizer insurges and to properly control charging, letdown to prevent an insurge during pressurizer fill; CR 981459, BCO 2-98-004 (Original issue) -The Chemical and Volume Control System will be operated with a letdown flow rate of greater than 66 gpm and less than or equal to 120 gpm only on a temporary basis to address a transient condition and only when the RCS specific activity is verified to be less than or equal to 0.5 &#xb5;Ci/gram dose equivalent 1-131. A Caution was added to inform the user of this limitation. (Rev. 6) 8. OMCN 2-98-334 incorporated Revision 1 to BCO 2-98-004 which changed the letdown flow limit to 75 gpm. (Rev. 7) 9. BCO 2-98-004 (Rev. 2) changed the maximum permissible RCS specific activity to 0.35 &#xb5;Ci/gram dose equivalent 1-131 in the Caution containing letdown flow and RCS specific activity limits. (Issue 4/Rev. 8) 10. Removed Caution containing letdown flow and RCS specific activity limits from the step directing the maximizing of letdown flow (Step A.4), and removed the associated reference to BCO 2-98-004, to support implementation of TS Amendment 101. (Issue 4/Rev. 9) 11. CATS E990338B, OMCR 2-99-443, OE 8037 and OE 9822; added to Section "C" a Caution about purging pressurizer vapor space causing a RCS dilution, added steps to Section "C" to energize one set of backup heaters and verify pressurizer spray valve control in AUTO. This is the same Caution and steps that are already in Section "D". Revised step to clarify "check" and "verify" wording. (Revision
: 5. 20M-14A.3 2SSR Valve List H. PLANT MODIFICATION NONE
: 10)
 
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 16 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK 12. CR 991449-12, Correct reference number for Chemistry procedure C.M. 2-3.35, Part E.4 (Revision 11 ). 13. DRR-02-00560:
BVPS-SBS                                          Unit 2                                      20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                           Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                       Page 15of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK I. OTHER
For LAR 2A-159, changed the T.S. 3.1.2.8.b reference to T.S. 3.1.2.8, reflecting a numbering change resulting from the relocation of portions of T.S. 3.1.2.8 to the Licensing Requirements Manual. (Revision
: 1. OMDR 2-91-0177 (Rev. 0)
: 12) 14. DRR-02-01756:
: 2. OMDR 2-92-0363 (Rev. 1)
For TS Amendment 124, reference to TS 3.4.9.2 was modified to refer to LR 8.4, to reflect relocation of that requirement to the Licensing Requirements Manual. (Revision 13). 15. PAF-02-03743, modified instructions in Part C and Part D to remove a specific reference to "CM 2-3.35 Part E.4, Pressurizer Vapor Purge to the VCT" and replace with "approved Chemistry procedures".
: 3. OMDR 2-94-0688 (Rev. 2)
This will facilitate performing continuous degasification to the Primary Drains Tank using previously approved Chemistry procedures. (Revision
: 4. OMCN 2-96-409 (Rev. 3)
: 14) 16. PAF 03-00261, CA 02-06831-54, Deleted old step IV.A.1 for venting the charging pumps. Venting for this condition was determined unnecessary since gas production problem was corrected with installation of multi-staged orifices on the mini-flow lines via DCP 2304. Deleted instruction related to VCT being bypassed i.e. [2CHS-17]
: 5. OMCR 2-97-0515, Add steps to purge non-condensable gasses from the pressurizer, which is blocking the formation of the loop seal for the pressurizer, Revise Part C to use CM 2-3.35 Part F, "Pressurizer Vapor Purge to the VCT" instead of providing the steps, OE 8037, "Boron Dilution During Pressurizer Steam Space Purge", Revise step A.3 high level action step to address the following substeps, Remove steps that checked open 2CHS-67,68, Add step to close 2CHS-MOV350 when the emergency boration is no longer needed. Add steps to return the pressurizer spray valves, the pressurizer heaters, and 2CHS-PCV119 to NSA, Reword Step to go to 20M-7.4.T if the VCT sparger is bypassed (Rev. 4)
closed as management has determined this could adversely effect control of CVCS. CA 03-07909-02, Added "OR BORATION" to caution in section for purging the pressurizer.
: 6. OMCR 2-97-533, Revised step to return PRZR level to program and restore charging flow control to automatic (CR 971142) (Rev. 5).
Corrected NSS to SM to reflect current station title. (Revision
: 7. OMCR 1-98-0437, CR 981088, 980357, WCAP 13588 "Operational Strategies for Mitigating Pressurizer lnsurge and Outsurge Transients". Notes and steps were added to inform the operator of pressurizer insurges and to properly control charging, letdown to prevent an insurge during pressurizer fill; CR 981459, BCO 2-98-004 (Original issue) - The Chemical and Volume Control System will be operated with a letdown flow rate of greater than 66 gpm and less than or equal to 120 gpm only on a temporary basis to address a transient condition and only when the RCS specific activity is verified to be less than or equal to 0.5 &#xb5;Ci/gram dose equivalent 1-131. A Caution was added to inform the user of this limitation.
: 15) 17. PAF 06-00015, Marked current Technical Specifications/License Requirements as [CTS] and added Improved Technical Specifications/License Requirements as [ITS]. Added level of use. (Revision
(Rev. 6)
: 16) 18. PAF 08-01991, (Revision
: 8. OMCN 2-98-334 incorporated Revision 1 to BCO 2-98-004 which changed the letdown flow limit to 75 gpm. (Rev. 7)
: 17) a. CA 08-038197-01, add a step to open [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT, correct the use of check and verify verbs and change Daily Journal To Narrative Log. b. Order 200327672:
: 9. BCO 2-98-004 (Rev. 2) changed the maximum permissible RCS specific activity to 0.35 &#xb5;Ci/gram dose equivalent 1-131 in the Caution containing letdown flow and RCS specific activity limits. (Issue 4/Rev. 8)
: 1) Add caution: With an initial high RCS boron concentration, a dilution of 15 gallons every hour can be expected.
: 10. Removed Caution containing letdown flow and RCS specific activity limits from the step directing the maximizing of letdown flow (Step A.4), and removed the associated reference to BCO 2-98-004, to support implementation of TS Amendment 101. (Issue 4/Rev. 9)
: 2) Add caution: based on the initial amount of non-condensable gases in the pressurizer, a VCT level transient can be expected due to a pressurizer insurge. 3) Add step: Evaluate requesting an RWDA-G as a precaution for purging the pressurizer to the sample panel. c. Remove reference to current Technical Specifications and update references.
: 11. CATS E990338B, OMCR 2-99-443, OE 8037 and OE 9822; added to Section "C" a Caution about purging pressurizer vapor space causing a RCS dilution, added steps to Section "C" to energize one set of backup heaters and verify pressurizer spray valve control in AUTO. This is the same Caution and steps that are already in Section "D". Revised step to clarify "check" and "verify" wording. (Revision 10)
8VPS-S8S Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 17 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK 19. PAF-11-00151, CA 10-81062-02, Added a step to provide an option to reduce letdown flow by removing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice from service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service" or to align degasifiers to receive maximum letdown by Opening [28RS-MOV1008], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 2481 & 2482 Inlet Valve, if letdown flow to a degasifier will exceed 75 gpm. Added Caution that [2CHS*RV209]
 
may lift if letdown flow is greater than 75 gpm. Added steps to return letdown flow and degasifier alignment to normal arrangement. (Revision
BVPS-SBS                                         Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                            Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                        Page 16 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
: 18) 20. PAF 12-02281, LUC PAF 11-00526 (Revision
: 12. CR 991449-12, Correct reference number for Chemistry procedure C.M. 2-3.35, Part E.4 (Revision 11 ).
: 19) a. Delete Step A.8; Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. This step is redundant to the following instructions.
: 13. DRR-02-00560: For LAR 2A-159, changed the T.S. 3.1.2.8.b reference to T.S. 3.1.2.8, reflecting a numbering change resulting from the relocation of portions of T.S. 3.1.2.8 to the Licensing Requirements Manual. (Revision 12)
: b. Revise the steps that raise and lower VCT level and pressure by preceding the step with the contingency; if required.
: 14. DRR-02-01756: For TS Amendment 124, reference to TS 3.4.9.2 was modified to refer to LR 8.4, to reflect relocation of that requirement to the Licensing Requirements Manual. (Revision 13).
Revise the instructions that raise and lower VCT level and pressure by adding; to the desired values, and maintain the parameters within the established limits. The changes provide flexibility to address limiting plant conditions for inventory control and the down stream vent flowpath.
: 15. PAF-02-03743, modified instructions in Part C and Part D to remove a specific reference to "CM 2-3.35 Part E.4, Pressurizer Vapor Purge to the VCT" and replace with "approved Chemistry procedures". This will facilitate performing continuous degasification to the Primary Drains Tank using previously approved Chemistry procedures. (Revision 14)
: c. Delete Step 8.5; Purge the VCT of non-condensable gasses as follows: 1) Manually Open [2CHS-PCV1168], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to sweep nitrogen across VCT while venting the VCT to degasifiers.
: 16. PAF 03-00261, CA 02-06831-54, Deleted old step IV.A.1 for venting the charging pumps. Venting for this condition was determined unnecessary since gas production problem was corrected with installation of multi-staged orifices on the mini-flow lines via DCP 2304. Deleted instruction related to VCT being bypassed i.e. [2CHS-17] closed as management has determined this could adversely effect control of CVCS. CA 03-07909-02, Added "OR BORATION" to caution in section for purging the pressurizer. Corrected NSS to SM to reflect current station title.
: 2) For several minutes, Cycle Open [2CHS*AOV8101  
(Revision 15)
], to purge gasses from VCT gas space AND Maintain VCT gas pressure on [2CHS-Pl117]
: 17. PAF 06-00015, Marked current Technical Specifications/License Requirements as
between 15-20 psig. Experience has shown that sweeping the VCT gas space with nitrogen is not effective at degassing the RCS and causes excessive nitrogen use. d. Add the option to manually adjust [2CHS-PCV1168]
[CTS] and added Improved Technical Specifications/License Requirements as
to control VCT pressure and to select VCT to AUTO to VCT position, as necessary to direct [2CHS*LCV112]
[ITS]. Added level of use. (Revision 16)
flow to the coolant recovery tanks AND to maintain VCT pressure > 15 psig. The manual control will allow better control of VCT level and pressure.
: 18. PAF 08-01991, (Revision 17)
The rate of nitrogen addition to the VCT is limited.
: a. CA 08-038197-01, add a step to open [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT, correct the use of check and verify verbs and change Daily Journal To Narrative Log.
BVPS-SBS Unit 2 Chemical And Volume Control System Operating Procedures 20M-7.4.F Revision 20 Page 18of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK 21. PAF-15-02230, notification 601011600, CR 2015-15730, (Revision
: b. Order 200327672:
: 20) a. For the Caution before step C.1 and D.1: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT MAY RESULT IN AN INADVERTENT DILUTION OF THE RCS. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S)
: 1) Add caution: With an initial high RCS boron concentration, a dilution of 15 gallons every hour can be expected.
ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS DURING THE PURGE TO PREVENT A DILUTION, remove INADVERTENT and add AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER.
: 2) Add caution: based on the initial amount of non-condensable gases in the pressurizer, a VCT level transient can be expected due to a pressurizer insurge.
: b. Add the following caution before step C.1: BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE. c. Add caution before step C.1 and D.1: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO [2DGS-TK21]
: 3) Add step: Evaluate requesting an RWDA-G as a precaution for purging the pressurizer to the sample panel.
OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S)
: c. Remove reference to current Technical Specifications and update references.
ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT. d. Add steps C.4 and D.5: If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21]
 
or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
8VPS-S8S                                         Unit 2                                       20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                            Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                      Page 17 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
: 19. PAF-11-00151, CA 10-81062-02, Added a step to provide an option to reduce letdown flow by removing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice from service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service" or to align degasifiers to receive maximum letdown by Opening [28RS-MOV1008], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 2481 & 2482 Inlet Valve, if letdown flow to a degasifier will exceed 75 gpm. Added Caution that [2CHS*RV209] may lift if letdown flow is greater than 75 gpm. Added steps to return letdown flow and degasifier alignment to normal arrangement. (Revision 18)
: 20. PAF 12-02281, LUC PAF 11-00526 (Revision 19)
: a. Delete Step A.8; Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. This step is redundant to the following instructions.
: b. Revise the steps that raise and lower VCT level and pressure by preceding the step with the contingency; if required. Revise the instructions that raise and lower VCT level and pressure by adding; to the desired values, and maintain the parameters within the established limits. The changes provide flexibility to address limiting plant conditions for inventory control and the down stream vent flowpath.
: c. Delete Step 8.5; Purge the VCT of non-condensable gasses as follows:
: 1)   Manually Open [2CHS-PCV1168], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to sweep nitrogen across VCT while venting the VCT to degasifiers.
: 2)   For several minutes, Cycle Open [2CHS*AOV8101 ], to purge gasses from VCT gas space AND Maintain VCT gas pressure on [2CHS-Pl117]
between 15-20 psig. Experience has shown that sweeping the VCT gas space with nitrogen is not effective at degassing the RCS and causes excessive nitrogen use.
: d. Add the option to manually adjust [2CHS-PCV1168] to control VCT pressure and to select VCT to AUTO to VCT position, as necessary to direct
[2CHS*LCV112] flow to the coolant recovery tanks AND to maintain VCT pressure > 15 psig. The manual control will allow better control of VCT level and pressure. The rate of nitrogen addition to the VCT is limited.
 
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit 2                                     20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System                                                      Revision 20 Operating Procedures                                                                  Page 18of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK
: 21. PAF-15-02230, notification 601011600, CR 2015-15730, (Revision 20)
: a. For the Caution before step C.1 and D.1: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT MAY RESULT IN AN INADVERTENT DILUTION OF THE RCS. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS DURING THE PURGE TO PREVENT A DILUTION, remove INADVERTENT and add AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER.
: b. Add the following caution before step C.1: BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE.
: c. Add caution before step C.1 and D.1: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO [2DGS-TK21] OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT.
: d. Add steps C.4 and D.5: If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21] or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
: e. For step D.6, After 24 hrs of purging, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures, add OR a time determined by Chemistry.
: e. For step D.6, After 24 hrs of purging, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures, add OR a time determined by Chemistry.
Question 33 Recommendation:
 
The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #33. Reason: Technical information available that supports an additional answer and simulator response.
Question 33 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #33.
Reason: Technical information available that supports an additional answer and simulator response.
: 33. Annunciator A4-3H, Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT) Trouble has alarmed.
: 33. Annunciator A4-3H, Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT) Trouble has alarmed.
* The operator reports it is due to HIGH PRT temperature
* The operator reports it is due to HIGH PRT temperature
* Level and pressure are within the normal range
* Level and pressure are within the normal range
* PRZR Safety valves and PORVs are closed In accordance with 20M-6.4.AA Y, PRT Trouble ARP, which of the following choices identifies ALL of the valves listed below that would be opened to reduce PRT temperature?
* PRZR Safety valves and PORVs are closed In accordance with 20M-6.4.AAY, PRT Trouble ARP, which of the following choices identifies ALL of the valves listed below that would be opened to reduce PRT temperature?
: 1. PRT Pri Grade MIU Wtrvalves
: 1. PRT Pri Grade MIU Wtrvalves [2RCS-MOV516 and 2RCS-AOV519]
[2RCS-MOV516 and 2RCS-AOV519]
: 2. PRT Vent Vlv [2RCS-MOV549]
: 2. PRT Vent Vlv [2RCS-MOV549]
: 3. PRT Drain Vlv [2RCS-MOV523]
: 3. PRT Drain Vlv [2RCS-MOV523]
A. I only B. I and 2 only C. I and 3 only D. 1 and 2 and 3 Question 33 tested knowledge of the system flow path necessary to lower temperature in the PRT. Based on system design only two valves (2RCS-MOV-516 and 2RCS-AOV 519) are required to allow flow to the Pressurizer Relief Tank spray nozzles and lower PRT temperature.
A.     I only B. I and 2 only C. I and 3 only D. 1 and 2 and 3 Question 33 tested knowledge of the system flow path necessary to lower temperature in the PRT.
This information supports the original correct answer "A". This question also stated that this evolution was to be performed in accordance with 20M-6.4.AAY, Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble. This procedure contains multiple sections that addresses the maintenance of multiple PRT parameters.
Based on system design only two valves (2RCS-MOV-516 and 2RCS-AOV 519) are required to allow flow to the Pressurizer Relief Tank spray nozzles and lower PRT temperature. This information supports the original correct answer "A".
Specifically, PRT Temperature, Pressure and Level. When reducing PRT temperature, it is common in the plant and simulator to have to drain the PRT due to a resultant high PRT pressure and/or a high PRT level during the cooling operation of flowing water into the PRT via the PRT spray header. Raising PRT level to 90.5% also closes Primary Grade Make up Water Supply Valve 2RCS-MOV516 on interlock which would terminate the cooling water flow and require PRT level to be reduced to continue cooling operations.
This question also stated that this evolution was to be performed in accordance with 20M-6.4.AAY, Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble. This procedure contains multiple sections that addresses the maintenance of multiple PRT parameters. Specifically, PRT Temperature, Pressure and Level. When reducing PRT temperature, it is common in the plant and simulator to have to drain the PRT due to a resultant high PRT pressure and/or a high PRT level during the cooling operation of flowing water into the PRT via the PRT spray header. Raising PRT level to 90.5% also closes Primary Grade Make up Water Supply Valve 2RCS-MOV516 on interlock which would terminate the cooling water flow and require PRT level to be reduced to continue cooling operations. When performing the PRT cooling portion of 20M-6.4.AAY, plant and simulator response both show that PRT pressure will be the first PRT parameter to rise outside of it's required band/actuate the high pressure alarm at 13 psig. 20M-6.4.AAY would then be required to be referenced for high PRT pressure. The high pressure response section of the annunciator response procedure has a subsection that addresses the PRT make up supply valve (2RCS-MOV516} being open and requires the supply valve to be closed and the drain valve (2RCS-MOVS23} be opened. Furthermore the high level response section of the annunciator response procedure has a subsection that addresses the PRT make up supply valve (2RCS-MOV516) being open and requires the supply valve to be closed and the drain valve (2RCS-MOV523} be opened.
When performing the PRT cooling portion of 20M-6.4.AAY, plant and simulator response both show that PRT pressure will be the first PRT parameter to rise outside of it's required band/actuate the high pressure alarm at 13 psig. 20M-6.4.AAY would then be required to be referenced for high PRT pressure.
 
The high pressure response section of the annunciator response procedure has a subsection that addresses the PRT make up supply valve MOV516} being open and requires the supply valve to be closed and the drain valve (2RCS-MOVS23}
The opening of the PRT vent valve is not a plausible answer for this question because for this evolution, with the known starting point of level and pressure in the desired band, there is the appropriate volume of gas. Upon completion of this evolution, level and pressure will be returned to the original starting point and thus require the same volume of gas. Venting the PRT will unnecessarily change the desired volume of gas in the PRT. Additionally, opening of the PRT vent valve is not procedurally directed until PRT pressure rises to 67 psig and only if draining is not effective in reducing pressure. Therefore for the given parameters and procedural direction, the PRT vent valve will not be operated for this evolution.
be opened. Furthermore the high level response section of the annunciator response procedure has a subsection that addresses the PRT make up supply valve (2RCS-MOV516) being open and requires the supply valve to be closed and the drain valve (2RCS-MOV523}
Refer to attached simulator print out of applicable plant parameters and the explanation below.
be opened.
The Stem of the Question says pressure and temperatures are in their normal ranges;
The opening of the PRT vent valve is not a plausible answer for this question because for this evolution, with the known starting point of level and pressure in the desired band, there is the appropriate volume of gas. Upon completion of this evolution, level and pressure will be returned to the original starting point and thus require the same volume of gas. Venting the PRT will unnecessarily change the desired volume of gas in the PRT. Additionally, opening of the PRT vent valve is not procedurally directed until PRT pressure rises to 67 psig and only if draining is not effective in reducing pressure.
Therefore for the given parameters and procedural direction, the PRT vent valve will not be operated for this evolution.
Refer to attached simulator print out of applicable plant parameters and the explanation below. The Stem of the Question says pressure and temperatures are in their normal ranges;
* Normal PRT pressure should be kept below the alarm setpoint of 13 psig.
* Normal PRT pressure should be kept below the alarm setpoint of 13 psig.
* Normal PRT level is maintained between High and Low level alarms per Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2.A which is 66% and 78% (See attached set point document 20M-6.2.B). Standard simulator Initial Condition Sets have PRT level at 76%.
* Normal PRT level is maintained between High and Low level alarms per Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2.A which is 66% and 78% (See attached set point document 20M-6.2.B). Standard simulator Initial Condition Sets have PRT level at 76%.
* Normal PRT temperature should be kept at or below 120F per Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2.A.
* Normal PRT temperature should be kept at or below 120F per Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2.A.
* PRT High Temperature Alarm actuates at 125F (See attached set point document 20M-6.2.B).
* PRT High Temperature Alarm actuates at 125F (See attached set point document 20M-6.2.B).
* Per simulator trends (See Attached)
* Per simulator trends (See Attached) PRT level rises approximately 14% to reduce PRT temperature by 2F.
PRT level rises approximately 14% to reduce PRT temperature by 2F. If the candidate assumes that level is in the normal operating range as seen in the simulator of approximately 76% and Temperature is to be taken back into the normal range of 120F that equates to approximately a 35% rise in PRT level and takes level above the 90.5% closure set point for MOV516. Therefore to complete the evolution and return temperature to the normal range PRT drain valve 2RCS-MOV523 must be opened. A recent training evolution performed in the simulator had candidates drain the PRT during a cool down evolution.
If the candidate assumes that level is in the normal operating range as seen in the simulator of approximately 76% and Temperature is to be taken back into the normal range of 120F that equates to approximately a 35% rise in PRT level and takes level above the 90.5% closure set point for 2RCS-MOV516.
It is typical that level rises prior to temperature being reduced to its normal band. The facility is asking for 2 answers (A and/or C) to be accepted based on the assumption the candidate made when answering the question.
Therefore to complete the evolution and return temperature to the normal range PRT drain valve 2RCS-MOV523 must be opened.
A recent training evolution performed in the simulator had candidates drain the PRT during a cool down evolution. It is typical that level rises prior to temperature being reduced to its normal band.
The facility is asking for 2 answers (A and/or C) to be accepted based on the assumption the candidate made when answering the question.
If candidates answered the basic question "What does it take to reduce PRT Temperature" then answer "A" is correct as only 2RCS-MOV-516 and 2RCS-AOV519 are needed to reduce temperature.
If candidates answered the basic question "What does it take to reduce PRT Temperature" then answer "A" is correct as only 2RCS-MOV-516 and 2RCS-AOV519 are needed to reduce temperature.
If however the candidates took a more integrated approach to the evolution as demonstrated in a recent training session and performed it "In Accordance With" the plant procedure stated in the stem, then PRT drain valve 2RCS-MOV523 must be opened to return PRT temperature to the normal range of 120F. Then answer "C" is correct.
If however the candidates took a more integrated approach to the evolution as demonstrated in a recent training session and performed it "In Accordance With" the plant procedure stated in the stem, then PRT drain valve 2RCS-MOV523 must be opened to return PRT temperature to the normal range of 120F. Then answer "C" is correct.
Beaver Valley Power Station Reactor Coolant System Operating Procedures Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble Unit 2 A. PRZR RLF TK TEMP HIGH SETPOINTS:
 
125&deg;F SWITCH: ING DEVICE: Bay 10 2 -TYl471, 2RCS-TSH471 PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 Power Operated Relief or Pressurizer Safety Valve leakage. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 1. Check PRZR Relief Tank Temperature, ([2RCS-Tl471], VB-B). 20M-6.4.AA Y Revision 10 Page 3 of 31 A4-3H 2. If PRZR Relief Tank Temp is> 125&deg;F, check the PORV and Safety Valve tailpipe temperatures for indication of leaking valve, ([2RCS-Tl463, 465, 467, 469], VB-B). Note: A leaking PORV may possibly be identified by observing an excessively high heat trace temperature on circuit [2HTS-JB3-134, 135 or 136] at [2HTSPNLN4AB]
Beaver Valley Power Station                       Unit 2                                20M-6.4.AAY Reactor Coolant System                                                                     Revision 10 Operating Procedures                                                                     Page 3 of 31 A4-3H Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble A. PRZR RLF TK TEMP HIGH SETPOINTS: 125&deg;F
C-4, C-5, C-6 (PAB, Elev 755) 3. If PORV leakage is determined to be unacceptable by the SM, Isolate the PORV in accordance with 20M-6.4.Q, "Isolation of A Power Operated Relief Valve". a. Refer to T.S. 3.4.11, for additional requirements with PORV inoperable.
                          ~CT SWITCH:
Note: [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv will not open if PRT leve 90.5% or PRT pressure 67 psig 4. Reduce PRZR Relief Tank Temperature  
Bay 10 ING DEVICE:
< 125F as follows: a. Open [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv. b. Open [2RCS-AOV519], PRZR Relief Tank Pri Grade MIU Wtr Inlet. c. When the desired PRT temperature is achieved, Close [2RCS-AOV519], PRZR Relief Tank Pri Grade MIU Wtr Inlet. d. Close [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv. 120F cer 20M-6.2A P&L 76 e. Independently verify [2RCS-AOV519]
2     -TYl471, 2RCS-TSH471 PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 Power Operated Relief or Pressurizer Safety Valve leakage.
closed and log in the Narrative Log. 5. If a Pressurizer Safety Valve is determined to be leaking, go to 20M-53C.4.2.6.7, "Excessive Primary Plant Leakage".
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
Beaver Valley Power Station Reactor Coolant System Operating Procedures Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble Unit 2 C. PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH SETPOINTS:
: 1. Check PRZR Relief Tank Temperature, ([2RCS-Tl471], VB-B).
13 psig DISCONNECT SWITCH: S383, Bay 10 INITIATING DEVICE: 2RCS-PY/472A, 2RCS-PSH472 PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 4 [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv open. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 20M-6.4.AA Y Revision 10 Page 15 of 31 A4-3H 1. Ensure [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv is closed, (BB-A). Note: [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv will not open if [2DGS-TK21]
: 2. If PRZR Relief Tank Temp is> 125&deg;F, check the PORV and Safety Valve tailpipe temperatures for indication of leaking valve, ([2RCS-Tl463, 465, 467, 469], VB-B).
38" or pressure 7.6 psig. The drain rate of the PRT may exceed the discharge rate of the Primary Drains Transfer Pumps, overfill [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 and cause water intrusion into the nitrogen supply line to [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21. 2. If PRZR Relief Tank level is> 72%, drain the PRZR Relief Tank to 67% by opening [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv, (BB-A). a. Monitor the level in [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 while draining the PRT. If A2-5A Primary Drains Transfer Tank/Pump Trouble actuates, refer to the respective ARP. b. Close [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv. PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 5 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve leakage. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 1. Check PRZR Relief Tank Pressure ([2RCS-Pl472], VB-B). 2. Check the PORV and Safety Valve tailpipe temperatures for indication of leaking valve, ([2RCS-Tl463, 465, 467, 469], VB-B). C. PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH Beaver Valley Power Station Reactor Coolant System Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS Unit 2 20M-6.2.A Revision 22 Page 11 of 12 74. The gases in the pressurizer relief tank must be sampled routinely.
Note:             A leaking PORV may possibly be identified by observing an excessively high heat trace temperature on circuit [2HTS-JB3-134, 135 or 136] at
The oxygen concentration must be maintained less than 2 percent by volume and the hydrogen concentration less than 4 percent. (Section 5 -Table of References  
[2HTSPNLN4AB] C-4, C-5, C-6 (PAB, Elev 755) 3.
#1) 75. The PRT must NOT be vented to the waste disposal system vent header if the pressure exceeds 60 psig. (Section 5 -Table of References  
If PORV leakage is determined to be unacceptable by the SM, Isolate the PORV in accordance with 20M-6.4.Q, "Isolation of A Power Operated Relief Valve".
#1) 76. The relief tank water temperature should be maintained at or below 120&deg;F AND the water level should be maintained in the normal operating range between the high and low alarm set points during normal operation. (Section 5 -Table of Reference  
: a. Refer to T.S. 3.4.11, for additional requirements with PORV inoperable.
#1 ) 77. Prior to each plant startup, following a refueling, verify that the pressurizer relief tank rupture discs are in place. (Section 5 -Table of Reference  
Note:             [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv will not open if PRT leve
#204) Loop Stop Valves 78. Reactor coolant system loop stop valves may NOT be closed in more than one loop unless the reactor coolant system is connected to the residual heat removal system. (Section 5 -Table of References  
                    ~ 90.5% or PRT pressure is~ 67 psig
#204) 79. The plant must be at zero load with the shutdown rods fully withdrawn prior to opening either stop valve in an isolated loop AND throughout the timing interval required prior to opening the cold leg stop valve. (Section 5 -Table of References  
: 4. Reduce PRZR Relief Tank Temperature < 125F as follows:
#204) 80. The boron concentration in an isolated loop must be maintained at a value greater than or equal to the boron concentration in the active loops. (Section 5 -Table of References  
: a. Open [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv.
#204) 81. [CTS] Tech. Spec. 3.4.1.5 "Isolated Loop Startup".
: b. Open [2RCS-AOV519], PRZR Relief Tank Pri Grade MIU Wtr Inlet.
[ITS] RCS ISOLATED LOOP STARTUP (Refer to T.S. 3.4.18) 82. The neutron count rate must be logged every five minutes during the timing interval required prior to opening the cold leg stop valve. Should the count rate increase by more than a factor of two over the initial count rate, the hot leg stop valve should be re-closed AND no attempt made to open the loop stop valves until the reason for the count rate increase has been determined. (Section 5 -Table of References  
: c. When the desired PRT temperature is achieved, Close [2RCS-AOV519], PRZR Relief Tank Pri Grade MIU Wtr Inlet.
#204) 83. The motor starters for the loop stop valves must be administratively de-energized (circuit breakers opened AND padlocked) at all times except when authorized for opening or closing a valve. The motor starters may be energized (circuit breakers unlocked) for only one loop at a time. (Section 5 -Table of References  
120F cer 20M-6.2A P&L 76
#204) 84. Kerotest valves are 1 1/2 turns full stroke. Attempting to turn the valve in either direction more than 1 1/2 turns may result in damage to the brass plug. 85. Do NOT use mechanical leverage on Kerotest valves. If difficulty is encountered, consult maintenance.
: d. Close [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv.
Note the valve l.D. number to aid maintenance in determining the valve type and permissible torque to apply.
: e. Independently verify [2RCS-AOV519] closed and log in the Narrative Log.
Beaver Valley Power Station Reactor Coolant System Operating Procedures Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble Unit2 D. PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-L T470 HIGH SETPOINTS:
: 5. If a Pressurizer Safety Valve is determined to be leaking, go to 20M-53C.4.2.6.7, "Excessive Primary Plant Leakage".
78% DISCONNECT SWITCH: S382, Bay 10 INITIATING DEVICE: 2RCS-L Y/470A, 2RCS-LSH470A PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv open. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 1. Check PRZR Relief Tank level, ([2RCS-Ll470], VB-B). 20M-6.4.AA Y Revision 10 Page 17 of 31 A4-3H 2. If PRZR Relief Tank level is> 78%, ensure [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv is closed, (BB-A). Note: [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv will not open if [2DGS-TK21]
 
38" or pressure 7.6 psig. The drain rate of the PRT may exceed the discharge rate of the Primary Drains Transfer Pumps, overfill [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 and cause water intrusion into the nitrogen supply line to [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21. 3. Lower PRZR Relief Tank level to< 72%, ([2RCS-Ll470], VB-B): a. Monitor the level in [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 while draining the PRT. If A2-5A Primary Drains Transfer Tank/Pump Trouble actuates, refer to the respective ARP. b. Open [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv, (BB-A) c. Start [2DGS-P21A(B)], Primary Drains Tfr Pump. d. When PRZR Relief Tank level to< 72%, Stop [2DGS-P21A(B)], Primary Drains Tfr Pump AND Return control switch to AUTO. e. Close [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv. PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 2 Primary System Relief valve lifted. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 1. Check [2CHS*RV203], Letdown Relief for evidence of lifting: a. Check Letdown Relief Line temperature, ([2CHS-Tl141], VB-A). D. PRZR RLFTK LVL RCS-LT470 HIGH Beaver Valley Power Station Reactor Coolant System Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints SETPOINTS LOOP 1 TAVG RCS-S-TS412E HIGH, F LOOP 2 TAVG RCS-S-TS422E HIGH, F LOOP 3 TAVG RCS-S-TS432E HIGH, F RCL A BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM RCL B BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM RCL C BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM Unit2 PRZR PORV DISCH TEMP RCS-TS463 HIGH, F PRZR RLF VLV 1 DISCH TEMP TS469 HIGH, F PRZR RLF VLV 2 DISCH TEMP TS467 HIGH, F PRZR RLF VLV 3 DISCH TEMP TS465 HIGH, F PRZR CONT HTR TRBL PRZR CONT HTR BKR TRIP PRZR HTR BACKUP GROUP RCP*H2B/E TRBL PRZR HTR CONT GROUP RCP*H2C TRBL PRZR HTR BACKUP GROUP RCP*H2A/D TRBL LOOP STOP VL V PROT TRN A K117 TEST LOOP STOP VLV PROT TRN B K117 TEST PRZR HTR GROUP A AUTO, PSIG PRZR HTR GROUP B AUTO, PSIG PRZR HTR GROUP D AUTO, PSIG PRZR HTR GROUP E AUTO, PSIG RCP21A BUS UV PART RX K0401 TRIP,% RCP21B BUS UV PART RX K0402 TRIP,% RCP21 C BUS UV PART RX K0403 TRIP, % RCP21 A BUS UF K0405 TRIP, Hz RCP21 B BUS UF K0406 TRIP, Hz RCP21 C BUS UF K0407 TRIP, Hz LOOP A ISOL AND BYP VLV K112 OPEN LOOP B ISOL AND BYP VLV K212 OPEN LOOP C ISOL AND BYP VLV K312 OPEN PRZR VAPOR SPACE TEMP RCS-TS454 HIGH, F PRZR LIQ SPACE TEMP RCS-TS453 HIGH, F PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470A HIGH% PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470B LOW,% PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH, PSIG PRZR RLF TK TEMP HIGH, F PRZR RLF TK LVL L Y/470X HIGH, % PRT HI HI PRESS/PRT SPRAY ISOLATION, PT472, PSIG RCL OT D/T RX K0101 TRIP RCL OP D/T RX K0102 TRIP RCP BUS UV RX K0103 TRIP, % RCP BUS UF RX K0301 TRIP, Hz RCL LO FLW ABOVE P8 RX K0105 TRIP, % RCL LO FLW ABOVE P7 RX K0104 TRIP,% RCP 21 A AUTO STOP RCP 21 B AUTO STOP RCP 21 C AUTO STOP PRZR HI PRESS RX TRIP K0203 TRIP, PSIG PRZR LO PRESS RX TRIP K0202 TRIP, PSIG PRZR LO PRESS SI GAUS RX K0201 TRIP, PSIG 577.5 577.5 577.5 180 180 180 210F 210F 210F 210F NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 2,210 2,210 2,210 2,210 20M-6.2.B Revision 13 Page 4 of 9 75% of rated voltage 75% of rated voltage 75% of rated voltage 57.5 57.5 57.5 NA NA NA 665 665 78 66 13 125 90.5 67 Computer Generated Computer Generated 75% of Bus voltage 57.5 90 90 NA NA NA 2375 1945 1856 
Beaver Valley Power Station                       Unit 2                                  20M-6.4.AAY Reactor Coolant System                                                                      Revision 10 Operating Procedures                                                                     Page 15 of 31 Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble                                                                 A4-3H C. PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH SETPOINTS: 13 psig DISCONNECT SWITCH: S383, Bay 10 INITIATING DEVICE: 2RCS-PY/472A, 2RCS-PSH472 PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 4
**rrr..t11***
[2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv open.
..... , ............ .. &
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
Ml9i .. ................
: 1. Ensure [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv is closed, (BB-A).
*.***  
Note:             [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv will not open if [2DGS-TK21]
.. * .... '.M.* ..
level~ 38" or pressure is~ 7.6 psig.
*.-.* --._. , ..........
The drain rate of the PRT may exceed the discharge rate of the Primary Drains Transfer Pumps, overfill [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 and cause water intrusion into the nitrogen supply line to [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21.
* , .... **-***  
: 2. If PRZR Relief Tank level is> 72%, drain the PRZR Relief Tank to 67% by opening
* ... ,
[2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv, (BB-A).
POY.&#xa3;RQl?S. *  
: a. Monitor the level in [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 while draining the PRT. If A2-5A Primary Drains Transfer Tank/Pump Trouble actuates, refer to the respective ARP.
'NSSS *,1'. PJ.c*s li>>stJro#f
: b. Close [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv.
't3r00p
PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 5 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve leakage.
* l 'rr&rids l I Pl8ntStat I a1s1 I sPos l*I o. GROUP: TEMGRP04 DESCR: "* dynamic group "* 100 140 95 130 90 120 85 110 80 100 75 90 80 70 70 65 ' Page 1 of 1 :' " " ' ' ',!;* ,, 60 60 16:30:13.67 16:38:00.32 16:45:46.97 L0485A PRT LVL RCS-LT470 0485A PRT TEMP RCS-TE471 63460 PRT SPRAY VLV RCS-MOV516 16:53:33.62
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
** --GOOD CLOSED 17:01:23.50
: 1. Check PRZR Relief Tank Pressure ([2RCS-Pl472], VB-B).
-9999.0 -9999.0 -9999.0 **"('*'."",
: 2. Check the PORV and Safety Valve tailpipe temperatures for indication of leaking valve, ([2RCS-Tl463, 465, 467, 469], VB-B).
Question 41 Recommendation:
C. PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH
The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #41. Reason: Question has an unclear stem that did not provide all necessary information as to the intent of the knowledge being tested. 41. Given the following conditions:
 
A.
Beaver Valley Power Station                       Unit 2                                       20M-6.2.A Reactor Coolant System                                                                          Revision 22 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints                                                        Page 11 of 12 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
: 74. The gases in the pressurizer relief tank must be sampled routinely. The oxygen concentration must be maintained less than 2 percent by volume and the hydrogen concentration less than 4 percent. (Section 5 - Table of References #1)
: 75. The PRT must NOT be vented to the waste disposal system vent header if the pressure exceeds 60 psig. (Section 5 - Table of References #1)
: 76. The relief tank water temperature should be maintained at or below 120&deg;F AND the water level should be maintained in the normal operating range between the high and low alarm set points during normal operation. (Section 5 - Table of Reference #1 )
: 77. Prior to each plant startup, following a refueling, verify that the pressurizer relief tank rupture discs are in place. (Section 5 - Table of Reference #204)
Loop Stop Valves
: 78. Reactor coolant system loop stop valves may NOT be closed in more than one loop unless the reactor coolant system is connected to the residual heat removal system. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
: 79. The plant must be at zero load with the shutdown rods fully withdrawn prior to opening either stop valve in an isolated loop AND throughout the timing interval required prior to opening the cold leg stop valve. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
: 80. The boron concentration in an isolated loop must be maintained at a value greater than or equal to the boron concentration in the active loops. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
: 81. [CTS] Tech. Spec. 3.4.1.5 "Isolated Loop Startup".
[ITS] RCS ISOLATED LOOP STARTUP (Refer to T.S. 3.4.18)
: 82. The neutron count rate must be logged every five minutes during the timing interval required prior to opening the cold leg stop valve. Should the count rate increase by more than a factor of two over the initial count rate, the hot leg stop valve should be re-closed AND no attempt made to open the loop stop valves until the reason for the count rate increase has been determined. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
: 83. The motor starters for the loop stop valves must be administratively de-energized (circuit breakers opened AND padlocked) at all times except when authorized for opening or closing a valve. The motor starters may be energized (circuit breakers unlocked) for only one loop at a time. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
: 84. Kerotest valves are 1 1/2 turns full stroke. Attempting to turn the valve in either direction more than 1 1/2 turns may result in damage to the brass plug.
: 85. Do NOT use mechanical leverage on Kerotest valves. If difficulty is encountered, consult maintenance. Note the valve l.D. number to aid maintenance in determining the valve type and permissible torque to apply.
 
Beaver Valley Power Station                       Unit2                                  20M-6.4.AAY Reactor Coolant System                                                                     Revision 10 Operating Procedures                                                                     Page 17 of 31 Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble                                                                 A4-3H D. PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470 HIGH SETPOINTS: 78%
DISCONNECT SWITCH: S382, Bay 10 INITIATING DEVICE: 2RCS-LY/470A, 2RCS-LSH470A PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1
[2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv open.
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
: 1. Check PRZR Relief Tank level, ([2RCS-Ll470], VB-B).
: 2. If PRZR Relief Tank level is> 78%, ensure [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv is closed, (BB-A).
Note:             [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv will not open if [2DGS-TK21]
level~ 38" or pressure is~ 7.6 psig.
The drain rate of the PRT may exceed the discharge rate of the Primary Drains Transfer Pumps, overfill [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 and cause water intrusion into the nitrogen supply line to [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21.
: 3. Lower PRZR Relief Tank level to< 72%, ([2RCS-Ll470], VB-B):
: a. Monitor the level in [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 while draining the PRT. If A2-5A Primary Drains Transfer Tank/Pump Trouble actuates, refer to the respective ARP.
: b. Open [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv, (BB-A)
: c. Start [2DGS-P21A(B)], Primary Drains Tfr Pump.
: d. When PRZR Relief Tank level to< 72%, Stop [2DGS-P21A(B)], Primary Drains Tfr Pump AND Return control switch to AUTO.
: e. Close [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv.
PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 2 Primary System Relief valve lifted.
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
: 1. Check [2CHS*RV203], Letdown Relief for evidence of lifting:
: a. Check Letdown Relief Line temperature, ([2CHS-Tl141], VB-A).
D. PRZR RLFTK LVL RCS-LT470 HIGH
 
Beaver Valley Power Station             Unit2                        20M-6.2.B Reactor Coolant System                                             Revision 13 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints                             Page 4 of 9 SETPOINTS LOOP 1 TAVG RCS-S-TS412E HIGH, F                 577.5 LOOP 2 TAVG RCS-S-TS422E HIGH, F                 577.5 LOOP 3 TAVG RCS-S-TS432E HIGH, F                 577.5 RCL A BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM                       180 RCL B BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM                       180 RCL C BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM                       180 PRZR PORV DISCH TEMP RCS-TS463 HIGH, F           210F PRZR RLF VLV 1 DISCH TEMP TS469 HIGH, F         210F PRZR RLF VLV 2 DISCH TEMP TS467 HIGH, F         210F PRZR RLF VLV 3 DISCH TEMP TS465 HIGH, F         210F PRZR CONT HTR TRBL                               NA PRZR CONT HTR BKR TRIP                           NA PRZR HTR BACKUP GROUP RCP*H2B/E TRBL             NA PRZR HTR CONT GROUP RCP*H2C TRBL                 NA PRZR HTR BACKUP GROUP RCP*H2A/D TRBL             NA LOOP STOP VL V PROT TRN A K117 TEST             NA LOOP STOP VLV PROT TRN B K117 TEST               NA PRZR HTR GROUP A AUTO, PSIG                     2,210 PRZR HTR GROUP B AUTO, PSIG                     2,210 PRZR HTR GROUP D AUTO, PSIG                     2,210 PRZR HTR GROUP E AUTO, PSIG                     2,210 RCP21A BUS UV PART RX K0401 TRIP,%               75% of rated voltage RCP21B BUS UV PART RX K0402 TRIP,%               75% of rated voltage RCP21 C BUS UV PART RX K0403 TRIP, %             75% of rated voltage RCP21 A BUS UF K0405 TRIP, Hz                   57.5 RCP21 B BUS UF K0406 TRIP, Hz                   57.5 RCP21 C BUS UF K0407 TRIP, Hz                   57.5 LOOP A ISOL AND BYP VLV K112 OPEN               NA LOOP B ISOL AND BYP VLV K212 OPEN               NA LOOP C ISOL AND BYP VLV K312 OPEN               NA PRZR VAPOR SPACE TEMP RCS-TS454 HIGH, F         665 PRZR LIQ SPACE TEMP RCS-TS453 HIGH, F           665 PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470A HIGH%                 78 PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470B LOW,%                 66 PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH, PSIG           13 PRZR RLF TK TEMP HIGH, F                         125 PRZR RLF TK LVL LY/470X HIGH, %                 90.5 PRT HI HI PRESS/PRT SPRAY ISOLATION, PT472, PSIG 67 RCL OT D/T RX K0101 TRIP                         Computer Generated RCL OP D/T RX K0102 TRIP                         Computer Generated RCP BUS UV RX K0103 TRIP, %                     75% of Bus voltage RCP BUS UF RX K0301 TRIP, Hz                     57.5 RCL LO FLW ABOVE P8 RX K0105 TRIP, %             90 RCL LO FLW ABOVE P7 RX K0104 TRIP,%             90 RCP 21 A AUTO STOP                               NA RCP 21 B AUTO STOP                               NA RCP 21 C AUTO STOP                               NA PRZR HI PRESS RX TRIP K0203 TRIP, PSIG           2375 PRZR LO PRESS RX TRIP K0202 TRIP, PSIG           1945 PRZR LO PRESS SI GAUS RX K0201 TRIP, PSIG       1856
 
**rrr..t11***
Ml9i *~ ~**
          ,
              . . . , ............
              ..~ ................
                          .......... *
                                        ~ .&
                              *.*** .*.**~.*-.**.*.***.*.***.*.*
                                            , .... **-***                 . * * .* ***~",'.~'>>''*~'"_*~:.,:'.,
                                                              . *....:.:~'.M.*
                                                                          * ...    *.*.*-*.* *.*.* ~.*.*.* ***** ".'-.*.* *.*.i*it.:*i:C* .* *~.* .* *.-.* -- ._.
sT~:*.~--.***
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ~'"'*4lc;*&*.:"*c**;
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            ,   ./it._~~:~~.::*r.,
POY.&#xa3;RQl?S. ~
* HM~f.ienol 'NSSS                                                                            *,1'. PJ.c*s li>>stJro#f      't3r00p
* l 'rr&rids l          I Pl8ntStat I  a1s1 I sPos l*I                GROUP: TEMGRP04 DESCR: "* dynamic group "*
Page 1 of 1 100 140 95 130 90 120 85
:'
110 o.
100 90 80 75
                                                                                                                                                                                          '    ~
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  ""
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                '          ,,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          ',!;*
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                '  i_~
70 80 70            65 60            60      ---,....--~..--~"?"-~-.-~-.-.---.-.----.-.---.-.---.-~-.-.----..~--..~--..--~....--~..--.--"?"-.---.-.--....-.---.-.--....,....---.-~-.-.-----.-.J
                                                                                                                                                                                            **
16:30:13.67                                                                                16:38:00.32                            16:45:46.97              16:53:33.62              17:01:23.50 L0485A                            PRT LVL                                                                                                                    RCS-LT470                                                                              -9999.0 0485A 63460 PRT TEMP PRT SPRAY VLV RCS-TE471 RCS-MOV516              --
GOOD      CLOSED
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    **"('*'."",
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -9999.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      -9999.0
 
Question 41 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #41.
Reason: Question has an unclear stem that did not provide all necessary information as to the intent of the knowledge being tested.
: 41. Given the following conditions:
* The plant was at l 00% power when all 3 Steam Generators Faulted in Containment
* The plant was at l 00% power when all 3 Steam Generators Faulted in Containment
* Containment Pressure is 31 psig and RISING
* Containment Pressure is 31 psig and RISING
* Quench Spray Pumps [2QSS*P21A and P21B] failed to start l) What is(are) the minimum required Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) switch manipulations required to start BOTH Quench Spray Pumps? B. 2 C. 3 D. 4 The initial power level for the question was 100% power when all 3 Steam Generators faulted in containment resulting in a rising containment pressure currently at 31 PSIG which is above the CIB set point which is a start signal for the Quench Spray Pumps. This indicates a potential failure of both trains of CIB to automatically actuate.The question asks what the minimum number of ESFAS switches are that are "REQUIRED" to be manipulated to start the Quench Spray pumps. However the question does not specify if this is the minimum number required electrically or procedurally.
* Quench Spray Pumps [2QSS*P21A and P21B] failed to start l) What is(are) the minimum required Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) switch manipulations required to start BOTH Quench Spray Pumps?
If the candidate assumed the question was asking for the minimum number of switches electrically then answer "B" is correct as manual actuation of a single train of CIB will start both the A & B Quench Spray pumps. However if the candidate assumed the minimum number of switches required by procedure then answer "D" is correct as 20M-53A.1.A-0.11, "Verification of Automatic Actions" requires "Both Switches for Both Trains" to be actuated for any failure of CIB equipment to properly actuate. 20M-53A.1.A-0.11, "Verification of Automatic Actions" is directed to be performed by E-0 "Reactor Trip or SI". This is the procedure that would be in effect at the start of the casualty listed in the stem of question #41. Based on the above information the facility recommends accepting two answers for question 41. Answer "A" 2 Switches if the candidate assumed minimum REQUIRED Electrically.
A.
B.     2 C.     3 D.     4 The initial power level for the question was 100% power when all 3 Steam Generators faulted in containment resulting in a rising containment pressure currently at 31 PSIG which is above the CIB set point which is a start signal for the Quench Spray Pumps. This indicates a potential failure of both trains of CIB to automatically actuate.The question asks what the minimum number of ESFAS switches are that are "REQUIRED" to be manipulated to start the Quench Spray pumps. However the question does not specify if this is the minimum number required electrically or procedurally.
If the candidate assumed the question was asking for the minimum number of switches electrically then answer "B" is correct as manual actuation of a single train of CIB will start both the A & B Quench Spray pumps.
However if the candidate assumed the minimum number of switches required by procedure then answer "D" is correct as 20M-53A.1.A-0.11, "Verification of Automatic Actions" requires "Both Switches for Both Trains" to be actuated for any failure of CIB equipment to properly actuate. 20M-53A.1.A-0.11, "Verification of Automatic Actions" is directed to be performed by E-0 "Reactor Trip or SI". This is the procedure that would be in effect at the start of the casualty listed in the stem of question #41.
Based on the above information the facility recommends accepting two answers for question 41.
Answer "A" 2 Switches if the candidate assumed minimum REQUIRED Electrically.
Answer "D" 4 Switches if the candidate assumed minimum REQUIRED Procedurally.
Answer "D" 4 Switches if the candidate assumed minimum REQUIRED Procedurally.
BVPS-EOP 20M-53A.1.E-O(ISS2)
 
Number Title E-0 Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection Issue 2 9 Verify AFW Status a. Motor-driven AFW Pumps -RUNNING b. Turb Driven AFW Pump Stm Supply Isol Valves -OPEN c. AFW Throttle Valves -FULL OPEN d. Total AFW Flow -GREATER THAN 340 GPM 10 Perform Attachment A-0.11, "Verification Of Automatic Actions", In A Timely Manner 2EO 12/17/2015 7 of 19 Revision 0 a. Manually start AFW pumps. b. Manually open steam supply valves. c. Manually open AFW throttle valves. d. IF SG narrow range level greater than 12% [31% ADVERSE CNMT] in any SG, THEN control feed flow to maintain narrow range level AND GO TO Step 10. IF narrow range level less than 12% [31% ADVERSE CNMT] in all SGs, THEN restore total AFW flow greater than 340 GPM. IF AFW flow can NOT be established greater than 340 GPM, THEN GO TO H. l, "Response To Loss Of Secondary Heat Sink", Step 1.
BVPS- EOP             20M-53A.1.E-O(ISS2)
BVPS -EOP 20M-53A.1.A-0.11 Number TI tie 11.:0:;11 Ver;fication of Automatic Actions Revision 9 STEP 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 11 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED The RSS pumps will not start until RWST level drops to the low level setpoint.
Number         Title E-0                 Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection         Issue 2 Revision 0
9 Check CIB And CNMT Spray Status
9   Verify AFW Status
* Containment pressure -HAS REMAINED LESS THAN 11 PSIG ( 2A011 312512015 7of14 I i Verify CIB initiated:
: a. Motor-driven AFW Pumps -       a. Manually start AFW pumps.
: a. Check BLUE CIB marks -LIT r IF NOT, IHEN manually init,i(lte I I CIB l!Joth switches trains}. Check BLUE. tB marks -LIT i IF CIB NOT actuated, TffEN-. manually align equipment.
RUNNING
IF necessary, refer to Attachment A-0.5, "Containment Isolation Phase B Checklist 8* b. Stop all RCPs. c. Request BV-1 operator perform the fo 11 owing: 1) Verify CREVS equipment actuation.
: b. Turb Driven AFW Pump Stm       b. Manually open steam Supply Isol Valves - OPEN       supply valves.
: 2) Place intake and exhaust damper control switches in CLOSE: * [IVS-0-40-lA]  
: c. AFW Throttle Valves - FULL     c. Manually open AFW OPEN                             throttle valves.
* [ 1 VS-D-40-1 B] * [lVS-D-40-lC]  
: d. Total AFW Flow - GREATER       d. IF SG narrow range level THAN 340 GPM                    greater than 12% [31%
* [lVS-D-40-10]
ADVERSE CNMT] in any SG, THEN control feed flow to maintain narrow range level AND GO TO Step 10.
: d. IF service water flow can NOT be established to a RSS HX(s), THEN place associated RSS pumps{s) in PULL-TO-LOCK.  
IF narrow range level less than 12% [31%
\ !
ADVERSE CNMT] in all SGs, THEN restore total AFW flow greater than 340 GPM.
Question 59 Recommendation:
IF AFW flow can NOT be established greater than 340 GPM, THEN GO TO FR-H. l, "Response To Loss Of Secondary Heat Sink",
The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #59. Reason: The question Stem did not provide all the necessary information to definitively exclude one of the distractors.
Step 1.
10    Perform Attachment A-0.11, "Verification Of Automatic Actions", In A Timely Manner 2EO  12/17/2015                7 of 19
 
BVPS - EOP                         20M-53A.1.A-0.11 Number             TItie 11.:0:;11                   Ver;fication of Automatic Actions                     Revision 9 STEP 11       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE             11       RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED The RSS pumps will not start until RWST level drops to the low level setpoint.
9       Check CIB And CNMT Spray Status             Verify CIB initiated:
I
* Containment pressure - HAS         i     a. Check BLUE CIB marks - LIT REMAINED LESS THAN 11 PSIG                r
                                                                                              \
(                    IF NOT, IHEN manually init,i(lte I
I   CIB l!Joth switches fo~both trains}. Check BLUE. tB marks - LIT
                                                                                              !
i IF CIB NOT actuated, TffEN- .   ~
manually align equipment. IF necessary, refer to Attachment A-0.5, "Containment Isolation Phase B Checklist 8 *
: b. Stop all RCPs.
: c. Request BV-1 operator perform the fo 11 owing:
: 1)   Verify CREVS equipment actuation.
: 2) Place intake and exhaust damper control switches in CLOSE:
                                                                * [IVS-0-40-lA]
                                                                  *   [ 1VS-D-40-1 B]
                                                                * [lVS-D-40-lC]
                                                                  * [lVS-D-40-10]
: d. IF service water flow can NOT be established to a RSS HX(s),
THEN place associated RSS pumps{s) in PULL-TO-LOCK.
2A011  312512015                    7of14
 
Question 59 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #59.
Reason: The question Stem did not provide all the necessary information to definitively exclude one of the distractors.
: 59. The following conditions exist.
: 59. The following conditions exist.
* A large break LOCA has occurred
* A large break LOCA has occurred
* TSC has been activated
* TSC has been activated
* Annunciator Al-2B, Hydrogen Level High/High-High is in alarm Complete the following statements.
* Annunciator Al-2B, Hydrogen Level High/High-High is in alarm Complete the following statements. Assume the TSC has been contacted and concurs with the decision.
Assume the TSC has been contacted and concurs with the decision.
The High-High Hydrogen concentration in Containment setpoint is             (1)
The High-High Hydrogen concentration in Containment setpoint is (1) In accordance with the Hydrogen Level High/High-High ARP, the crew will __
In accordance with the Hydrogen Level High/High-High ARP, the crew will _ __...<2~)___ in response to the High-High Hydrogen level in Containment.
___ in response to the High-High Hydrogen level in Containment.
A. 1) 2.5%
A. 1) 2.5% 2) intentionally ignite the Containment atmosphere B. I) 2.5% 2) start [2HCS-FN21]
: 2) intentionally ignite the Containment atmosphere B. I) 2.5%
Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower C. 1) 4.5% 2) intentionally ignite the Containment atmosphere D. I) 4.5% 2) start [2HCS-FN21]
: 2) start [2HCS-FN21] Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower C. 1) 4.5%
Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower The stem of the question asks for the crew's actions based on a High containment H2 concentration.
: 2) intentionally ignite the Containment atmosphere D. I) 4.5%
The annunciator referenced illuminates at 4.5% H2 concentration and therefore eliminates choices A & B. The second half of the question asks for actions the crew should take. The Annunciator Response Procedure (20M-46.4.ABD) for the referenced Alarm (A1-2B) directs the crew to start the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower in accordance with 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation".
: 2) start [2HCS-FN21] Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower The stem of the question asks for the crew's actions based on a High containment H2 concentration. The annunciator referenced illuminates at 4.5% H2 concentration and therefore eliminates choices A & B. The second half of the question asks for actions the crew should take. The Annunciator Response Procedure (20M-46.4.ABD) for the referenced Alarm (A1-2B) directs the crew to start the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower in accordance with 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation".
20M-46.4.D has 3 Initial Conditions that must be met prior to starting the blower Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. The Technical Support Center (TSC) has recommended the starting of [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. B. The Supplementary Leak Collection System is available to receive [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower exhaust. C. Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented.
20M-46.4.D has 3 Initial Conditions that must be met prior to starting the blower Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. The Technical Support Center (TSC) has recommended the starting of [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower.
The stem of the question indicates that the TSC concurs with the decision but makes no mention of Initial conditions as to the status of the Supplementary Leak Collection System or the notification of Radiation Protection.
B. The Supplementary Leak Collection System is available to receive [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower exhaust.
Per the Exam writers guide the candidates can assume that the SLCRS system is operating properly as that is an expected system response.
C. Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented.
However without the notification of Radiation Protection being listed candidates had to assume whether or not this action occurred or would be appropriate.
The stem of the question indicates that the TSC concurs with the decision but makes no mention of Initial conditions as to the status of the Supplementary Leak Collection System or the notification of Radiation Protection. Per the Exam writers guide the candidates can assume that the SLCRS system is operating
If the candidates assumed this notification of Radiation Protection occurred then the operator would proceed with the procedure and start the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. (Answer D) However if the candidates assumed this notification of Radiation Protection did not occur or was not authorized, then answer "C" would be correct as it was the only remaining answer with a value of 4.5% H2 concentration.
 
This choice is acceptable as the procedure for Hydrogen ignition (20M-53E.1.SAG-7, Reduce Containment Hydrogen) only requires TSC concurrence.
properly as that is an expected system response. However without the notification of Radiation Protection being listed candidates had to assume whether or not this action occurred or would be appropriate.
The notification of RP is required to ensure the radiological safety of all workers during an accident by utilizing special emergency response procedures.
If the candidates assumed this notification of Radiation Protection occurred then the operator would proceed with the procedure and start the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. (Answer D)
This is the responsibility of the OSC, not the TSC. The OSC has the responsibility of dispatching personel to perform field actions while the TSC controls the overall mitigation strategies of the event. It is highly possible that RP would not grant permission for personnel to access the areas required for the implementation of the CNMT Purge procedure (20M-46.4.D) (contiguous areas to CNMT) because of elevated radiation levels. The stem of this question stated that H2 concentration was elevated to the alarm setpoint (4.5%). This concentration is not normal for a DBA LOCA and indicates that a significant zirc-water reaction was occurring thus significant fuel cladding damage would be occurring, resulting in elevated dose rates in the areas contiguous to CNMT. Further, candidates were introduced to the concept of Hydrogen Burn in an accident per lesson plan 2SQS-46.1, "Post DBA H2 Control System" Page 5, during Initial Licensed Operator Systems training.
However if the candidates assumed this notification of Radiation Protection did not occur or was not authorized, then answer "C" would be correct as it was the only remaining answer with a value of 4.5% H2 concentration. This choice is acceptable as the procedure for Hydrogen ignition (20M-53E.1.SAG-7, Reduce Containment Hydrogen) only requires TSC concurrence. The notification of RP is required to ensure the radiological safety of all workers during an accident by utilizing special emergency response procedures. This is the responsibility of the OSC, not the TSC. The OSC has the responsibility of dispatching personel to perform field actions while the TSC controls the overall mitigation strategies of the event. It is highly possible that RP would not grant permission for personnel to access the areas required for the implementation of the CNMT Purge procedure (20M-46.4.D) (contiguous areas to CNMT) because of elevated radiation levels. The stem of this question stated that H2 concentration was elevated to the alarm setpoint (4.5%). This concentration is not normal for a DBA LOCA and indicates that a significant zirc-water reaction was occurring thus significant fuel cladding damage would be occurring, resulting in elevated dose rates in the areas contiguous to CNMT.
Based on this information and the lack of Radiation Protection concurrence listed in the Stem of the question.
Further, candidates were introduced to the concept of Hydrogen Burn in an accident per lesson plan 2SQS-46.1, "Post DBA H2 Control System" Page 5, during Initial Licensed Operator Systems training.
The facility recommends accepting two correct answers (C and/or D) for question 59.
Based on this information and the lack of Radiation Protection concurrence listed in the Stem of the question. The facility recommends accepting two correct answers (C and/or D) for question 59.
BVPS-GSR Unit 2 Post -OBA Hydrogen Control System Operating Procedures 20M-46.4.ABD Revision 3 Page 5 of 8 Hydrogen Level High/High  
 
-High C. H2 CONC HCS*HA100A HIHI SETPOINTS:
BVPS-GSR                                     Unit 2                               20M-46.4.ABD Post - OBA Hydrogen Control System                                                        Revision 3 Operating Procedures                                                                    Page 5 of 8 Hydrogen Level High/High - High A1-2B C. H2 CONC HCS*HA100A HIHI SETPOINTS: 4.5% Hydrogen Concentration<H- 2>
4.5% Hydrogen Concentration<H-2> DISCONNECT SWITCH: 2-S3808 (Bay 39) INITIATING DEVICE: 99-0SB1-BJ (2HCS*PNL 100A CQ) PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 Containment hydrogen concentration 2:4.5% on [2HCS*HA 1 OOA], Hydrogen Analyzer CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 1. Determine actual Containment hydrogen concentration in accordance with 20M-46.4.G, "Containment Hydrogen Analyzer-Running".
DISCONNECT SWITCH: 2-S3808 (Bay 39)
INITIATING DEVICE: 99-0SB1-BJ (2HCS*PNL 100A CQ)
PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 Containment hydrogen concentration 2:4.5% on [2HCS*HA 1OOA], Hydrogen Analyzer CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
: 1. Determine actual Containment hydrogen concentration in accordance with 20M-46.4.G, "Containment Hydrogen Analyzer- Running".
: 2. Notify the Technical Support Center (TSC) of actual hydrogen concentration.
: 2. Notify the Technical Support Center (TSC) of actual hydrogen concentration.
A1-2B a. With TSC concurrence, Start [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower in accordance with 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation".
: a. With TSC concurrence, Start [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower in accordance with 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation".
BVPS-SBS Unit2 Post-OBA Hydrogen Control System Operating Procedures 20M-46.4.D Revision 3 Page 2 of 6 Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation I. PURPOSE This procedure describes the startup and shutdown of the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. The Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower is to be used as directed by the TSC. II. PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. The Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower is not to be started before 8 hours following a Loss of Coolant Accident (OBA). This is to allow radiation levels to decay prior to Purge Blower operation.
 
BVPS-SBS                                       Unit2                                       20M-46.4.D Post-OBA Hydrogen Control System                                                              Revision 3 Operating Procedures                                                                          Page 2 of 6 Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation I. PURPOSE This procedure describes the startup and shutdown of the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. The Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower is to be used as directed by the TSC.
II. PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. The Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower is not to be started before 8 hours following a Loss of Coolant Accident (OBA). This is to allow radiation levels to decay prior to Purge Blower operation.
B. To limit high radiation exposure during the performance of this procedure, Radiation Protection procedure 2-HPP-5.05.001 will be followed.
B. To limit high radiation exposure during the performance of this procedure, Radiation Protection procedure 2-HPP-5.05.001 will be followed.
Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. The Technical Support Center (TSC) has recommended the starting of [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. B. The Supplementary Leak Collection System is available to receive [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower exhaust. C. Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented.
Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. The Technical Support Center (TSC) has recommended the starting of [2HCS-FN21],
Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower.
B. The Supplementary Leak Collection System is available to receive [2HCS-FN21],
Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower exhaust.
C. Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented.
IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Start Preparation
IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Start Preparation
: 1. Inform Radiation Protection to implement 2-HPP-5.05.001, "Access And Dose Control At BVPS Unit 2 For Vital Area Operations During Emergency Situations".
: 1. Inform Radiation Protection to implement 2-HPP-5.05.001, "Access And Dose Control At BVPS Unit 2 For Vital Area Operations During Emergency Situations".
: 2. Obtain key SR 23 B. Starting [2HCS-FN21J.
: 2. Obtain key SR 23 B. Starting [2HCS-FN21J. Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower
Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower 1. Verify Closed [2HCS*MOV112A], 21A Hydrogen Recombiner Inlet lsol Viv. 2. Unlock AND Close [MCC*2-E11]
: 1. Verify Closed [2HCS*MOV112A], 21A Hydrogen Recombiner Inlet lsol Viv.
Cub 6C, [2HCS*MOV110A], Cnmt Atm Purge lsol, located in Safeguards 733'. (Key SR 23) I Contiauous to Containment
: 2. Unlock AND Close [MCC*2-E11] Cub 6C, [2HCS*MOV110A], Cnmt Atm Purge lsol, located in Safeguards 733'. (Key SR 23)     I Contiauous to Containment
: 3. Open the following valves from [PNL *2HCP], Post Accident H2 Control Panel, located in AE Switchgear Room, 730': a. [2HCS*MOV11 OA], Purge Blower Inlet Recombiner 21A lsol b. [2HCS*SOV114A], Cnmt lsol to Recombiner 21A c. [2HCS*SOV115A], B/U Isolation to Recombiner 21A 4. Start [2HCS-FR120], Cnmt Purge Blower Disch Flow by placing the power ON/OFF switch to the ON position, located on the left side of the recorder at [PNL*2HCP], Post Accident H2 Control Panel in AE Switchgear Room, 730'.
: 3. Open the following valves from [PNL*2HCP], Post Accident H2 Control Panel, located in AE Switchgear Room, 730':
Record Type #A9.350C Beaver Valley Power Station UNIT 2 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 Prepared by Date Pages Issued Effective Date T.J. Esper 06/18/15 1through17 08/19/15 Reviewed by Date Validated by Date M.P. Flynn 06/18/15 N/A PORC Meeting No. Date PORC Not Required PAF-15-01027 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 A. PURPOSE The purposes of reducing containment hydrogen are:
: a.   [2HCS*MOV11 OA], Purge Blower Inlet Recombiner 21A lsol
: b.   [2HCS*SOV114A], Cnmt lsol to Recombiner 21A
: c.   [2HCS*SOV115A], B/U Isolation to Recombiner 21A
: 4. Start [2HCS-FR120], Cnmt Purge Blower Disch Flow by placing the power ON/OFF switch to the ON position, located on the left side of the recorder at [PNL*2HCP],
Post Accident H2 Control Panel in AE Switchgear Room, 730'.
 
Record Type #A9.350C Beaver Valley Power Station UNIT 2 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 Prepared by         Date               Pages Issued         Effective Date T.J. Esper           06/18/15         1through17             08/19/15 Reviewed by         Date         Validated by               Date M.P. Flynn           06/18/15     N/A PORC Meeting No. Date PORC Not Required                                 PAF-15-01027
 
BVPS-SAMG             20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number             Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen       Revision 4
A. PURPOSE The purposes of reducing containment hydrogen are:
* To prevent hydrogen from accumulating to the point where the containment may be severely challenged by intentionally igniting the hydrogen in containment
* To prevent hydrogen from accumulating to the point where the containment may be severely challenged by intentionally igniting the hydrogen in containment
* To prevent the hydrogen from igniting by maintaining the containment steam inert B. ENTRY CONDITIONS This guideline is entered from DFC, "TSC Diagnostic Flow Chart" based on high containment hydrogen concentration.
* To prevent the hydrogen from igniting by maintaining the containment steam inert B. ENTRY CONDITIONS This guideline is entered from DFC, "TSC Diagnostic Flow Chart" based on high containment hydrogen concentration.
C. COMPUTATIONAL AIDS REFERENCED BY THIS GUIDELINE
C. COMPUTATIONAL AIDS REFERENCED BY THIS GUIDELINE
* CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment"
* CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment"
* CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment" 2SAG7 12/2212015 1of17 Number Title SAG-7 2SAG7 1212212015 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen DIAGNOSTIC SECTION Page 1 of 3 2of17 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 1 Determine Hydrogen Control Strategy a. Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
* CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment" 2SAG7 12/2212015               1of17
 
BVPS-SAMG          20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen     Revision 4
DIAGNOSTIC SECTION Page 1 of 3 2SAG7 1212212015              2of17
 
BVPS-SAMG               20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                       Reduce Containment Hydrogen           Revision 4
1     Determine Hydrogen Control Strategy
: a. Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
: b. Determine applicable hydrogen control strategies.
: b. Determine applicable hydrogen control strategies.
Matrix of Applicable Hydrogen Control Strategies C-7 Region Applicable Strategies Future Hydrogen Severe Prevent Hydrogen Burn Challenge Future Hydrogen Burn Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action Hydrogen Burn Prevent Hydrogen Burn Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action No Hydrogen Concern No Action (step continued on next page) DIAGNOSTIC SECTION 2SAG7 12122/2015 3of17 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Bydroqen Revision 4 Paqe 2 of 3 1 (step continued from previous page) 2SAG7 1212212015 4of17 Number SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Title Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 c. Determine impacts of applicable hydrogen control strategies.
Matrix of Applicable Hydrogen Control Strategies C-7 Region             Applicable Strategies Future Hydrogen Severe             Prevent Hydrogen Burn Challenge Future Hydrogen Burn               Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action Hydrogen Burn                       Prevent Hydrogen Burn Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action No Hydrogen Concern                 No Action (step continued on next page)
Positive and Negative Impacts of Hydrogen Control Strategies Strategy Prevent Hydrogen Burn Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action Positive Impacts
DIAGNOSTIC SECTION 2SAG7 12122/2015                   3of17
* Hydrogen in the containment will not burn
 
* The containment hydrogen concern will be mitigated at least in the short-term
BVPS-SAMG               20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Bydroqen         Revision 4
* Manpower and resources can be used to perform other strategies Negative Impacts
Paqe 2 of 3 1                     (step continued from previous page) 2SAG7 1212212015               4of17
* Fission product leakage will increase at higher containment pressures
 
BVPS-SAMG                 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number            Title SAG-7                      Reduce Containment Hydrogen           Revision 4
: c. Determine impacts of applicable hydrogen control strategies.
Positive and Negative Impacts of Hydrogen Control Strategies Strategy       Positive Impacts    Negative Impacts Prevent Hydrogen
* Hydrogen in
* Fission product Burn                      the              leakage will containment      increase at higher will not burn    containment pressures
* This strategy will be a temporary solution, and other long term solutions to the hydrogen concern will be required
* This strategy will be a temporary solution, and other long term solutions to the hydrogen concern will be required
* Raising containment pressure may result in passing through the severe hydrogen challenge region of CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment"
* Raising containment pressure may result in passing through the severe hydrogen challenge region of CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment" Intentional
* There will be a pressure and temperature spike in containment
* The
* Hydrogen will continue to accumulate
* There will be a Hydrogen Burn              containment      pressure and hydrogen        temperature spike in concern will    containment be mitigated at least in the short-term No Action
* Manpower and
* Hydrogen will resources can    continue to be used to      accumulate perform other strategies
: d. Determine appropriate hydrogen control strategy.
: d. Determine appropriate hydrogen control strategy.
: 1) Consideration should be given to an Intentional Hydrogen Burn prior to reaching the "Hydrogen Severe Challenge" region as defined by 20M-53E.1.CA-3, "hydrogen Flammability In Containment." 2SAG7 12122/2015 5of17 Number Title SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen DIAGNOSTIC SECTION Page 3 of 3 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 2 Identify Appropriate Guidance
: 1) Consideration should be given to an Intentional Hydrogen Burn prior to reaching the "Hydrogen Severe Challenge" region as defined by 20M-53E.1.CA-3, "hydrogen Flammability In Containment."
2SAG7 12122/2015                   5of17
 
BVPS-SAMG              20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
DIAGNOSTIC SECTION Page 3 of 3 2     Identify Appropriate Guidance
* IF an intentional hydrogen burn strategy has been selected, THEN GO TO Section A of this guideline.
* IF an intentional hydrogen burn strategy has been selected, THEN GO TO Section A of this guideline.
* IF a prevent hydrogen burn strategy has been selected, THEN GO TO Section B of this guideline.
* IF a prevent hydrogen burn strategy has been selected, THEN GO TO Section B of this guideline.
3 RETURN TO DFC, "TSC Diagnostic Flow Chart" Or Guideline And Step In Effect -END -2SAG7 1212212015 6of17 Number Title SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BURN Page 1 of 3 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 A.l Identify Available Hydrogen Ignition Sources a. Determine the availability of hydrogen ignition sources. HYDROGEN IGNITION REQUIREMENTS AVAILABILITY SOURCES PORV Block Valve
3     RETURN TO DFC, "TSC Diagnostic Flow Chart" Or Guideline And Step In Effect
* Power Yes/No available RHR Pump
                                  - END -
* Power Yes/No available CRDM Ventilation
2SAG7 1212212015               6of17
* Power Yes/No Fans available Containment
 
* Power Yes/No Lighting available Other Ignition
BVPS-SAMG            20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                       Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
* Power Yes/No Sources available
Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BURN Page 1 of 3 A.l   Identify Available Hydrogen Ignition Sources
: b. IF any hydrogen ignition source is available, THEN GO TO Step A.2.-c. Consult Control Room on alternate hydrogen ignition sources. d. IF NO hydrogen ignition sources are available at this time, THEN perform the following:
: a. Determine the availability of hydrogen ignition sources.
: 1) Identify the reasons why the hydrogen ignition sources are not available.
HYDROGEN IGNITION                       AVAILABILITY REQUIREMENTS SOURCES PORV Block Valve
: 2) Prioritize actions to restore a hydrogen ignition source with other actions in progress and initiate restoration actions as appropriate.
* Power             Yes/No available RHR Pump
: 3) RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
* Power             Yes/No available CRDM Ventilation
A.2 Identify Preferred Hydrogen Ignition Source A.3 Determine If Containment Depressurization Is Required a. Determine if a hydrogen burn can occur under current conditions using CA-7. 2SAG7 1212212015 7of17 Number SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Title Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 b. IF containment pressure is too high for a hydrogen burn, THEN reduce containment pressure using SAG-6 until a hydrogen burn is possible.
* Power             Yes/No Fans                     available Containment
2SAG7 1212212015 8of17 Number Title SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BORN Page 2 of 3 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 A.4 Direct Control Room To Implement Strategy a. Provide the following information to the control room:
* Power             Yes/No Lighting                 available Other Ignition
* Power             Yes/No Sources                 available
: b. IF any hydrogen ignition source is available, THEN GO TO Step A.2.-
: c. Consult Control Room on alternate hydrogen ignition sources.
: d. IF NO hydrogen ignition sources are available at this time, THEN perform the following:
: 1)     Identify the reasons why the hydrogen ignition sources are not available.
: 2)     Prioritize actions to restore a hydrogen ignition source with other actions in progress and initiate restoration actions as appropriate.
: 3)     RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
A.2   Identify Preferred Hydrogen Ignition Source A.3   Determine If Containment Depressurization Is Required
: a. Determine if a hydrogen burn can occur under current conditions using CA-7.
2SAG7 1212212015                   7of17
 
BVPS-SAMG             20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number            Title SAG-7                  Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
: b. IF containment pressure is too high for a hydrogen burn, THEN reduce containment pressure using SAG-6 until a hydrogen burn is possible.
2SAG7 1212212015               8of17
 
BVPS-SAMG              20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BORN Page 2 of 3 A.4   Direct Control Room To Implement Strategy
: a. Provide the following information to the control room:
* Preferred ignition source
* Preferred ignition source
* Any special parameters to monitor
* Any special parameters to monitor
* Other information, as appropriate A.5 Verify Strategy Implementation A.6 Determine If A Hydrogen Burn Has Occurred a. Monitor plant response:
* Other information, as appropriate A.5   Verify Strategy Implementation A.6   Determine If A Hydrogen Burn Has Occurred
* Containment pressure -SPIKE OCCURRED
: a. Monitor plant response:
* Containment temperature  
* Containment pressure - SPIKE OCCURRED
-SPIKE OCCURRED
* Containment temperature - SPIKE OCCURRED
* Containment hydrogen -DROPPING b. Determine if the hydrogen burn is adequate.
* Containment hydrogen - DROPPING
: b. Determine if the hydrogen burn is adequate.
* Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
* Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
: c. IF the hydrogen burn is not adequate AND another hydrogen ignition source is available-;-THEN RETURN TO Step A.2. d. IF the hydrogen burn is not adequate AND another hydrogen ignition source is NOT available, THEN RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
: c. IF the hydrogen burn is not adequate AND another hydrogen ignition source is available-;-THEN RETURN TO Step A.2.
A.7 Identify Long Term Concerns Due To An Intentional Hydrogen Burn a. Refer to Attachment A.l for long term concerns.
: d. IF the hydrogen burn is not adequate AND another hydrogen ignition source is NOT available, THEN RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
A.7   Identify Long Term Concerns Due To An Intentional Hydrogen Burn
: a. Refer to Attachment A.l for long term concerns.
: b. Identify any additional parameters that should be monitored to address the long term concerns.
: b. Identify any additional parameters that should be monitored to address the long term concerns.
: c. Identify any additional long term concerns.
: c. Identify any additional long term concerns.
: d. GO TO SAEG-1, "TSC Long term Monitoring." 2SAG7 12/2212015 9of17 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 2SAG7 1212212015 10 of 17 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BURN Page 3 of 3 A.8 RETURN TO Step 1 Of The Diagnostic Section Of This Guideline -END OF SECTION A-2SAG7 1212212015 11 of 17 Revision 4 Number Title SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 1 of 3 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 B.l Evaluate Actions To Prevent A Hydrogen Burn a. IF active containment heat sinks are operating, THEN determine if the containment heat sinks should stopped. b. Open pressurizer PORVs. Pressurizer PORVs 2RCS*PCV4S 2RCS*PCV4S 2RCS*PCV4 SC SD S6 Valve Operable (Refer to Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Attachment B .1) c. Identify potential hydrogen ignition sources inside containment.
: d. GO TO SAEG-1, "TSC Long term Monitoring."
2SAG7 12/2212015                 9of17
 
BVPS-SAMG           20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen     Revision 4
2SAG7 1212212015             10 of 17
 
BVPS-SAMG           20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen       Revision 4
Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BURN Page 3 of 3 A.8   RETURN TO Step 1 Of The Diagnostic Section Of This Guideline
                            -END OF SECTION A-2SAG7 1212212015               11 of 17
 
BVPS-SAMG                  20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen             Revision 4
Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 1 of 3 B.l   Evaluate Actions To Prevent A Hydrogen Burn
: a. IF active containment heat sinks are operating, THEN determine if the containment heat sinks should b-e~
stopped.
: b. Open pressurizer PORVs.
Pressurizer PORVs 2RCS*PCV4S   2RCS*PCV4S 2RCS*PCV4 SC           SD             S6 Valve Operable (Refer to       Yes/No       Yes/No     Yes/No Attachment B .1)
: c. Identify potential hydrogen ignition sources inside containment.
: d. Determine if potential hydrogen ignition sources should be isolated.
: d. Determine if potential hydrogen ignition sources should be isolated.
: e. IF NO strategies have been selected, THEN RETURN TO Step -r-of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
: e. IF NO strategies have been selected, THEN RETURN TO Step
2SAG7 1212212015 12 of 17 Number Title SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 2 of 3 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 B.2. Direct Control Room To Implement Strategies
            -r-of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
2SAG7 1212212015               12 of 17
 
BVPS-SAMG              20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 2 of 3 B.2. Direct Control Room To Implement Strategies
: a. IF stopping active heat sinks has been selected as a strategy, THEN provide the following information to the control room:
: a. IF stopping active heat sinks has been selected as a strategy, THEN provide the following information to the control room:
* Strategy for stopping active heat sinks
* Strategy for stopping active heat sinks
Line 1,039: Line 2,093:
* Strategy for isolating potential hydrogen ignition sources
* Strategy for isolating potential hydrogen ignition sources
* Any special parameters to monitor
* Any special parameters to monitor
* Other information, as appropriate B.3. Verify Strategy Implementation B.4 Determine If Strategy To Prevent A Hydrogen Burn Has Been Effective
* Other information, as appropriate B.3. Verify Strategy Implementation B.4   Determine If Strategy To Prevent A Hydrogen Burn Has Been Effective
: a. Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
: a. Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
: b. IF an additional hydrogen control strategy is needed, THEN RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
: b. IF an additional hydrogen control strategy is needed, THEN RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.
2SAG7 1212212015 13of17 Number Title SAG-7 BVPS-SAMG Reduce Containment Hydrogen Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 3 of 3 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Revision 4 B.5. Identify Long Term Concerns Due To Preventing A Hydrogen Burn a. Refer to Attachment B.2 for the long term concerns.
2SAG7 1212212015               13of17
: b. Identify any additional parameters that should be monitored to address the long term concerns on Attachment B.2. c. Identify any additional long term concerns on Attachment B.2. d. GO TO SAEG-1, "TSC Long Term Monitoring" AND attach copy of Attachment B.2 to SAEG-1. B.6. RETURN TO Step 1 Of The Diagnostic Section Of This Guideline  
 
-END OF SECTION B -2SAG7 12/2212015 14of17 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 Attachment A.1 (Page 1 of 1) Long Term Concerns Due To Intentional Hydrogen Burn Parameter to Monitor Concern Recovery Action(s)
BVPS-SAMG            20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
Containment Hydrogen generation
Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 3 of 3 B.5. Identify Long Term Concerns Due To Preventing A Hydrogen Burn
* Adjust sump pH Conditions  
: a. Refer to Attachment B.2 for the long term concerns.
-"NOT from sump radiolysis FLAMMABLE" based on and corrosion CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment" 2SAG7 1212212015 15of17 BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 Attachment B.1 (Page 1 of 1) Availability Of Pressurizer PORVs Plant Conditions Necessary For Using Pressurizer PORVs Plant Condition PRZR PORV Instrument Air Available Power Supply Available Block Valve Open 2SAG7 1212212015 16 of 17 7o
: b. Identify any additional parameters that should be monitored to address the long term concerns on Attachment B.2.
. " BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.
: c. Identify any additional long term concerns on Attachment B.2.
SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Bydroqen Revision 4 Attachment B.2 (Paqe 1 of 1) Lonq Term Concerns Due To Preventinq A Bydroqen Burn Parameter to Monitor Containment Conditions  
: d. GO TO SAEG-1, "TSC Long Term Monitoring" AND attach copy of Attachment B.2 to SAEG-1.
-"NOT FLAMMABLE" based on CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment"'
B.6. RETURN TO Step 1 Of The Diagnostic Section Of This Guideline
Containment Conditions  
                            - END OF SECTION B -
-"NOT FLAMMABLE" based on CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment" Containment Pressure -LESS THAN 75 PSIG 2SAG7 1212212015 Concern Hydrogen burn Hydrogen generation from sump radiolysis and corrosion Containment pressurization 17 of 17 Recovery Action(s)
2SAG7 12/2212015               14of17
* Stop active heat sink
 
* Isolate potential ignition sources
BVPS-SAMG               20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                   Reduce Containment Hydrogen         Revision 4
* Open RCS vent paths
Attachment A.1 (Page 1 of 1)
* Adjust sump pH
Long Term Concerns Due To Intentional Hydrogen Burn Parameter to Monitor             Concern         Recovery Action(s)
* Start active heat sinks
Containment               Hydrogen generation
* Close RCS vent paths RTL#A5.620.GD
* Adjust sump pH Conditions - "NOT         from sump radiolysis FLAMMABLE" based on       and corrosion CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment" 2SAG7 1212212015               15of17
: 2. 2SQS-46.l, Rev. 13 CLASSROOM LESSON MATERIAL OUTLINE OF INSTRUCTION Outline of Instruction
 
: c. Hydrogen coming out of solution from the reactor coolant and hydrogen from the pressurizer gas space. d. Discuss EOP acknowledgement of Cnmt H2 generation.
BVPS-SAMG               20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number           Title SAG-7                       Reduce Containment Hydrogen           Revision 4
Current philosophy concerning expected amounts of hydrogen generation following a DBA: a. b. c. d. The hydrogen release postulated from a design-basis LOCA is not risk-significant because it is not large enough to lead to early containment failure. A "mixed atmosphere" will develop during a DBA. This is defined as a concentration of combustible gases in all parts of the containment being below a level that supports combustion or detonation that couid lead to a loss of containment integrity.
Attachment B.1 (Page 1 of 1)
The risk associated with hydrogen combustion is from "beyond design-basis accidents".
Availability Of Pressurizer PORVs Plant Conditions Necessary For Using Pressurizer PORVs Plant Condition               PRZR PORV Instrument Air             Available Power Supply Available Block Valve                   Open 2SAG7 1212212015                   16 of 17                                 7o
We are committed to ensuring a "mixed atmosphere" in containment and to include combustible gas control strategies in our Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAM Gs). Examples of such "strategies":
 
: 1) Intentionally burning the H2. 2) Maintenance of the containment in "steam inert" condition.
."
Page 5 of24 1/2-ADM-1301.F06 Revision 1 Instructor/Student Activities PPNT, EOP Attachment, A-0.11 10CFR50.44 BVPS UFSAR Unit 2 PPNTs, lOCFRS0.44
BVPS-SAMG                 20M-53E.1. SAG-7 Number             Title SAG-7                     Reduce Containment Bydroqen           Revision 4
& BVPS Commitments EL0-03 4-19% Combustible 19-70% Explosive Note: The TMI and Fukushima events were "beyond design-basis accidents".
Attachment B.2 (Paqe 1 of 1)
Note: SAMGs do not rely on hydrogen recombiners or the hydrogen purge blower for beyond basis accidents. 
Lonq Term Concerns Due To Preventinq A Bydroqen Burn Parameter to Monitor             Concern    Recovery Action(s)
-...J &deg;" BVPS is committed to the following two items: 1. The containment has a capability to ensure a "mixed atmosphere".
Containment Conditions -       Hydrogen burn
: 2. Combustible gas control strategies*
* Stop active heat "NOT FLAMMABLE" based on                           sink CA-3, "Hydrogen
are included in the Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMGs). *Strategies such as:
* Isolate potential Flammability In                                   ignition sources Containment"'
* Intentionally burning the H 2
* Open RCS vent paths Containment Conditions -      Hydrogen
* Maintaining the containment "steam inert" NRC Resolution of Post Exam Comments NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 NRC Resolution Valid as administered.
* Adjust sump pH "NOT FLAMMABLE" based on       generation from CA-3, "Hydrogen                 sump radiolysis Flammability In               and corrosion Containment" Containment Pressure -         Containment
Key Answer Choice B is the only correct answer. Discussion Four applicants chose Key Answer B. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice A. No applicants chose Distractor Choices C or D. None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
* Start active heat LESS THAN 75 PSIG             pressurization      sinks
This was a bank question, used as a RO level question on a prior Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC Exam (Q#27, 2009 Exam). The licensee proposed deleting Question 12 from the exam, based on their assessment that the question was at the SRO level and should therefore not have been on the RO portion of the exam. Their argument for this position was based on their interpretation of the SRO-only guidance flowchart contained NUREG-1021(Revision10), ES-401, Attachment
* Close RCS vent paths 2SAG7 1212212015               17 of 17
: 2. NUREG-1021 in Section ES-401, D.l.c states that special attention required to ensure the SRO exam tests at the appropriate level. The SRO-only guidance is intended to ensure the SRO-only questions are selected/developed at the SRO level and not written specifically for the purpose of determining whether a question is appropriate on the RO portion of the exam. One flowchart block asks if "the question can be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall strategy of events, or overall mitigative strategy of a procedure," with an affirmative answer indicating the question is at the RO level. The converse is not necessarily true. A negative answer to this block does not indicate a question is at the SRO level, but rather that additional assessment is necessary to determine whether or not it is at the SRO level. The subsequent flowchart block asks whether the question meets any of 4 criterion that would indicate it is a SRO-only question.
 
The NRC does not think the question meets any of these criteria.
RTL#A5.620.GD                                                                      1/2-ADM-1301.F06 Revision 1 CLASSROOM LESSON MATERIAL OUTLINE OF INSTRUCTION Instructor/Student Outline of Instruction                                      Activities
The question requires assessing plant conditions and then applying this assessment to determine the proper course of action based on knowledge of plant operational considerations and knowledge of procedurally directed actions. The knowledge and ability necessary to correctly answer the question are appropriate for a RO applicant.
: c. Hydrogen coming out of solution from the reactor coolant and hydrogen from the pressurizer gas space.
The question expected the RO applicant to assess RCS pressure and temperature conditions and then select the choice that stated that further depressurization below 1200 psig could not continue until a suitable reactor vessel head soak had been performed.
: d. Discuss EOP acknowledgement of Cnmt H2        PPNT, EOP Attachment, generation.                                    A-0.11
Answering the question correctly required the applicant to know that the procedure (specified in the stem) contained 1
: 2. Current philosophy concerning expected amounts        10CFR50.44 of hydrogen generation following a DBA:
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 guidance that the RCS should be cooled down to less than 350&deg;F with pressure maintained at 1200 fillg for a lengthy period of time (9 hours). The NRC accepts this may have been one of the higher level of difficulty questions on the exam. However, level of difficulty and RO vs SRO exam level are different measures.
BVPS UFSAR Unit 2
A RO level question can have a higher level of difficulty and a SRO-only question can have a lower level of difficulty.
: a. The hydrogen release postulated from a        PPNTs, lOCFRS0.44 &
The distinction between RO and SRO can be on the type of knowledge required as opposed to the depth of knowledge required.
design-basis LOCA is not risk-significant     BVPS Commitments because it is not large enough to lead to early containment failure.
In this case, the threshold parameters of temperature and pressure were provided in the choices (350&deg;F, 1200 psig). The question expected applicants to select the correct answer based on their knowledge of plant design/operation and the overall mitigation strategy ofthe Natural Circulation Cooldown procedure.
: b. A "mixed atmosphere" will develop during       EL0-03 a DBA. This is defined as a concentration of combustible gases in all parts of the         4-19% Combustible containment being below a level that supports combustion or detonation that         19-70% Explosive couid lead to a loss of containment integrity.
One high level action in the overall natural circulation mitigation strategy is to cooldown and depressurize the RCS with no upper head void growth. The RO applicant was appropriately expected to recognize this could only be accomplished in the absence of CRDM cooling by an extended time soak to allow vessel heat to slowly dissipate to the containment atmosphere while maintaining RCS pressure high enough to prevent void growth. The question was structured to point the applicants to the specific considerations of concern by asking "what ramifications will the loss of these CROM Shroud Fans have on the continued performance of ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Coo/down?" Half of the applicants chose a distractor that incorrectly explained temperature must be maintained elevated as a way to address the loss of CRDM cooling, as opposed to the correct answer of maintaining pressure elevated.
: c. The risk associated with hydrogen             Note: The TMI and combustion is from "beyond design-basis       Fukushima events were accidents".                                   "beyond design-basis accidents".
The correct choice between these two options could be made with application of conceptual understanding of thermodynamic conditions.
: d. We are committed to ensuring a "mixed         Note: SAMGs do not rely atmosphere" in containment and to include     on hydrogen recombiners combustible gas control strategies in our     or the hydrogen purge Severe Accident Management Guidelines         blower for beyond design-(SAMGs).                                       basis accidents.
Maintaining pressure, not temperature, would prevent upper head void growth. The lesson plan used to teach initial license applicants, 3SQS-53.3, "Emergency Operating Procedures," specifically reviewed this particular exam question along with just 2 other questions as "student review activity of high miss questions from 2LOT6 [2009] NRC exam." Both ROs and SROs are expected to have knowledge of the plant and associated operational procedures.
Examples of such "strategies":
The threshold for categorizing procedural knowledge as SRO vice RO is associated with supervisory level decision-making as indicated by applying detailed knowledge of administrative procedures to the decision-making process or of selecting transitions to other procedures.
: 1)     Intentionally burning the H2.
Judgment was applied in this RO versus SRO-only level determination through the exam development process because the criteria are guidelines and do not address the specifics of each question.
: 2)     Maintenance of the containment in "steam inert" condition.
Facility developers applied this judgment during the question selection and development process. Facility reviewers independently assessed the question level. Facility exam validators provided feedback on question level. And then multiple NRC examiners reviewed the question to ensure it was appropriate for the job and was testing at the appropriate level. This 2 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 extensive approval process concluded the question tested at an appropriate level for a RO applicant.
2SQS-46.l, Rev. 13                          Page 5 of24
And, for this question, the screening process just described was applied twice, first for this same question on the RO portion of the 2009 Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC exam, and again for its use on this 2015 NRC exam. There was no facility post-exam feedback challenging any aspect of this question on the 2009 exam. Summary The NRC has determined Question 12 was valid as administered with no changes required based on a re-assessment of the level of this question (RO versus SRO-only), the choices selected by the applicants and the question having been successfully used as an RO question on the 2009 Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC Exam. 3 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 29 NRC Resolution Delete the question.
 
Discussion Two of the applicants chose Key Answer D. Six applicants chose Distractor Choice B. No applicants chose Distractor Choices A or C. None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
BVPS is committed to the following two items:
: 1. The containment has a capability to ensure a "mixed atmosphere".
: 2. Combustible gas control strategies* are included in the Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMGs).
          *Strategies such as:
* Intentionally burning the H2
* Maintaining the containment "steam inert"
-...J
&deg;"
 
NRC Resolution of Post Exam Comments NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 NRC Resolution Valid as administered. Key Answer Choice B is the only correct answer.
Discussion Four applicants chose Key Answer B. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice A. No applicants chose Distractor Choices C or D.
None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
This was a bank question, used as a RO level question on a prior Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC Exam (Q#27, 2009 Exam).
The licensee proposed deleting Question 12 from the exam, based on their assessment that the question was at the SRO level and should therefore not have been on the RO portion of the exam.
Their argument for this position was based on their interpretation of the SRO-only guidance flowchart contained NUREG-1021(Revision10), ES-401, Attachment 2.
NUREG-1021 in Section ES-401, D.l.c states that special attention required to ensure the SRO exam tests at the appropriate level. The SRO-only guidance is intended to ensure the SRO-only questions are selected/developed at the SRO level and not written specifically for the purpose of determining whether a question is appropriate on the RO portion of the exam. One flowchart block asks if "the question can be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall strategy of events, or overall mitigative strategy of a procedure," with an affirmative answer indicating the question is at the RO level. The converse is not necessarily true. A negative answer to this block does not indicate a question is at the SRO level, but rather that additional assessment is necessary to determine whether or not it is at the SRO level. The subsequent flowchart block asks whether the question meets any of 4 criterion that would indicate it is a SRO-only question. The NRC does not think the question meets any of these criteria. The question requires assessing plant conditions and then applying this assessment to determine the proper course of action based on knowledge of plant operational considerations and knowledge of procedurally directed actions.
The knowledge and ability necessary to correctly answer the question are appropriate for a RO applicant.
The question expected the RO applicant to assess RCS pressure and temperature conditions and then select the choice that stated that further depressurization below 1200 psig could not continue until a suitable reactor vessel head soak had been performed. Answering the question correctly required the applicant to know that the procedure (specified in the stem) contained 1
 
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 guidance that the RCS should be cooled down to less than 350&deg;F with pressure maintained at 1200 fillg for a lengthy period of time (9 hours). The NRC accepts this may have been one of the higher level of difficulty questions on the exam. However, level of difficulty and RO vs SRO exam level are different measures. A RO level question can have a higher level of difficulty and a SRO-only question can have a lower level of difficulty. The distinction between RO and SRO can be on the type of knowledge required as opposed to the depth of knowledge required.
In this case, the threshold parameters of temperature and pressure were provided in the choices (350&deg;F, 1200 psig). The question expected applicants to select the correct answer based on their knowledge of plant design/operation and the overall mitigation strategy ofthe Natural Circulation Cooldown procedure. One high level action in the overall natural circulation mitigation strategy is to cooldown and depressurize the RCS with no upper head void growth. The RO applicant was appropriately expected to recognize this could only be accomplished in the absence of CRDM cooling by an extended time soak to allow vessel heat to slowly dissipate to the containment atmosphere while maintaining RCS pressure high enough to prevent void growth. The question was structured to point the applicants to the specific considerations of concern by asking "what ramifications will the loss of these CROM Shroud Fans have on the continued performance of ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Coo/down?" Half of the applicants chose a distractor that incorrectly explained temperature must be maintained elevated as a way to address the loss of CRDM cooling, as opposed to the correct answer of maintaining pressure elevated. The correct choice between these two options could be made with application of conceptual understanding of thermodynamic conditions. Maintaining pressure, not temperature, would prevent upper head void growth.
The lesson plan used to teach initial license applicants, 3SQS-53.3, "Emergency Operating Procedures," specifically reviewed this particular exam question along with just 2 other questions as "student review activity of high miss questions from 2LOT6 [2009] NRC exam."
Both ROs and SROs are expected to have knowledge of the plant and associated operational procedures. The threshold for categorizing procedural knowledge as SRO vice RO is associated with supervisory level decision-making as indicated by applying detailed knowledge of administrative procedures to the decision-making process or of selecting transitions to other procedures. Judgment was applied in this RO versus SRO-only level determination through the exam development process because the criteria are guidelines and do not address the specifics of each question. Facility developers applied this judgment during the question selection and development process. Facility reviewers independently assessed the question level. Facility exam validators provided feedback on question level. And then multiple NRC examiners reviewed the question to ensure it was appropriate for the job and was testing at the appropriate level. This 2
 
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 extensive approval process concluded the question tested at an appropriate level for a RO applicant.
And, for this question, the screening process just described was applied twice, first for this same question on the RO portion of the 2009 Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC exam, and again for its use on this 2015 NRC exam. There was no facility post-exam feedback challenging any aspect of this question on the 2009 exam.
Summary The NRC has determined Question 12 was valid as administered with no changes required based on a re-assessment of the level of this question (RO versus SRO-only), the choices selected by the applicants and the question having been successfully used as an RO question on the 2009 Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC Exam.
3
 
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 29 NRC Resolution Delete the question.
Discussion Two of the applicants chose Key Answer D. Six applicants chose Distractor Choice B. No applicants chose Distractor Choices A or C.
None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
This was a new question.
This was a new question.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers, Choices Band D, based on their assessment that statements in the question stem were confusing, in that: 1) the referenced procedure, 20M-52.4.R.1.F, does not reference the use of 20M-7.4.F until after initiation of a plant cooldown, 2) the stem erroneously states that 20M-7.4.F is directed from 20M-52.4.R.l.F, 3) the use of the phrase "to remove non-condensable gases" was confusing and misleading because hydrogen is typically added during at-power operations to remove condensable gases, 4) the reference to 20M-7.4 .F and to "non-condensable gases" in the same question led to confusion as to the intent of the evolution
The licensee proposed accepting two answers, Choices Band D, based on their assessment that statements in the question stem were confusing, in that:
: 5) applicants demonstrated knowledge of the system by selecting the proper flow path. Following detailed review, the NRC concludes there are not two valid answers. Choice Bis not a correct answer for the question.
: 1)     the referenced procedure, 20M-52.4.R.1.F, does not reference the use of 20M-7.4.F until after initiation of a plant cooldown,
20M-52.4.R.1.F does not specifically direct use of 20M-7.4.F until after initiation of a plant cooldown.
: 2)     the stem erroneously states that 20M-7.4.F is directed from 20M-52.4.R.l.F,
However it does ensure, through Initial Condition 111.G, that 20M-52.4.R.l.A, "Station Shutdown Mode 1 to Mode 6 Administrative and Local Actions," is in progress.
: 3)     the use of the phrase "to remove non-condensable gases" was confusing and misleading because hydrogen is typically added during at-power operations to remove non-condensable gases,
The R.1.A procedure (Step 71) directs placing a nitrogen cover gas on the VCT and commencing purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7.4.F when the reactor is within 24 hours of shutdown for the refueling outage. The procedure linkage in the stem, while confusing, is not technically incorrect.
: 4)     the reference to 20M-7.4 .F and to "non-condensable gases" in the same question led to confusion as to the intent of the evolution
Both hydrogen and nitrogen can reasonably be referred to as "non-condensable gases" as they are used in the reactor coolant system. However, by general convention, the station appears to consider hydrogen separately from all the other "non-condensables." This appeared to cause confusion.
: 5)     applicants demonstrated knowledge of the system by selecting the proper flow path.
To arrive at the correct answer the applicants would have to know from memory that 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT" is used when allowing nitrogen 4 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 29 to force the removal of other entrained gases. The use of the 20M-7.4.F procedure would not be directed until within 24 hours of reactor shutdown.
Following detailed review, the NRC concludes there are not two valid answers. Choice Bis not a correct answer for the question. 20M-52.4.R.1.F does not specifically direct use of 20M-7.4.F until after initiation of a plant cooldown. However it does ensure, through Initial Condition 111.G, that 20M-52.4.R.l.A, "Station Shutdown Mode 1 to Mode 6 Administrative and Local Actions," is in progress. The R.1.A procedure (Step 71) directs placing a nitrogen cover gas on the VCT and commencing purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7.4.F when the reactor is within 24 hours of shutdown for the refueling outage. The procedure linkage in the stem, while confusing, is not technically incorrect.
The question stem did not state when the reactor would be shutdown, only that a shutdown was in progress for a refueling outage. Based on the confusion factors and the detailed knowledge required to answer the question and despite the fact that the question was facility developed, validated and approved, the NRC concludes this question should be deleted. In this rare case, the NRC concludes the question was not appropriate for the closed reference exam in that the required knowledge went beyond that answerable without references.
Both hydrogen and nitrogen can reasonably be referred to as "non-condensable gases" as they are used in the reactor coolant system. However, by general convention, the station appears to consider hydrogen separately from all the other "non-condensables." This appeared to cause confusion. To arrive at the correct answer the applicants would have to know from memory that 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT" is used when allowing nitrogen 4
Summary The NRC disagrees with the licensee arguments for two correct answers. However, the question is confusing and will be deleted from the exam. References
 
: 1. 20M-52.4.R.1.F, Station Shutdown From 100% Power to MODE 5, Revision 31 2. 20M-52.4.R.1.A, Station Shutdown MODE 1 to MODE 6 Administrative and Local Actions, Revision 11 3. 20M-7.4.F, Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT, Revision 19 5 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 33 NRC Resolution Accept two answers. Choice C and Original Key Choice A are both correct answers. No other answers are correct. Discussion Four applicants chose original Key Answer A. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice C. No applicants chose Distractor Choices B or D. None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 29 to force the removal of other entrained gases. The use of the 20M-7.4.F procedure would not be directed until within 24 hours of reactor shutdown. The question stem did not state when the reactor would be shutdown, only that a shutdown was in progress for a refueling outage. Based on the confusion factors and the detailed knowledge required to answer the question and despite the fact that the question was facility developed, validated and approved, the NRC concludes this question should be deleted. In this rare case, the NRC concludes the question was not appropriate for the closed reference exam in that the required knowledge went beyond that answerable without references.
Summary The NRC disagrees with the licensee arguments for two correct answers. However, the question is confusing and will be deleted from the exam.
References
: 1. 20M-52.4.R.1.F, Station Shutdown From 100% Power to MODE 5, Revision 31
: 2. 20M-52.4.R.1.A, Station Shutdown MODE 1 to MODE 6 Administrative and Local Actions, Revision 11
: 3. 20M-7.4.F, Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT, Revision 19 5
 
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 33 NRC Resolution Accept two answers. Choice C and Original Key Choice A are both correct answers. No other answers are correct.
Discussion Four applicants chose original Key Answer A. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice C. No applicants chose Distractor Choices B or D.
None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
This was a modified question, from a NRC exam at another facility.
This was a modified question, from a NRC exam at another facility.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers (Choices A and C), based on their assessment that the question could be interpreted as either asking what it takes to reduce temperature or as asking what is procedurally required to reduce temperature.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers (Choices A and C), based on their assessment that the question could be interpreted as either asking what it takes to reduce temperature or as asking what is procedurally required to reduce temperature.
The NRC agrees that both Choices A and Care correct answers because either of the methods could be performed in accordance with the alarm response procedure to reduce tank temperature.
The NRC agrees that both Choices A and Care correct answers because either of the methods could be performed in accordance with the alarm response procedure to reduce tank temperature.
Justification for Choice A as a correct answer: Tank temperature would be adequately reduced if operators filled the tank to near, but below the high level isolation setpoint of 90.5%. The trouble alarm response procedure subsection on high temperature directs opening fill valves with a note explaining they will automatically close above 90.5% level. This subsection does not address opening the drain valve. Even conservatively assuming an initial tank level at the high end of the normal band, normal fill water temperature and without taking tank ambient heat losses into consideration, the mass and energy calculations demonstrate that final tank water volume, when mixed, would be at a temperature below the high temperature alarm setpoint.
Justification for Choice A as a correct answer: Tank temperature would be adequately reduced if operators filled the tank to near, but below the high level isolation setpoint of 90.5%. The trouble alarm response procedure subsection on high temperature directs opening fill valves with a note explaining they will automatically close above 90.5% level. This subsection does not address opening the drain valve. Even conservatively assuming an initial tank level at the high end of the normal band, normal fill water temperature and without taking tank ambient heat losses into consideration, the mass and energy calculations demonstrate that final tank water volume, when mixed, would be at a temperature below the high temperature alarm setpoint. Based on the guidance in the trouble alarm procedure subsection on high temperature, it would be acceptable to raise level as much as possible, up to 90.5% prior to draining back into the normal band.
Based on the guidance in the trouble alarm procedure subsection on high temperature, it would be acceptable to raise level as much as possible, up to 90.5% prior to draining back into the normal band. Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2A states that PRT level "should" be maintained in the normal operating range between high and low level setpoints during normal operation.
Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2A states that PRT level "should" be maintained in the normal operating range between high and low level setpoints during normal operation. However, it is a "should" statement and describes "normal operation." It does not prohibit level from being raised above the high level setpoint for a short period of time for the specific purpose of lowering tank temperature. And Precaution and Limitation 71 states the tank contents should be cooled by spraying with primary water.
However, it is a "should" statement and describes "normal operation." It does not prohibit level from being raised above the high level setpoint for a short period of time for the specific purpose of lowering tank temperature.
6
And Precaution and Limitation 71 states the tank contents should be cooled by spraying with primary water. 6 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 33 Justification for Choice Casa second correct answer: The question asks for the choice that identifies all valves that would be opened to reduce temperature in accordance with the PRT Trouble Alarm Response Procedure.
 
This procedure is divided into sub-procedures for trouble related to temperature, pressure or level. The temperature subsection, which would apply immediately based on question initial conditions directs opening the fill valves and filling until temperature is restored.
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 33 Justification for Choice Casa second correct answer: The question asks for the choice that identifies all valves that would be opened to reduce temperature in accordance with the PRT Trouble Alarm Response Procedure. This procedure is divided into sub-procedures for trouble related to temperature, pressure or level. The temperature subsection, which would apply immediately based on question initial conditions directs opening the fill valves and filling until temperature is restored. Physical interlocks would close the fill valves if level reaches 90.5%.
Physical interlocks would close the fill valves if level reaches 90.5%. However, as described above, sufficient volume of colder water would have been added to reduce temperature below the high temperature setpoint of 120&deg;F prior to reaching 90.5% level. Although normal practice would be to raise level beyond the high level alarm setpoint of 78% while intentionally filling to reduce temperature, the alarm procedure does not specifically direct the operator to ignore the resulting trouble alarm on high level. The high level trouble subsection directs operators to reduce level by opening the drain valve. Operators have the latitude to either remain in the high temperature section, adding sufficient water to cool the tank prior to initiating a tank drain evolution, or they could add water until the high level alarm actuates at 78%, then respond per the subsection on high level to reduce level to low in the normal band by draining.
However, as described above, sufficient volume of colder water would have been added to reduce temperature below the high temperature setpoint of 120&deg;F prior to reaching 90.5% level.
Assuming a normal initial PRT level of 76%, a normal fill water temperature of 70&deg;F and complete mixing of the tank contents, calculations confirm that sufficient water cannot be added to cool the tank to 120&deg;F before reaching the 78% high alarm setpoint level. Summary The NRC has determined Question 33 had two valid answers, Choices A and C, given that both choices describe acceptable methods for accomplishing the task. References
Although normal practice would be to raise level beyond the high level alarm setpoint of 78%
: 1. 20M-6.2.A, RCS Precautions and Limitations, Revision 22 2. 20M-6.2.B, RCS Setpoints, Revision 13 3. 20M-6.4.AAY, Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble, Revision 10 4. Pressurizer Relief Tank 2RCS-TK-22 Curve (Volume vs Indicated Level), Approved 5/22/87 7 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 41 NRC Resolution Accept two answers. Accept original key Choice B and Choice D. No other answers are correct. Discussion Six applicants chose Key Answer B. Two applicants chose Distractor Choice D. No applicants chose Distractor Choices A or C. During exam administration, one of the applicants asked whether the question was asking "individual switch manipulations." The proctor directed the applicant to re-read the test item. This was a modified question, from a NRC exam at another facility.
while intentionally filling to reduce temperature, the alarm procedure does not specifically direct the operator to ignore the resulting trouble alarm on high level. The high level trouble subsection directs operators to reduce level by opening the drain valve. Operators have the latitude to either remain in the high temperature section, adding sufficient water to cool the tank prior to initiating a tank drain evolution, or they could add water until the high level alarm actuates at 78%, then respond per the subsection on high level to reduce level to low in the normal band by draining.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers (Choices Band D), based on their assessment that an applicant could make either of two reasonable assumptions, each of which would support a different answer. In the first instance, if the applicant assumed that "minimum required" referred to the minimum number of switches that would have to be physically manipulated, then Choice B (2 switches) would be the correct answer. In the second instance, if the applicant assumed that "minimum required" referred to the minimum number of switches which must be operated .Qy procedure, then Choice D (4 switches) would be the correct answer. EOP-0 (Step 10) directs performance of 20M-53.A.1.A.0.11, which requires (Step 9, RNO) operators to "manually initiate both switches for both trains." Choices Band D both describe switch configurations that would accomplish the task of starting both Quench Spray pumps. There is nothing in the stem to indicate that the first assumption is any more or less appropriate than the second. Summary The NRC determined Question 41 had two valid answers, Choices Band D, supported by reasonable examinee assumptions.
Assuming a normal initial PRT level of 76%, a normal fill water temperature of 70&deg;F and complete mixing of the tank contents, calculations confirm that sufficient water cannot be added to cool the tank to 120&deg;F before reaching the 78% high alarm setpoint level.
Summary The NRC has determined Question 33 had two valid answers, Choices A and C, given that both choices describe acceptable methods for accomplishing the task.
References
References
: 1. 20M-53.A.1.A.0,11, Verification of Automatic Actions, Revision 9 2. 20M-53.A.1.E-O
: 1. 20M-6.2.A, RCS Precautions and Limitations, Revision 22
{ISS2), Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Issue 2, Revision 1 3. USFAR Figure 7.3-13, Functional Diagram -Safeguard Actuation Signal, Revision K 8 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 59 NRC Resolution Delete the question.
: 2. 20M-6.2.B, RCS Setpoints, Revision 13
Discussion Three applicants chose Key Answer D. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice C. One applicant chose Distractor Choice A. No applicants chose Distractor Choice B. None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
: 3. 20M-6.4.AAY, Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble, Revision 10
: 4. Pressurizer Relief Tank 2RCS-TK-22 Curve (Volume vs Indicated Level), Approved 5/22/87 7
 
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 41 NRC Resolution Accept two answers. Accept original key Choice B and Choice D. No other answers are correct.
Discussion Six applicants chose Key Answer B. Two applicants chose Distractor Choice D. No applicants chose Distractor Choices A or C.
During exam administration, one of the applicants asked whether the question was asking "individual switch manipulations." The proctor directed the applicant to re-read the test item.
This was a modified question, from a NRC exam at another facility.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers (Choices Band D), based on their assessment that an applicant could make either of two reasonable assumptions, each of which would support a different answer. In the first instance, if the applicant assumed that "minimum required" referred to the minimum number of switches that would have to be physically manipulated, then Choice B (2 switches) would be the correct answer. In the second instance, if the applicant assumed that "minimum required" referred to the minimum number of switches which must be operated .Qy procedure, then Choice D (4 switches) would be the correct answer. EOP-0 (Step 10) directs performance of 20M-53.A.1.A.0.11, which requires (Step 9, RNO) operators to "manually initiate both switches for both trains." Choices Band D both describe switch configurations that would accomplish the task of starting both Quench Spray pumps. There is nothing in the stem to indicate that the first assumption is any more or less appropriate than the second.
Summary The NRC determined Question 41 had two valid answers, Choices Band D, supported by reasonable examinee assumptions.
References
: 1. 20M-53.A.1.A.0,11, Verification of Automatic Actions, Revision 9
: 2. 20M-53.A.1.E-O {ISS2), Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Issue 2, Revision 1
: 3. USFAR Figure 7.3-13, Functional Diagram - Safeguard Actuation Signal, Revision K 8
 
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 59 NRC Resolution Delete the question.
Discussion Three applicants chose Key Answer D. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice C. One applicant chose Distractor Choice A. No applicants chose Distractor Choice B.
None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.
This was a new question.
This was a new question.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers, Original Key Answer D and Distractor Choice C, based on their assessment that Choice C would be correct if applicants assumed RP did not give permission to start the purge blower. The licensee further supports Choice Casa viable answer by explaining that conditions in the stem indicate significant fuel clad damage under which RP would not likely permit access to purge components.
The licensee proposed accepting two answers, Original Key Answer D and Distractor Choice C, based on their assessment that Choice C would be correct if applicants assumed RP did not give permission to start the purge blower. The licensee further supports Choice Casa viable answer by explaining that conditions in the stem indicate significant fuel clad damage under which RP would not likely permit access to purge components.
The NRC does not agree that Choice C is a second correct answer because the question asks the action taken by the crew in accordance with the Hydrogen Level High/High-High Alarm Response Procedure.
The NRC does not agree that Choice C is a second correct answer because the question asks the action taken by the crew in accordance with the Hydrogen Level High/High-High Alarm Response Procedure. This procedure directs performance of 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation" and does not address actions to intentionally ignite the hydrogen. Hydrogen ignition, if required, would be directed from severe accident management guidelines.
This procedure directs performance of 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation" and does not address actions to intentionally ignite the hydrogen.
However, as explained by the licensee in their post-exam comment, there are issues with the original key answer. It is based on the assumption that Radiation Protection would allow access to the purge blower. One of the initial conditions of the blower operation procedure is that "Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented." This should be interpreted as RP agrees I approves I grants permission for access to equipment necessary to implement the procedure. Stem conditions describe a hydrogen concentration in excess of that expected for a OBA LOCA, indicating core damage, which would reasonably result in elevated dose rates in areas immediately adjacent to the containment, including areas necessary for implementation of the purge blower operation procedure.
Hydrogen ignition, if required, would be directed from severe accident management guidelines.
In any case, it remains that for the original answer to be valid, the applicants must assume a condition not stated in the stem. Starting the purge blower IAW the alarm procedure can only be valid if one assumes that Radiation Protection has been informed and authorizes entry into areas adjacent to containment. Per Appendix E of NUREG-1021, applicants are directed to "not make assumptions regarding conditions that are not specified in the question unless they occur as a 9
However, as explained by the licensee in their post-exam comment, there are issues with the original key answer. It is based on the assumption that Radiation Protection would allow access to the purge blower. One of the initial conditions of the blower operation procedure is that "Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented." This should be interpreted as RP agrees I approves I grants permission for access to equipment necessary to implement the procedure.
 
Stem conditions describe a hydrogen concentration in excess of that expected for a OBA LOCA, indicating core damage, which would reasonably result in elevated dose rates in areas immediately adjacent to the containment, including areas necessary for implementation of the purge blower operation procedure.
NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 59 consequence of other conditions that are stated in the question." The assumption regarding Radiation Protection cannot be assumed as a consequence of stated conditions. Without making this assumption the key answer cannot be correct.
In any case, it remains that for the original answer to be valid, the applicants must assume a condition not stated in the stem. Starting the purge blower IAW the alarm procedure can only be valid if one assumes that Radiation Protection has been informed and authorizes entry into areas adjacent to containment.
Summary The NRC disagrees with the licensee arguments to accept two correct answers. However, no answer choices are correct for the given stem conditions. The question will be deleted from the exam.
Per Appendix E of NUREG-1021, applicants are directed to "not make assumptions regarding conditions that are not specified in the question unless they occur as a 9 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 59 consequence of other conditions that are stated in the question." The assumption regarding Radiation Protection cannot be assumed as a consequence of stated conditions.
References
Without making this assumption the key answer cannot be correct. Summary The NRC disagrees with the licensee arguments to accept two correct answers. However, no answer choices are correct for the given stem conditions.
: 1. 20M-46.4.ABD, Hydrogen Level High/High - High, Revision 3
The question will be deleted from the exam. References
: 2. 20M-46.4.D, Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation, Revision 3
: 1. 20M-46.4.ABD, Hydrogen Level High/High  
: 3. NUREG-1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors," Revision 10 10}}
-High, Revision 3 2. 20M-46.4.D, Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation, Revision 3 3. NUREG-1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors," Revision 10 10}}

Revision as of 01:41, 31 October 2019

Post Exam Comments, Resolution, and Technical References (Folder 1)
ML16034A473
Person / Time
Site: Beaver Valley
Issue date: 02/02/2016
From: Peter Presby
Operations Branch I
To: Ronnenberg D
FirstEnergy Nuclear Operating Co
Shared Package
ML15161A011 List:
References
U01906
Download: ML16034A473 (85)
v • d • e


Text

Beaver Valley Unit 2 Post Exam Comments, Resolution and Technical References Index Page Attachment A - Facility Comments for Written Exam Questions 1 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 74

Attachment A Facility Comments for Written Exam Questions

Question 12 Recommendation: The facility recommends deleting question #12 from the RO portion of the exam.

Reason: The question is on the RO exam but is at the SRO level of required knowledge as determined by ES-401 Figure 2.

Question:

12. The plant has been operating at 100% power with all systems in NSA for the past 100 days.
  • An inadvertent reactor trip occurs coincident with a loss of offsite power
  • All systems function as designed
  • The crew is implementing the actions ofES-0.2, "Natural Circulation Cooldown"
  • RCS temperature is 400°F lowering at 20°F/hr
  • RCS Subcooling is 165°F
  • RCS Pressure 1200 psig and stable Alarm Al l-5G, CRDM Shroud Fan Auto-Start/Auto-Stop is received. ALL CRDM shroud fans have tripped and cannot be restarted.

What ramifications will the loss of these CRDM Shroud Fans have on the continued performance ofES-0.2, "Natural Circulation Cooldown"?

A. Further RCS cooldown (below 350°F) cannot continue UNTIL a suitable RX vessel head soak has been performed.

B. Further RCS depressurization (below 1200 psig) cannot continue UNTIL a suitable RX vessel head soak has been performed.

C. Immediately INCREASE RCS pressure 100 psig to RAISE RCS subcooling.

D. Immediately DECREASE RCS pressure 100 psig to LOWER RCS subcooling.

Question 12 appeared in the RO section of the written exam. ES-401 PREPARING INITIAL SITE-SPECIFIC WRITIEN EXAMINATIONS, Figure 2 indicates that the knowledge needed to answer the question is at the SRO Only level. ES-401 Figure 2 requires ROs to know the purpose, overall sequence of events and overall mitigative strategy of procedures. Per the EOP background documents, the high level actions or overall mitigative strategy of ES-0.2 are:

1) Try to Start a RCP
2) Cool Down and Depressurize RCS with no Upper head Void Growth
3) Lock Out the SI System
4) Place RHS in Service
5) Cooldown to Mode 5

The final decision block in ES-401 Figure 2 asks the following question:

Does the question require one or more of the following?

  • Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed?

While the stem of Question 12 asks what the ramifications of a certain condition will be, it is really asking what the procedural requirements are for an existing condition. Additionally, it requires the candidate to assess plant conditions in order to select a section of a procedure with which to proceed.

This assessment includes the following:

  • Note: The ES-0.3 Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void in Vessel (With RVLIS) and ES-0.4 Natural Circulation Cooldown With Voids (Without RVLIS) procedures are sub-procedures of the natural circulation group of EOPs. The candidates had to determine if the 20F per hour cooldown rate was within the limits of ES-0.2 or if a transition to ES-0.3 or ES-0.4 was required.

Step 13 of ES-0.2 has a transition to ES-0.3 or ES-0.4 based on the ability to control cooldown rates. Oistractor "O" references an action performed in ES-0.4. This distractor requires a detailed understanding of procedure content to determine if the action is correct.

  • The impact of losing all CROM fans on the proper flow path to take through the EOP. Step 15 of ES-0.2 requires the crew to assess the status of CROM cooling fans and select the proper section of the EOP to perform based on that assessment. The direction needed to arrive at the correct answer for this question is contained in the "Response Not Obtained" section of the procedure.
  • Sufficient Subcooling for current plant conditions - Step 16 of ES-0.2 checks for sufficient sub-cooling. If insufficient subcooling exists the crew is directed to stop the depressurization and re-establish subcooling. Oistractor "C" references this action.

==

Conclusion:==

To answer question 12 correctly requires the candidate to know the detailed actions of the Response Not Obtained section of step 15 of ES-0.2 which requires three actions, maintain RCS Pressure at 1200 psig with acceptable subcooling, cool down to less than 350F and wait for the 9 hour1.041667e-4 days <br />0.0025 hours <br />1.488095e-5 weeks <br />3.4245e-6 months <br /> soak, then cool down and depressurize the plant. The knowledge required to answer the question is beyond the required RO level outlined in ES-401 Figure 2.

Based on the above information the facility believes that the question cannot be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall sequence of events, or overall mitigative strategy of a procedure, and therefore should be classified as an SRO only question and as such be removed from the RO portion of the exam.

BVPS- EOP 20M-53A.1.ES-0.2(1SS2)

Number Title ES-0.2 Natural Circulation Cool down Issue 2 Revision 1

STEP 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 11 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED Check Cooldown Rate In RCS Reduce RCS cooldown rate to Cold Legs less than allowable limit.

  • All RCS loops active - IF cooldown rate can NOT be LESS THAN 25F/HR reduced to less than 25F/HR, THEN Go to:

-OR-

  • One or two RCS loops Circulation Cooldown With inactive - LESS THAN Steam Void In Vessel MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LIMIT OF (With RVLIS) ", Step 1.

ATTACHMENT A-4.10

-OR-

  • ES-0.4, "Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void In Vessel (Without RVLIS)", Step 1.

2ES02 12/23/2015 22of29

BVPS- EOP 20M-53A.1.ES-0.2(1SS2)

Number Title ES-0.2 Natura1 Circu1ation Coo1down Issue 2 Revision 1

STEP 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 15 Verify Vessel Head Soak Not Required

a. CROM fans - AT LEAST TWO a. Perform the following:

RUNNING (ONE FAN PER UNIT)

1) Maintain RCS pressure at 1200 PSIG and RCS subcooling within acceptable range on Attachment A-4.2.
2) Cooldown the RCS to less than 350F.
3) Wait for 9 HOURS, THEN Go to Step 16.

2ES02 12/23/2015 24of29

ES-401 8 Attachment 2 Figure 2: Screening for SRO-only linked to 10 CFR 55.43(b)(5)

(Assessment and selection of procedures)

Can the question be answered solely by knowing "systems knowledge", i.e., how the system works, flowpath, logic, component location?

Yes I- RO question I No

.

Can the question be answered solely by knowing immediate operator actions? Yes I-~ RO question I No

,

Can the question be answered solely by knowing entry conditions for AOPs or plant parameters that Yes I~ RO question require direct entry to major EOPs?

I No

',

Can the question be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall sequence of events, or overall Yes I- RO question mitioative strateov of a procedure?

I No

,

Does the question require one or more of the following?

  • Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed
  • Knowledge of when to implement attachments and appendices, including how to coordinate these items with procedure steps Yes I - SRO-only question
  • Knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the EOPs that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures
  • Knowledge of administrative procedures that specify hierarchy, implementation, and/or coordination of plant normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures I No 1*

Question might not be linked to 1O CFR 55.43(b)(5) for SRO-only ES-401, Page 22 of 50

Question 29 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two answers for this question.

Reason: The stem of the question contains some unclear and confusing information that led to different assumptions by the candidates.

29. The plant is shutting down for a refueling outage in accordance with 20M-52.4.R. l .F, "Station Shutdown From 100% Power To Mode 5".

Plant is at 30% power All systems in normal alignment for this power level Chemistry has requested a purge of the VCT to remove non-condensable gases.

In accordance with 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The Volume Control Tanlc,

which of the following completes the statements below?

At this power level, _ ___,(-"--}),___ gas is used for purging the RCS of non-condensable gasses.

The non-condensable gasses from the VCT will be purged to the (2)

A. I) Hydrogen

2) Primary Plant Sample System B. I) Hydrogen
2) Boron Recovery System C. I) Nitrogen
2) Primary Plant Sample System D. l) Nitrogen
2) Boron Recovery System Some statements in the stem of question 29 are unclear or conflicting. These conflicts caused confusion with the candidates as to the intent of the VCT purge referenced in the question stem. These items are listed below:

11

  • The referenced procedure 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown from 100% to Mode 5 does not reference the use of 20M-7.4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT11 until the RCS is being cooled down from 500F to 350F. The stem of the question states that the plant is at 30% power, at which time RCS temperature is"' 556F. This led to confusion as to why the degas operation was being performed.
  • The direction to use the procedure listed in the question stem - 20M-7 .4.F "Degassing the RCS from 11 the VCT while the unit is at 30% power is directed from a different procedure than was listed in the stem of the question. Specifically, procedure 20M-52.4.R.l.A "STATION SHUTDOWN MODE 1 TO MODE 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOCAL ACTIONS 11 page 23 step 71, directs the use of 20M-7.4.F, not 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown from 100% to Mode 511 as was stated in the stem of the question.
  • 20M-52.4.R.1.A "STATION SHUTDOWN MODE 1 TO MODE 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOCAL 11 ACTIONS page 23 step 71 directs the operator to "Place N2 cover gas on VCT and Commence

purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7 .4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT". While this procedure step does specify adding Nitrogen to the VCT it does not state why Nitrogen is added to the VCT but does state to do this as directed by chemistry. The primary chemistry requirements/direction at this point of a planned shutdown are to reduce RCS Hydrogen concentration, not to remove non-condensable gases, as was listed in the stem of the question. This led to confusion when answering the question because typical at power operations require non-condensable gases to be removed by adding Hydrogen to the VCT while the intentional reduction of Hydrogen concentration of the RCS requires the addition of Nitrogen to the VCT.

  • The stem of the question stated that the intent of the VCT purge was to remove Non-condensable gasses from the VCT. When at power this evolution is typically accomplished by the use of 20M-7.4.E "Hydrogen Concentration Control of the Reactor Coolant System" and Hydrogen is used to perform the purge. 20M-7.4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT" is typically used when removing hydrogen (Degassing) the VCT. The use of both concepts in the question caused confusion as to the intent of the evolution being described.
  • The candidates understood the operation of the system as evidenced by all selecting the proper flow path, however the confusion in the intent of the evolution caused the majority of the candidates to select Hydrogen as the purging medium.

Based on the above information the facility is requesting that two answers (Band D) be accepted as correct answers.

BVPS-SBS Unit2 20M-52.4.R.1.A Station Shutdown Revision 11 Operating Procedures Page 23of65 Station Shutdown MODE 1 to MODE 6 Administrative and Local Actions T-24 HOURS

68. Begin monitoring Attachment 2, Continuous Actions.

Initial

69. Verify that the controlled copies of the following procedures are available to the Control Room:
  • 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown From 100% to MODE 5"
  • 20M-52.4.R.1.S "Secondary Plant Shutdown"
  • 20M-52.4.R.2.F "Station Shutdown - MODE 5 Activities" Initial
70. Verify that the binders for the individual Operators have controlled copies of the applicable parts of this procedure (Continuous Actions, Expected Alarms, Attachments, etc.)

Initial

71. Place N2 cover gas on VCT and Commence purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT".

Initial

72. Notify Effluent Control that steam will be released during the shutdown from the Steam Generator Atmospheric's, [2SVS-PCV101A, B, C].

Initial

a. Initiate the performance of 20M-10.4.A, "RHR System Startup", to check for RHR System voids, to sample both trains of RHR and to maximize CCP flow.

Additional SWS flow required should be directed to the EOF.

Initial

73. Stage communications equipment for the Turbine Overspeed test attachment of 20M-52.4.R.1. F "Station Shutdown From 100% to MODE 5".

Initial

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-52.4.R.1.F Station Shutdown Revision 32 Operating Procedures Page 37 of 201 STATION SHUTDOWN FROM 100% POWER TO MODE 5 I. RCS Cooldown to 350F

1. +Perform the applicable part of 20ST-49.2A "Shutdown Margin Calculation For Cooldown To 350F, to verify boron requirement for cooling down to 350F is met.

Initial

2. Continue the RCS cooldown and depressurization to 350F at desired rate

$ 1OOF (90F Target) IN ANY ONE HOUR AND on the target line of Figure 1, "RCS Press I Temp Limits Cooldown Curve", in accordance with Attachment 5, Continuous Action Step I (PERFORMING RCS COOLDOWN)

Initial

3. Begin raising pressurizer level to the target of "90% actual pressurizer level" as follows:
a. Adjust net charging flow as desired by performing the applicable steps of Attachment 22, "Letdown Orifice Manipulations".
b. Throttle charging flow < 150 gpm to maintain pressurizer level on target AND Net Charging Flow less than maximum.
c. Refer to Figure 2, Figure 3, and Table 2 for target and maximum values.
d. Trend [2RCS*Tl450] Surge Line Temperature.

Initial

4. When desired by Station Chemistry during plant cooldown, purge the VCT of non-condensable gasses in accordance with either of the following:

(N/A the option NOT used)

a. If charging pump suction is aligned to the RWST, THEN Initiate Attachment 25, "Purging the VCT." (otherwise N/A)

Initial

b. If charging pump suction is aligned to the VCT, THEN Initiate 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The Volume Control Tank."

(otherwise NIA)

Initial

/0

BVPS- SBS Unit2 20M-52.4.R.1.F Station Shutdown Revision 32 Operating Procedures Page 59 of 201 STATION SHUTDOWN FROM 100% POWER TO MODE 5 MANPOWER TASKS TIME TABLE Level RHR PAB Turb Out Extra RO Extra Extra RO BOP Oper STA Oper Oper Oper side #1 N0#1 N0#2 1.

2.

Reduce Load Stoo Feedoumo

  • **
3. Stroke Bvoass Vis
4. Pedestal Checks 48% *
  • 5.

6.

Isolate MSRs Bypass Feed in Ser.

  • 30%
7. Raise SG level to 50-60% *
  • *
8. lsol Slowdown
9. Alien Boration 10.

11.

Manual Rods 15%

Steam Press Mode

  • 12.

13.

TIS Survl Trends Open MOBs

  • *
14. Stop Main Trf Cooline *
15. Trip Reactor 10- 15%
  • 16.

17.

Feedwater Isl Att Borate RCS Att

  • * *
18. Isl P/G WT 19.

20.

Cooldown - 500F Source Range Att

  • 21.

22.

20ST-49.2A 541F lntlk P12

  • 23.

24.

Post SM Cir RODs Stoo RCP B&A

  • 25.

26.

SOM <500F

<500F Samele RHR

  • 27.

28.

Block Safetv lni Begin Raising PRZR

    • *
  • Level
29. Alien Demins 30.

31.

Cooldown to 350F VCT Buro 500-350F

  • 32.

33.

Stoo MFD Pumo Adiust Seal lni

  • * *
  • 34.

35.

ISL SI Accums 1K PORV Vent

  • *
  • 36.

37.

PRT Press Control Gland Stm Transfer

  • 38.

39.

OPPS in Service Enter MODE 4

40.

41.

Heatup RHR Pull Stm Dump

  • Fuses
42. Enter MODE 5
  • ATIACHMENT 1: BRIEFINGS

A9.330B Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System STEP-BY-STEP Revision 6 Prepared by Date Pages Issued Effective Date J.P. Keegan 09/10/08 1 through 9 09/18/08 Reviewed by Date Validated by Date C. Eberle 09/16/08 N/A PORC Meeting No. Date PORC Not Required PAF-08-01991

BVPS - SSS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 2 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System I. PURPOSE This procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen and place a hydrogen cover pressure on the VCT.

This procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen to maintain proper hydrogen concentration in the RCS II. PRECAUTIONS & LIMITATIONS A. Explosive mixtures of oxygen and hydrogen in the Volume Control Tank (VCT) must be avoided at all times. The oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% by volume whenever a hydrogen blanket is present. Nitrogen gas may be used for purging.

Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. For Part A, A nitrogen blanket is being maintained on the VCT.

B. For Part B, hydrogen has been established on the VCT.

C. Hydrogen is available to [2CHS*65], H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118].

D. The boron recovery system is aligned to receive and process letdown from the CHS System.

E. The reactor plant vents and drains system is lined up to receive and process the VCT vents.

F. Charging and letdown flow has been established.

G. The oxygen concentration of the RCS is less than 0.10 ppm.

H. At least one ( 1) of the following loops are in operation maintaining 3000 gpm flow through the core:

1. Reactor coolant loop A ORB OR C and its associated steam generator and RCP.
2. Residual heat removal pump A OR B and a heat exchanger.

I. The oxygen concentration of the PRT is less than 2%.

J. The oxygen concentration in [2GWS-TK21], Gaseous Waste Surge Tank, is less than 2%.

K. The oxygen concentration in [2GWS-TK25A, B, C, D, E, F, G], Gaseous Storage Tanks, is less than 2%.

L. The oxygen concentration in [2DGS-TK21, 22], Primary Drains Transfer Tanks, is less than 2%.

M. [2CHS*PCV117], VCT Vent Back Pressure Regulator, is set at 20 psig.

N. [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet is closed.

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 3 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Establishing Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS

1. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments with high voiding potential or known voids prior to hydrogen addition.
2. Sample the VCT gaseous space and verify oxygen content is less than 2% by volume.
3. Remove the nitrogen supply from the VCT as follows: (Aux Bldg, El 755)
a. Close [2CHS*67], N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS-PCV119].
b. Close [2CHS*68], N2 to VCT lsol.
c. Close [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT.
4. Establish automatic supply of hydrogen gas to the VCT as follows:
a. Verify [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, is set at 16 psig. (BB-A)
b. Open [2CHS*65], H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118]. (Aux Bldg, El 755)
c. Verify [2CHS*PCV118], Hydrogen Supply Pressure Regulator, is set at 50 psig. (Aux Bldg, El 755)
d. Open [2CHS*66], H2 Outlet lsol for [2CHS*PCV118]. (Aux Bldg, El 755)

Note: [2CHS*AOV8101] may need to be intermittently closed to maintain VCT pressure -20 psig during VCT fill.

5. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. (VB-A)
6. Place [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector Switch to the VC Tank position. (BB-A)
7. Raise the VCT level to 95% as indicated at [2CHS-Ll115] while purging with hydrogen as follows: (VB-A)
a. Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A)
b. If necessary to raise the VCT level, makeup to the VCT in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 4 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System

c. When 95% VCT level is reached as indicated on [2CHS-Ll115], complete the following: (VB-A)
1) If manual makeup was started then secure manual makeup in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
2) Ensure VCT pressure being maintained - 20 psig.
3) Verify open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
4) Maintain this condition for 10 min.
8. Secure the hydrogen purge after 10 minutes as follows:
a. Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control, to 16 psig. (BB-A)
b. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A)
c. Lower VCT level by placing [2CHS*LCV115A], Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position. (BB-A)
9. When VCT Level returns to 20-65%, Purge the VCT with hydrogen one additional time prior to initial sampling by repeating steps IV.A.5 through IV.A.8.c. (N/A if already performed).
10. When the VCT level returns to the normal operating range of 20-65%, sample the VCT gaseous space and verify nitrogen concentration is less than 3% by volume and oxygen concentration less than 4% by volume, if not repeat Step IV.A.5 through IV.A.10.
11. Independently Verify [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position and document in the Narrative Log.
12. Establish hydrogen supply to the inline sparger as follows:
a. Close [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. (BB-A)
b. Verify [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, is set at 18 psig. (BB-A)
c. Place [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, in Auto.

(BB-A)

d. Sample gaseous waste system to verify N2 concentration is less than 0.2% by volume in accordance with BVPS-2 Chemistry Manual.
e. If desired AND Chemistry concurs, Open [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet. (BB-A)
f. When makeup from the GW surge tank is no longer required, Close

[2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet.

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 5 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System

13. If the oxygen content in the VCT approaches 5 percent, purge the gas space as follows:
a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A)
b. Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A)
c. When oxygen concentration is reduced to desired level complete the following:
1) Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 18 psig. (BB-A)
2) Close [2CHS*AOV8101 ], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.

(VB-A)

14. Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Narrative Log.
15. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments inspected in Step IV.A.1 AND to compare void volumes.

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 6 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System B. Maintaining Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS

1. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments with high voiding potential or known voids prior to hydrogen addition.

Note: [2CHS*AOV8101] may need to be intermittently closed to maintain VCT pressure -20 psig during VCT fill.

2. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. (VB-A)
3. Place [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector Switch to the VC Tank position. (BB-A)
4. Raise the VCT level up to 95% as indicated at [2CHS-LI 115] while purging with hydrogen as follows: (VB-A)
a. If necessary to raise the VCT level, makeup to the VCT in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
b. When :S 95% VCT level is reached as indicated on [2CHS-LI 115], complete the following: (VB-A)
1) If manual makeup was started, then secure manual makeup in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
2) Ensure VCT pressure being maintained - 20 psig.
3) Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A)
4) Verify open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
5) Maintain this condition for 10 min.
5. Secure the hydrogen purge after 10 minutes as follows:
a. Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control, to -16 psig. (BB-A)
b. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A)
c. Lower VCT level by placing [2CHS*LCV115A], Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position. (BB-A)
6. If directed by Chemistry, Purge the VCT with hydrogen one additional time, prior to sampling by repeating Steps IV.B.2 through IV.B.5.c.
7. When the VCT level returns to the normal operating range of 20-65%, Request Chemistry to sample the RCS.
8. If required, Purge the VCT with hydrogen by repeating Steps IV.B.2 through IV.B.7.

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 7 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System

9. Independently Verify [2CHS*LCV115A] in Auto position and document in the Narrative Log.
10. Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Narrative Log.
11. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments inspected in Step IV.B.1 AND to compare void volumes.

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 8 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System

v. REFERENCES A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NONE B. UPDATED FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT NONE C. COMMITMENTS NONE D. ADMINISTRATIVE NONE E. VENDOR INFORMATION NONE F. DRAWINGS
1. 10080-RM-407-2, VOND Charging Sys VCT And Make-Up G. OPERATING MANUAL
1. 20M-7 .1, Chemical And Volume Control System, Description
2. 20M-7.2 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints
3. 20M-7.3 2CHS Valve List
4. 20M-7.4.N, Blender Manual Makeup Operation H. PLANT MODIFICATION NONE I. OTHER
1. OMDR 2-91-0176 (Rev. 0)
2. OMDR 2-93-0511 (Rev. 1)
3. Incorporated: OMDR 2-93-1056 which deleted P&L step concerning reduction of H2 concentration. OMCR 2-96-1256 changed setpoint for [2CHS-PCV118] to 50 psig per MWR 049809. (Rev. 2)

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 9 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System

4. DRR-02-01294, Add Chemistry concurrence for use of [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet and add step to close [2CHS*AOV102]

following makeup from GW surge Tank, change Precaution and Limitation A to state the oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% instead of 5%. (Rev. 3)

5. PAF-02-03557, 02-03340RAD, Add to purpose that this procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen to maintain proper hydrogen concentration in the RCS; add initial condition For Part B, hydrogen has been established on the VCT; add steps to Independently Verify Closed

[2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Daily Journal; Add part B, Maintaining Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS, Independently Verify control switch for [2CHS*LCV115A], VCT Level Cont in the Auto position and document in the Daily Journal. (Rev. 4)

6. CR 02-06831, PAF-02-03577, Added instruction to perform UT inspections to monitor any gas void formations. (Rev. 5)
7. PAF 08-01991 (Revision 6)
a. CR 08-45417, Order 200335871, Remove steps to adjust the potentiometer for

[2CHS*LCV115A] to maintain :::; 95% level in VCT and to place the Control switch for [2CHS*LCV115A], VCT Level Cont to the Auto position.

b. CA 08-38179-01, PCR 4064, Add a step to close [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT.
c. Change Daily Journal to Narrative Log, correct increase and decrease verbs, and change check to verify.

2o

A9.330B Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-7.4.F DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROMTHEVOLUMECONTROLTANK STEP-BY-STEP Revision 20 Prepared by Date Pages Issued Effective Date J. P.Keegan 12/03/15 1through18 12/08/15 Reviewed by Date Validated by Date C. Eberle 12/04/15 N/A PORC Meeting No. Date PAF-15-02230 PORC Not Required This Working Copy has been verified current using the designated electronic version or has been compared to a controlled copy of the Operating Manual and SHALL be re-verified current once every 72 Hours.

EMP. NO. 'INIT. DATE TIME

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 2 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK I. PURPOSE This procedure provides the steps necessary to reduce the concentration of hydrogen and other dissolved gasses from the reactor coolant system for refueling or maintenance.

This procedure also provides instructions to purge the pressurizer vapor space of non-condensable gasses during power operation to assist in re-establishing the pressurizer PORVs loop seal.

II. PRECAUTIONS & LIMITATIONS A. Explosive mixture of oxygen and hydrogen in the Volume Control Tank (VCT) must be avoided at all times. The oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% by volume whenever a hydrogen blanket is present. Nitrogen gas may be used for purging.

(20M-7.2)

B. RCS H2 Cone is not to be reduced below 15 cc/kg with Rx critical (20M-51.2).

Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. Charging and letdown flow has been established.

B. The reactor plant vents and drains system is lined up to receive and process the VCT vents.

C. The boron recovery system is aligned to receive and process letdown from the CHS System.

D. Nitrogen is available to [2CHS-67], N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS-PCV119].

E. The primary plant component and neutron tank cooling water system is supplying cooling water to [2SSR-E22], PZR Vapor Space Sample Cooler.

F. The reactor plant sample system is available to transfer condensable gasses from the pressurizer to a suitable collection point.

G. [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Pressure Regulator, is initially set at 20 psig.

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 3of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Preparation For Degassing The RCS From The VCT

1. Open [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT, (Aux. Bldg, EL. 755, 758)
2. Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV102], Volume control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet.

(BB-A)

3. Remove hydrogen from the VCT as follows: (Aux. Bldg, EL. 755 VCT Cub South Wall/759)
a. Close [2CHS-65], (RM) H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118] AND Caution Tag.
b. Close [2CHS-66], (RM) H2 Outlet lsol for [2CHS-PCV118] AND Caution Tag.
c. Verify Closed [2CHS*67] (RM) N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS*PCV119].
d. Verify Open [2CHS*68] N2 to VCT lsol.
e. Relieve any trapped pressure to the VCT as follows:
1) Open [2CHS*AOV203] VCT Nitrogen Blanket Hdr lsol Viv. (BB-A)
2) Open [2CHS*PCV116B] Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. (BB-A)
f. Fail open [2CHS*PCV119], Nitrogen Supply Pressure Regulator, (Aux Bldg.

759' VCT Cubicle) by lowering VCT pressure AND then closing [2CHS-570].

Diaphragm Pressure Root for [2CHS*PCV119] OR manually open using the manual override mechanism.

g. Reclose [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv.
h. Open [2CHS*67] (RM) N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS*PCV119].
i. Update the Control Room VOND.
4. Maintain the letdown flow rate as high as permissible for the existing plant conditions.
a. Keep at least [2RCS*P21A] or [2RCS*P21 C], Reactor Coolant Pumps, in operation to provide for continuous pressurizer spray flow.
b. Energize additional pressurized heaters to maximize spray flow.
5. Verify [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv is set at 18 psig.

(BB-A)

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 4of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK B. Purging The VCT During RCS Degasification CAUTION: VCT MINIMUM PRESSURE IS 15 PSIG. THIS WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED BACK PRESSURE ON THE RCP SEALS.

1. If necessary to enable reducing VCT pressure in the following steps, then fail open

[2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Press Reg, by Performing the following: (Aux.

Bldg 755' VCT Cub E. Wall 757')

a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).
b. Adjust [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, raising VCT pressure above 20 psig to open [2CHS-PCV117].
c. With VCT pressure above 20 psig, Close [2CHS-564], Root lsol for [2CHS-PCV117] (Aux Bldg 755' VCT Cub E Wall), to trap pressure in the positioner for

[2CHS-PCV117].

d. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).

Note: Step IV.B.2 through Step IV.B.5 may be performed as necessary during the VCT purge.

2. If required, reduce VCT gas space pressure on [2CHS-PI 117], so that additional non-condensable gasses escape from coolant in VCT, by performing any of the following:
a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).

CAUTION: VCT MINIMUM PRESSURE IS 15 PSIG. THIS WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED BACK PRESSURE ON THE RCP SEALS.

b. Adjust [2CHS-PCV116B] to Reduce VCT pressure to between 15 and 20 psig.
c. When VCT pressure is between 15 and 20 psig, Close [2CHS*AOV8101],

Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.

3. If required, raise VCT level in preparation for VCT purging of non-condensable gasses as follows:
a. Place [2CHS*LCV115], VCT Level Cont selector switch to VCT position.
b. If desired to fill the VCT from the PRZR, then increase letdown flow or reduce charging flow. (preferred) (Otherwise step is N/A)

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 5of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

c. If desired to fill the VCT from a Boric Acid Tank, Perform EITHER 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation", OR the following IF boric acid makeup is desired: (Otherwise step is N/A)
1) Verify open [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender (BB-A).
2) Verify closed [2CHS*MOV350], Emergency Boration lsol Viv (BB-A).
3) Check running OR Start [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump.

CAUTION: USING THE RWST DURING MODES 1-4 WILL CAUSE ENTRY INTO T.S. 3.5.4, IF LEVEL REDUCES TO LESS THAN 716 INCHES.

d. If desired to fill the VCT using makeup from the RWST, Perform the following:

(Otherwise step is N/A)

1) Open [2CHS*LCV115B or 115D], Charging Pumps Suet From RWST, to provide makeup flow to pressurizer and VCT.
2) Close [2CHS*LCV115C or 115E], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank, to divert all return flow from degasifiers to the VCT.
e. Allow VCT level to rise to a maximum of 90% - 95%.
1) As [2CHS-Ll115], Volume Control Tank Level, AND [2CHS-Pl117] Volume Control Tank Pressure, indicators rise, Cycle [2CHS*AOV8101], control switch between OPEN and CLOSE positions, to maintain VCT pressure between 15 and 20 psig.
4. When VCT level reaches the desired level, discontinue VCT fill AND Stabilize VCT level as follows:

CAUTION: SUBSTEPS IV.B.4.a AND IV.B.4.b MUST BE PERFORMED FIRST TO ENSURE SUCTION FLOW TO CHARGING PUMPS.

a. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV115C], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank.
b. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV115E], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank.
c. If the RWST was used as makeup to the CHS, Close [2CHS*LCV115B and 115D], Charging Pumps Suet From RWST. (Otherwise step is NIA)

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 6of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

d. If desired to isolate makeup flow from the Boric Acid Tank, perform the following: (Otherwise step is N/A)
1) Verify control switch to AUTO for [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump.
2) Close [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender.
e. Balance charging and letdown flows to stabilize VCT level.
5. When desired, Reduce level in VCT to a minimum of 20% as follows:
a. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).
b. Place [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, controller in AUTO OR manually adjust [2CHS-PCV116B] to control VCT pressure.

CAUTION: [2CHS*RV209], LTDN DEMIN RELIEF VLV, CAN LIFT IF LETDOWN FLOW IS GREATER THAN 75 GPM, [2CHS*LCV115A] IS IN THE FULL DIVERT TO THE DEGASIFIER POSITION, AND ONE DEGASIFIER IS ALIGNED TO RECEIVE LETDOWN.

c. If flow will be diverted to the degasifier in the next step AND letdown flow is greater than 75 gpm, perform either of the following: (Otherwise N/A)
1) Reduce letdown flow by removing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice from service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service".

OR

2) Align degasifiers to receive maximum letdown by Opening [2BRS-MOV1 OOB], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 24B1 & 24B2 Inlet Valve.
d. Perform either of the following to reduce VCT level:
1) If the plant is in MODE 4 or 5 with an RCP running and a pressurizer steam bubble, Perform Attachment A, otherwise Adjust charging and letdown flows to transfer coolant from VCT to the pressurizer. (Preferred)

OR

2) Operate [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector switch from VCT to AUTO to VCT position, as necessary to direct [2CHS*LCV112] flow to the coolant recovery tanks AND to maintain VCT pressure> 15 psig.

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 7of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

e. When VCT level reaches the desired level> 20%, Perform the following
1) Verify OR Place [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector switch to AUTO position.
2) Place controller in AUTO for [2CHS-LCV112], VCT Level Cont Divert to Clnt Rcvy.)
3) Return pressurizer level to program AND Return charging flow control to automatic.
4) Verify [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, controller in AUTO.
f. If desired to align makeup flow from the Boric Acid Transfer Pump to continue emergency boration, Perform the following: (Otherwise N/A)
1) Open [2CHS*MOV350], Emergency Boration lsol Viv.
2) Close [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender.
3) Place control switch to AUTO for [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump.
4) When emergency boration is no longer required, Close [2CHS*MOV350]

Emergency Boration lsol. Viv.

g. If valve is failed open, return [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Press Reg, to the 20 psig setting by Opening [2CHS-564], Root lsol for [2CHS-PCV117] (aux Bldg 755' VCT Cub E Wall). (Otherwise step is N/A)
6. If flow to the degasifier(s) was reduced OR a second degasifier was placed into service, perform either of the following, as applicable: (Otherwise N/A)
a. Raise letdown flow by placing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice in service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service".

OR

b. Align degasifiers by Closing [2BRS-MOV100B], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 24B1 &

24B2 Inlet Valve.

7. Notify Chemistry that VCT has been purged AND to sample VCT for hydrogen.
8. Go to Step IV.C.

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 8 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK C. Continue To Degasify The RCS CAUTION: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT CAN RESULT IN A DILUTION OF THE RCS AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS.

CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO

[2DGS-TK21] OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT.

BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE.

1. Place at least one 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to ON.
2. Verify [2RCS*PCV455A, 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO.
3. Request Chemistry to establish a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
4. If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21] or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.

CAUTION: DO NOT REDUCE RCS HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BELOW 15CC/KG WITH REACTOR CRITICAL.

5. At 3 hour3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> intervals or as directed by Chemistry Section, purge the VCT gas space by performing Step IV. B.
a. After each purge have chemistry sample Reactor Coolant System.
b. Verify hydrogen concentration is reduced to less than 5cc/kg and the Xenon 133 gaseous activity to less than 0.5 microcuries/cc. IF not continue to purge at regular intervals.
6. To stop the purge of the PZR, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
7. Return [2RCS*PCV455A and 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control to AUTO.

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 9of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

8. Independently verify [2RCS*PCV455A and 4558], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log.
9. Return the 2RCP*H2A,B,C,D and E, PRZR Heaters Group A,B,C,D and E to AUTO.
10. Independently verify the 2RCP*H2A,B,C,D and E, PRZR Heaters Group A,B,C,D and E in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log.
11. Restore [2CHS-PCV119], Nitrogen Supply Pressure Regulator by Opening

[2CHS-570], Diaphragm Pressure Root for [2CHS-PCV119] OR by operating the manual override mechanism, as applicable.

BVPS- SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 10 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK Note: The following steps provide instructions to purge non-condensable gasses from the pressurizer, which is blocking the formation of the loop seal for the pressurizer PORV.

D. Purge the Pressurizer of Non-condensable Gasses:

CAUTION: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT CAN RESULT IN A DILUTION OF THE RCS AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS.

CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO

[2DGS-TK21] OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT.

BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE.

1. Evaluate requesting an RWDA-G as a precaution for purging the pressurizer to the sample panel.
2. Verify at least one 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to ON.
3. Verify [2RCS*PCV455A, 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO.
4. Request Chemistry to establish a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
5. If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21] or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
6. After 24 hrs OR a time determined by Chemistry, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
7. Return the 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to AUTO.
8. Independently verify the 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log.

3o

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 11 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

9. Assess the effectiveness of the purge on the formation of the loop seal by verifying

[2RCS-Tl463], PORV Temp has dropped or returned to the temperature prior to the PORV leaking.

10. If [2RCS-Tl463], PORV Temp has dropped but not fully returned to the temperature prior to the PORV leaking, repeat the above steps to purge the pressurizer vapor space, if desired.

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 12of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK ATTACHMENT A Note:

  • In MODE 4 or 5 with a pressurizer steam bubble in the pressurizer and normal spray in service, NET charging flow for this procedure is charging +

seal injection - letdown - seal leak-off. 45 kW of PRZR heaters are required for each gpm of NET charging flow. (ERFCS point [U1007])

  • If all pressurizer heaters are not available, NET charging flow must be proportionally lower to prevent an insurge. For example with PRZR Htr H2A Backup Heater (215 Kw) OFF, NET charging flow should be reduced to

< 25 gpm.

  • Expected PRZR level rate of rise should be :::; 1/3% per minute with all heaters energized.
1. In MODE 4 or 5 with an RCP running and a pressurizer steam bubble, a pressurizer level rise of > 5% shall be performed in accordance with the following steps:
a. Place all available [2RCP*H2A, H2B, H2C, H2D, H2E] Pressurizer Heaters in service.
b. Adjust [2RCS*PCV455A(B)] PRZR Spray Valve as necessary to control pressurizer pressure and temperature.
c. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV460A and 4608), Regenerative Heat Exch Letdown Inlet Viv.
d. Verify Open [2CHS*AOV200A, Band CJ, Letdown Orifice 21, 23, 22 lsol 45, 60, 60 gpm.
e. Maintain [2CHS*FI 150), Non-Regen Hx Outlet Flow stable while performing the following steps.
f. Slowly raise pressurizer level by raising charging flow to obtain a NET Charging Flow of< 30 gpm by Throttling [2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control in Manual control.

I Note: The following step is a continuous action step.

g. If PRZR surge line in-flow develops ([2RCS*Tl450] PRZR Surge Line Temp drops below [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp by> 25F), Reduce charging/seal inj flow or Raise letdown flow to make NET charging flow less than PRZR spray flow.

ATTACHMENT A

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 13 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK CAUTION: IF A MAJOR PRESSURIZER INSURGE OCCURS, THE PRESSURIZER LIQUID TEMPERATURE MUST BE ALLOWED TO STABILIZE BEFORE AN OUTSURGE IS RE-ESTABLISHED. THIS WILL PREVENT A SECOND TRANSIENT ON THE PRESSURIZER WHICH IS AS SEVERE AS THE FIRST.

h. If a drop in [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp (T0480A) of> 25 F occurs due to an insurge, Perform the following:
1) Determine NET Charging Flow.
2) Stop the pressurizer insurge by Slowly throttling [2CHS*FCV122] and/or

[2CHS*PCV145] to obtain a NET Charging Flow that corresponds to current heater output (i.e. 30 gpm for all heaters energized).

3) Refer to LR 3.4.3.
4) Monitor [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp.
5) When [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp stabilizes, Re-establish a pressurizer outsurge by reducing charging flow to obtain a NET Charging Flow of < 30 gpm by throttling [2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control.
i. When PRZR level is at the desired level, stabilize pressurizer level by throttling

[2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control AND Return to AUTO.

ATTACHMENT A

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 14 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

v. REFERENCES A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. T.S. 3.4.16
2. T.S. 3.5.4 B. UPDATED FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT NONE C. COMMITMENTS NONE D. ADMINISTRATIVE
1. LR 3.4.3 E. VENDOR INFORMATION NONE F. DRAWINGS
1. 10080-RM-407-2, VOND Charging Sys VCT And Make-Up
2. 10080-RM-414A-1, VOND Rx Plant Sample-Hood 1
3. 10080-RM-414A-2, VOND Rx Plant Sample-Hood 2 G. OPERATING MANUAL
1. 20M-7.1, Chemical And Volume Control System, Description
2. 20M-7 .2 Precautions, Limitations, And Setpoints
3. 20M-7.3 2CHS Valve List
4. 20M-7.4.N, Blender Manual Makeup Operations
5. 20M-14A.3 2SSR Valve List H. PLANT MODIFICATION NONE

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 15of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK I. OTHER

1. OMDR 2-91-0177 (Rev. 0)
2. OMDR 2-92-0363 (Rev. 1)
3. OMDR 2-94-0688 (Rev. 2)
4. OMCN 2-96-409 (Rev. 3)
5. OMCR 2-97-0515, Add steps to purge non-condensable gasses from the pressurizer, which is blocking the formation of the loop seal for the pressurizer, Revise Part C to use CM 2-3.35 Part F, "Pressurizer Vapor Purge to the VCT" instead of providing the steps, OE 8037, "Boron Dilution During Pressurizer Steam Space Purge", Revise step A.3 high level action step to address the following substeps, Remove steps that checked open 2CHS-67,68, Add step to close 2CHS-MOV350 when the emergency boration is no longer needed. Add steps to return the pressurizer spray valves, the pressurizer heaters, and 2CHS-PCV119 to NSA, Reword Step to go to 20M-7.4.T if the VCT sparger is bypassed (Rev. 4)
6. OMCR 2-97-533, Revised step to return PRZR level to program and restore charging flow control to automatic (CR 971142) (Rev. 5).
7. OMCR 1-98-0437, CR 981088, 980357, WCAP 13588 "Operational Strategies for Mitigating Pressurizer lnsurge and Outsurge Transients". Notes and steps were added to inform the operator of pressurizer insurges and to properly control charging, letdown to prevent an insurge during pressurizer fill; CR 981459, BCO 2-98-004 (Original issue) - The Chemical and Volume Control System will be operated with a letdown flow rate of greater than 66 gpm and less than or equal to 120 gpm only on a temporary basis to address a transient condition and only when the RCS specific activity is verified to be less than or equal to 0.5 µCi/gram dose equivalent 1-131. A Caution was added to inform the user of this limitation.

(Rev. 6)

8. OMCN 2-98-334 incorporated Revision 1 to BCO 2-98-004 which changed the letdown flow limit to 75 gpm. (Rev. 7)
9. BCO 2-98-004 (Rev. 2) changed the maximum permissible RCS specific activity to 0.35 µCi/gram dose equivalent 1-131 in the Caution containing letdown flow and RCS specific activity limits. (Issue 4/Rev. 8)
10. Removed Caution containing letdown flow and RCS specific activity limits from the step directing the maximizing of letdown flow (Step A.4), and removed the associated reference to BCO 2-98-004, to support implementation of TS Amendment 101. (Issue 4/Rev. 9)
11. CATS E990338B, OMCR 2-99-443, OE 8037 and OE 9822; added to Section "C" a Caution about purging pressurizer vapor space causing a RCS dilution, added steps to Section "C" to energize one set of backup heaters and verify pressurizer spray valve control in AUTO. This is the same Caution and steps that are already in Section "D". Revised step to clarify "check" and "verify" wording. (Revision 10)

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 16 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

12. CR 991449-12, Correct reference number for Chemistry procedure C.M. 2-3.35, Part E.4 (Revision 11 ).
13. DRR-02-00560: For LAR 2A-159, changed the T.S. 3.1.2.8.b reference to T.S. 3.1.2.8, reflecting a numbering change resulting from the relocation of portions of T.S. 3.1.2.8 to the Licensing Requirements Manual. (Revision 12)
14. DRR-02-01756: For TS Amendment 124, reference to TS 3.4.9.2 was modified to refer to LR 8.4, to reflect relocation of that requirement to the Licensing Requirements Manual. (Revision 13).
15. PAF-02-03743, modified instructions in Part C and Part D to remove a specific reference to "CM 2-3.35 Part E.4, Pressurizer Vapor Purge to the VCT" and replace with "approved Chemistry procedures". This will facilitate performing continuous degasification to the Primary Drains Tank using previously approved Chemistry procedures. (Revision 14)
16. PAF 03-00261, CA 02-06831-54, Deleted old step IV.A.1 for venting the charging pumps. Venting for this condition was determined unnecessary since gas production problem was corrected with installation of multi-staged orifices on the mini-flow lines via DCP 2304. Deleted instruction related to VCT being bypassed i.e. [2CHS-17] closed as management has determined this could adversely effect control of CVCS. CA 03-07909-02, Added "OR BORATION" to caution in section for purging the pressurizer. Corrected NSS to SM to reflect current station title.

(Revision 15)

17. PAF 06-00015, Marked current Technical Specifications/License Requirements as

[CTS] and added Improved Technical Specifications/License Requirements as

[ITS]. Added level of use. (Revision 16)

18. PAF 08-01991, (Revision 17)
a. CA 08-038197-01, add a step to open [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT, correct the use of check and verify verbs and change Daily Journal To Narrative Log.
b. Order 200327672:
1) Add caution: With an initial high RCS boron concentration, a dilution of 15 gallons every hour can be expected.
2) Add caution: based on the initial amount of non-condensable gases in the pressurizer, a VCT level transient can be expected due to a pressurizer insurge.
3) Add step: Evaluate requesting an RWDA-G as a precaution for purging the pressurizer to the sample panel.
c. Remove reference to current Technical Specifications and update references.

8VPS-S8S Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 17 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

19. PAF-11-00151, CA 10-81062-02, Added a step to provide an option to reduce letdown flow by removing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice from service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service" or to align degasifiers to receive maximum letdown by Opening [28RS-MOV1008], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 2481 & 2482 Inlet Valve, if letdown flow to a degasifier will exceed 75 gpm. Added Caution that [2CHS*RV209] may lift if letdown flow is greater than 75 gpm. Added steps to return letdown flow and degasifier alignment to normal arrangement. (Revision 18)
20. PAF 12-02281, LUC PAF 11-00526 (Revision 19)
a. Delete Step A.8; Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. This step is redundant to the following instructions.
b. Revise the steps that raise and lower VCT level and pressure by preceding the step with the contingency; if required. Revise the instructions that raise and lower VCT level and pressure by adding; to the desired values, and maintain the parameters within the established limits. The changes provide flexibility to address limiting plant conditions for inventory control and the down stream vent flowpath.
c. Delete Step 8.5; Purge the VCT of non-condensable gasses as follows:
1) Manually Open [2CHS-PCV1168], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to sweep nitrogen across VCT while venting the VCT to degasifiers.
2) For several minutes, Cycle Open [2CHS*AOV8101 ], to purge gasses from VCT gas space AND Maintain VCT gas pressure on [2CHS-Pl117]

between 15-20 psig. Experience has shown that sweeping the VCT gas space with nitrogen is not effective at degassing the RCS and causes excessive nitrogen use.

d. Add the option to manually adjust [2CHS-PCV1168] to control VCT pressure and to select VCT to AUTO to VCT position, as necessary to direct

[2CHS*LCV112] flow to the coolant recovery tanks AND to maintain VCT pressure > 15 psig. The manual control will allow better control of VCT level and pressure. The rate of nitrogen addition to the VCT is limited.

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 18of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

21. PAF-15-02230, notification 601011600, CR 2015-15730, (Revision 20)
a. For the Caution before step C.1 and D.1: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT MAY RESULT IN AN INADVERTENT DILUTION OF THE RCS. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS DURING THE PURGE TO PREVENT A DILUTION, remove INADVERTENT and add AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER.
b. Add the following caution before step C.1: BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE.
c. Add caution before step C.1 and D.1: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO [2DGS-TK21] OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT.
d. Add steps C.4 and D.5: If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21] or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
e. For step D.6, After 24 hrs of purging, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures, add OR a time determined by Chemistry.

Question 33 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #33.

Reason: Technical information available that supports an additional answer and simulator response.

33. Annunciator A4-3H, Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT) Trouble has alarmed.
  • The operator reports it is due to HIGH PRT temperature
  • Level and pressure are within the normal range
  • PRZR Safety valves and PORVs are closed In accordance with 20M-6.4.AAY, PRT Trouble ARP, which of the following choices identifies ALL of the valves listed below that would be opened to reduce PRT temperature?
1. PRT Pri Grade MIU Wtrvalves [2RCS-MOV516 and 2RCS-AOV519]
2. PRT Vent Vlv [2RCS-MOV549]
3. PRT Drain Vlv [2RCS-MOV523]

A. I only B. I and 2 only C. I and 3 only D. 1 and 2 and 3 Question 33 tested knowledge of the system flow path necessary to lower temperature in the PRT.

Based on system design only two valves (2RCS-MOV-516 and 2RCS-AOV 519) are required to allow flow to the Pressurizer Relief Tank spray nozzles and lower PRT temperature. This information supports the original correct answer "A".

This question also stated that this evolution was to be performed in accordance with 20M-6.4.AAY, Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble. This procedure contains multiple sections that addresses the maintenance of multiple PRT parameters. Specifically, PRT Temperature, Pressure and Level. When reducing PRT temperature, it is common in the plant and simulator to have to drain the PRT due to a resultant high PRT pressure and/or a high PRT level during the cooling operation of flowing water into the PRT via the PRT spray header. Raising PRT level to 90.5% also closes Primary Grade Make up Water Supply Valve 2RCS-MOV516 on interlock which would terminate the cooling water flow and require PRT level to be reduced to continue cooling operations. When performing the PRT cooling portion of 20M-6.4.AAY, plant and simulator response both show that PRT pressure will be the first PRT parameter to rise outside of it's required band/actuate the high pressure alarm at 13 psig. 20M-6.4.AAY would then be required to be referenced for high PRT pressure. The high pressure response section of the annunciator response procedure has a subsection that addresses the PRT make up supply valve (2RCS-MOV516} being open and requires the supply valve to be closed and the drain valve (2RCS-MOVS23} be opened. Furthermore the high level response section of the annunciator response procedure has a subsection that addresses the PRT make up supply valve (2RCS-MOV516) being open and requires the supply valve to be closed and the drain valve (2RCS-MOV523} be opened.

The opening of the PRT vent valve is not a plausible answer for this question because for this evolution, with the known starting point of level and pressure in the desired band, there is the appropriate volume of gas. Upon completion of this evolution, level and pressure will be returned to the original starting point and thus require the same volume of gas. Venting the PRT will unnecessarily change the desired volume of gas in the PRT. Additionally, opening of the PRT vent valve is not procedurally directed until PRT pressure rises to 67 psig and only if draining is not effective in reducing pressure. Therefore for the given parameters and procedural direction, the PRT vent valve will not be operated for this evolution.

Refer to attached simulator print out of applicable plant parameters and the explanation below.

The Stem of the Question says pressure and temperatures are in their normal ranges;

  • Normal PRT pressure should be kept below the alarm setpoint of 13 psig.
  • Normal PRT level is maintained between High and Low level alarms per Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2.A which is 66% and 78% (See attached set point document 20M-6.2.B). Standard simulator Initial Condition Sets have PRT level at 76%.
  • Normal PRT temperature should be kept at or below 120F per Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2.A.
  • PRT High Temperature Alarm actuates at 125F (See attached set point document 20M-6.2.B).
  • Per simulator trends (See Attached) PRT level rises approximately 14% to reduce PRT temperature by 2F.

If the candidate assumes that level is in the normal operating range as seen in the simulator of approximately 76% and Temperature is to be taken back into the normal range of 120F that equates to approximately a 35% rise in PRT level and takes level above the 90.5% closure set point for 2RCS-MOV516.

Therefore to complete the evolution and return temperature to the normal range PRT drain valve 2RCS-MOV523 must be opened.

A recent training evolution performed in the simulator had candidates drain the PRT during a cool down evolution. It is typical that level rises prior to temperature being reduced to its normal band.

The facility is asking for 2 answers (A and/or C) to be accepted based on the assumption the candidate made when answering the question.

If candidates answered the basic question "What does it take to reduce PRT Temperature" then answer "A" is correct as only 2RCS-MOV-516 and 2RCS-AOV519 are needed to reduce temperature.

If however the candidates took a more integrated approach to the evolution as demonstrated in a recent training session and performed it "In Accordance With" the plant procedure stated in the stem, then PRT drain valve 2RCS-MOV523 must be opened to return PRT temperature to the normal range of 120F. Then answer "C" is correct.

Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-6.4.AAY Reactor Coolant System Revision 10 Operating Procedures Page 3 of 31 A4-3H Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble A. PRZR RLF TK TEMP HIGH SETPOINTS: 125°F

~CT SWITCH:

Bay 10 ING DEVICE:

2 -TYl471, 2RCS-TSH471 PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 Power Operated Relief or Pressurizer Safety Valve leakage.

CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

1. Check PRZR Relief Tank Temperature, ([2RCS-Tl471], VB-B).
2. If PRZR Relief Tank Temp is> 125°F, check the PORV and Safety Valve tailpipe temperatures for indication of leaking valve, ([2RCS-Tl463, 465, 467, 469], VB-B).

Note: A leaking PORV may possibly be identified by observing an excessively high heat trace temperature on circuit [2HTS-JB3-134, 135 or 136] at

[2HTSPNLN4AB] C-4, C-5, C-6 (PAB, Elev 755) 3.

If PORV leakage is determined to be unacceptable by the SM, Isolate the PORV in accordance with 20M-6.4.Q, "Isolation of A Power Operated Relief Valve".

a. Refer to T.S. 3.4.11, for additional requirements with PORV inoperable.

Note: [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv will not open if PRT leve

~ 90.5% or PRT pressure is~ 67 psig

4. Reduce PRZR Relief Tank Temperature < 125F as follows:
a. Open [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv.
b. Open [2RCS-AOV519], PRZR Relief Tank Pri Grade MIU Wtr Inlet.
c. When the desired PRT temperature is achieved, Close [2RCS-AOV519], PRZR Relief Tank Pri Grade MIU Wtr Inlet.

120F cer 20M-6.2A P&L 76

d. Close [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv.
e. Independently verify [2RCS-AOV519] closed and log in the Narrative Log.
5. If a Pressurizer Safety Valve is determined to be leaking, go to 20M-53C.4.2.6.7, "Excessive Primary Plant Leakage".

Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-6.4.AAY Reactor Coolant System Revision 10 Operating Procedures Page 15 of 31 Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble A4-3H C. PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH SETPOINTS: 13 psig DISCONNECT SWITCH: S383, Bay 10 INITIATING DEVICE: 2RCS-PY/472A, 2RCS-PSH472 PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 4

[2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv open.

CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

1. Ensure [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv is closed, (BB-A).

Note: [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv will not open if [2DGS-TK21]

level~ 38" or pressure is~ 7.6 psig.

The drain rate of the PRT may exceed the discharge rate of the Primary Drains Transfer Pumps, overfill [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 and cause water intrusion into the nitrogen supply line to [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21.

2. If PRZR Relief Tank level is> 72%, drain the PRZR Relief Tank to 67% by opening

[2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv, (BB-A).

a. Monitor the level in [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 while draining the PRT. If A2-5A Primary Drains Transfer Tank/Pump Trouble actuates, refer to the respective ARP.
b. Close [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv.

PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 5 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve leakage.

CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

1. Check PRZR Relief Tank Pressure ([2RCS-Pl472], VB-B).
2. Check the PORV and Safety Valve tailpipe temperatures for indication of leaking valve, ([2RCS-Tl463, 465, 467, 469], VB-B).

C. PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH

Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-6.2.A Reactor Coolant System Revision 22 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints Page 11 of 12 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

74. The gases in the pressurizer relief tank must be sampled routinely. The oxygen concentration must be maintained less than 2 percent by volume and the hydrogen concentration less than 4 percent. (Section 5 - Table of References #1)
75. The PRT must NOT be vented to the waste disposal system vent header if the pressure exceeds 60 psig. (Section 5 - Table of References #1)
76. The relief tank water temperature should be maintained at or below 120°F AND the water level should be maintained in the normal operating range between the high and low alarm set points during normal operation. (Section 5 - Table of Reference #1 )
77. Prior to each plant startup, following a refueling, verify that the pressurizer relief tank rupture discs are in place. (Section 5 - Table of Reference #204)

Loop Stop Valves

78. Reactor coolant system loop stop valves may NOT be closed in more than one loop unless the reactor coolant system is connected to the residual heat removal system. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
79. The plant must be at zero load with the shutdown rods fully withdrawn prior to opening either stop valve in an isolated loop AND throughout the timing interval required prior to opening the cold leg stop valve. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
80. The boron concentration in an isolated loop must be maintained at a value greater than or equal to the boron concentration in the active loops. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
81. [CTS] Tech. Spec. 3.4.1.5 "Isolated Loop Startup".

[ITS] RCS ISOLATED LOOP STARTUP (Refer to T.S. 3.4.18)

82. The neutron count rate must be logged every five minutes during the timing interval required prior to opening the cold leg stop valve. Should the count rate increase by more than a factor of two over the initial count rate, the hot leg stop valve should be re-closed AND no attempt made to open the loop stop valves until the reason for the count rate increase has been determined. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
83. The motor starters for the loop stop valves must be administratively de-energized (circuit breakers opened AND padlocked) at all times except when authorized for opening or closing a valve. The motor starters may be energized (circuit breakers unlocked) for only one loop at a time. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
84. Kerotest valves are 1 1/2 turns full stroke. Attempting to turn the valve in either direction more than 1 1/2 turns may result in damage to the brass plug.
85. Do NOT use mechanical leverage on Kerotest valves. If difficulty is encountered, consult maintenance. Note the valve l.D. number to aid maintenance in determining the valve type and permissible torque to apply.

Beaver Valley Power Station Unit2 20M-6.4.AAY Reactor Coolant System Revision 10 Operating Procedures Page 17 of 31 Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble A4-3H D. PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470 HIGH SETPOINTS: 78%

DISCONNECT SWITCH: S382, Bay 10 INITIATING DEVICE: 2RCS-LY/470A, 2RCS-LSH470A PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1

[2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv open.

CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

1. Check PRZR Relief Tank level, ([2RCS-Ll470], VB-B).
2. If PRZR Relief Tank level is> 78%, ensure [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv is closed, (BB-A).

Note: [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv will not open if [2DGS-TK21]

level~ 38" or pressure is~ 7.6 psig.

The drain rate of the PRT may exceed the discharge rate of the Primary Drains Transfer Pumps, overfill [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 and cause water intrusion into the nitrogen supply line to [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21.

3. Lower PRZR Relief Tank level to< 72%, ([2RCS-Ll470], VB-B):
a. Monitor the level in [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 while draining the PRT. If A2-5A Primary Drains Transfer Tank/Pump Trouble actuates, refer to the respective ARP.
b. Open [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv, (BB-A)
c. Start [2DGS-P21A(B)], Primary Drains Tfr Pump.
d. When PRZR Relief Tank level to< 72%, Stop [2DGS-P21A(B)], Primary Drains Tfr Pump AND Return control switch to AUTO.
e. Close [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv.

PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 2 Primary System Relief valve lifted.

CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

1. Check [2CHS*RV203], Letdown Relief for evidence of lifting:
a. Check Letdown Relief Line temperature, ([2CHS-Tl141], VB-A).

D. PRZR RLFTK LVL RCS-LT470 HIGH

Beaver Valley Power Station Unit2 20M-6.2.B Reactor Coolant System Revision 13 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints Page 4 of 9 SETPOINTS LOOP 1 TAVG RCS-S-TS412E HIGH, F 577.5 LOOP 2 TAVG RCS-S-TS422E HIGH, F 577.5 LOOP 3 TAVG RCS-S-TS432E HIGH, F 577.5 RCL A BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM 180 RCL B BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM 180 RCL C BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM 180 PRZR PORV DISCH TEMP RCS-TS463 HIGH, F 210F PRZR RLF VLV 1 DISCH TEMP TS469 HIGH, F 210F PRZR RLF VLV 2 DISCH TEMP TS467 HIGH, F 210F PRZR RLF VLV 3 DISCH TEMP TS465 HIGH, F 210F PRZR CONT HTR TRBL NA PRZR CONT HTR BKR TRIP NA PRZR HTR BACKUP GROUP RCP*H2B/E TRBL NA PRZR HTR CONT GROUP RCP*H2C TRBL NA PRZR HTR BACKUP GROUP RCP*H2A/D TRBL NA LOOP STOP VL V PROT TRN A K117 TEST NA LOOP STOP VLV PROT TRN B K117 TEST NA PRZR HTR GROUP A AUTO, PSIG 2,210 PRZR HTR GROUP B AUTO, PSIG 2,210 PRZR HTR GROUP D AUTO, PSIG 2,210 PRZR HTR GROUP E AUTO, PSIG 2,210 RCP21A BUS UV PART RX K0401 TRIP,% 75% of rated voltage RCP21B BUS UV PART RX K0402 TRIP,% 75% of rated voltage RCP21 C BUS UV PART RX K0403 TRIP, % 75% of rated voltage RCP21 A BUS UF K0405 TRIP, Hz 57.5 RCP21 B BUS UF K0406 TRIP, Hz 57.5 RCP21 C BUS UF K0407 TRIP, Hz 57.5 LOOP A ISOL AND BYP VLV K112 OPEN NA LOOP B ISOL AND BYP VLV K212 OPEN NA LOOP C ISOL AND BYP VLV K312 OPEN NA PRZR VAPOR SPACE TEMP RCS-TS454 HIGH, F 665 PRZR LIQ SPACE TEMP RCS-TS453 HIGH, F 665 PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470A HIGH% 78 PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470B LOW,% 66 PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH, PSIG 13 PRZR RLF TK TEMP HIGH, F 125 PRZR RLF TK LVL LY/470X HIGH, % 90.5 PRT HI HI PRESS/PRT SPRAY ISOLATION, PT472, PSIG 67 RCL OT D/T RX K0101 TRIP Computer Generated RCL OP D/T RX K0102 TRIP Computer Generated RCP BUS UV RX K0103 TRIP, % 75% of Bus voltage RCP BUS UF RX K0301 TRIP, Hz 57.5 RCL LO FLW ABOVE P8 RX K0105 TRIP, % 90 RCL LO FLW ABOVE P7 RX K0104 TRIP,% 90 RCP 21 A AUTO STOP NA RCP 21 B AUTO STOP NA RCP 21 C AUTO STOP NA PRZR HI PRESS RX TRIP K0203 TRIP, PSIG 2375 PRZR LO PRESS RX TRIP K0202 TRIP, PSIG 1945 PRZR LO PRESS SI GAUS RX K0201 TRIP, PSIG 1856

    • rrr..t11***

Ml9i *~ ~**

,

. . . , ............

..~ ................

.......... *

~ .&

  • .*** .*.**~.*-.**.*.***.*.***.*.*

, .... **-*** . * * .* ***~",'.~'>>*~'"_*~:.,:'.,

. *....:.:~'.M.*

  • ... *.*.*-*.* *.*.* ~.*.*.* ***** ".'-.*.* *.*.i*it.:*i:C* .* *~.* .* *.-.* -- ._.

sT~:*.~--.***

~'"'*4lc;*&*.:"*c**;

, ./it._~~:~~.::*r.,

POY.£RQl?S. ~

  • HM~f.ienol 'NSSS *,1'. PJ.c*s li>>stJro#f 't3r00p
  • l 'rr&rids l I Pl8ntStat I a1s1 I sPos l*I GROUP: TEMGRP04 DESCR: "* dynamic group "*

Page 1 of 1 100 140 95 130 90 120 85

'

110 o.

100 90 80 75

' ~

""

' ,,

',!;*

' i_~

70 80 70 65 60 60 ---,....--~..--~"?"-~-.-~-.-.---.-.----.-.---.-.---.-~-.-.----..~--..~--..--~....--~..--.--"?"-.---.-.--....-.---.-.--....,....---.-~-.-.-----.-.J

16:30:13.67 16:38:00.32 16:45:46.97 16:53:33.62 17:01:23.50 L0485A PRT LVL RCS-LT470 -9999.0 0485A 63460 PRT TEMP PRT SPRAY VLV RCS-TE471 RCS-MOV516 --

GOOD CLOSED

    • "('*'."",

-9999.0

-9999.0

Question 41 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #41.

Reason: Question has an unclear stem that did not provide all necessary information as to the intent of the knowledge being tested.

41. Given the following conditions:
  • Containment Pressure is 31 psig and RISING
  • Quench Spray Pumps [2QSS*P21A and P21B] failed to start l) What is(are) the minimum required Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) switch manipulations required to start BOTH Quench Spray Pumps?

A.

B. 2 C. 3 D. 4 The initial power level for the question was 100% power when all 3 Steam Generators faulted in containment resulting in a rising containment pressure currently at 31 PSIG which is above the CIB set point which is a start signal for the Quench Spray Pumps. This indicates a potential failure of both trains of CIB to automatically actuate.The question asks what the minimum number of ESFAS switches are that are "REQUIRED" to be manipulated to start the Quench Spray pumps. However the question does not specify if this is the minimum number required electrically or procedurally.

If the candidate assumed the question was asking for the minimum number of switches electrically then answer "B" is correct as manual actuation of a single train of CIB will start both the A & B Quench Spray pumps.

However if the candidate assumed the minimum number of switches required by procedure then answer "D" is correct as 20M-53A.1.A-0.11, "Verification of Automatic Actions" requires "Both Switches for Both Trains" to be actuated for any failure of CIB equipment to properly actuate. 20M-53A.1.A-0.11, "Verification of Automatic Actions" is directed to be performed by E-0 "Reactor Trip or SI". This is the procedure that would be in effect at the start of the casualty listed in the stem of question #41.

Based on the above information the facility recommends accepting two answers for question 41.

Answer "A" 2 Switches if the candidate assumed minimum REQUIRED Electrically.

Answer "D" 4 Switches if the candidate assumed minimum REQUIRED Procedurally.

BVPS- EOP 20M-53A.1.E-O(ISS2)

Number Title E-0 Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection Issue 2 Revision 0

9 Verify AFW Status

a. Motor-driven AFW Pumps - a. Manually start AFW pumps.

RUNNING

b. Turb Driven AFW Pump Stm b. Manually open steam Supply Isol Valves - OPEN supply valves.
c. AFW Throttle Valves - FULL c. Manually open AFW OPEN throttle valves.
d. Total AFW Flow - GREATER d. IF SG narrow range level THAN 340 GPM greater than 12% [31%

ADVERSE CNMT] in any SG, THEN control feed flow to maintain narrow range level AND GO TO Step 10.

IF narrow range level less than 12% [31%

ADVERSE CNMT] in all SGs, THEN restore total AFW flow greater than 340 GPM.

IF AFW flow can NOT be established greater than 340 GPM, THEN GO TO FR-H. l, "Response To Loss Of Secondary Heat Sink",

Step 1.

10 Perform Attachment A-0.11, "Verification Of Automatic Actions", In A Timely Manner 2EO 12/17/2015 7 of 19

BVPS - EOP 20M-53A.1.A-0.11 Number TItie 11.:0:;11 Ver;fication of Automatic Actions Revision 9 STEP 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 11 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED The RSS pumps will not start until RWST level drops to the low level setpoint.

9 Check CIB And CNMT Spray Status Verify CIB initiated:

I

  • Containment pressure - HAS i a. Check BLUE CIB marks - LIT REMAINED LESS THAN 11 PSIG r

\

( IF NOT, IHEN manually init,i(lte I

I CIB l!Joth switches fo~both trains}. Check BLUE. tB marks - LIT

!

i IF CIB NOT actuated, TffEN- . ~

manually align equipment. IF necessary, refer to Attachment A-0.5, "Containment Isolation Phase B Checklist 8 *

b. Stop all RCPs.
c. Request BV-1 operator perform the fo 11 owing:
1) Verify CREVS equipment actuation.
2) Place intake and exhaust damper control switches in CLOSE:
  • [IVS-0-40-lA]
  • [lVS-D-40-lC]
  • [lVS-D-40-10]
d. IF service water flow can NOT be established to a RSS HX(s),

THEN place associated RSS pumps{s) in PULL-TO-LOCK.

2A011 312512015 7of14

Question 59 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #59.

Reason: The question Stem did not provide all the necessary information to definitively exclude one of the distractors.

59. The following conditions exist.
  • A large break LOCA has occurred
  • TSC has been activated
  • Annunciator Al-2B, Hydrogen Level High/High-High is in alarm Complete the following statements. Assume the TSC has been contacted and concurs with the decision.

The High-High Hydrogen concentration in Containment setpoint is (1)

In accordance with the Hydrogen Level High/High-High ARP, the crew will _ __...<2~)___ in response to the High-High Hydrogen level in Containment.

A. 1) 2.5%

2) intentionally ignite the Containment atmosphere B. I) 2.5%
2) start [2HCS-FN21] Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower C. 1) 4.5%
2) intentionally ignite the Containment atmosphere D. I) 4.5%
2) start [2HCS-FN21] Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower The stem of the question asks for the crew's actions based on a High containment H2 concentration. The annunciator referenced illuminates at 4.5% H2 concentration and therefore eliminates choices A & B. The second half of the question asks for actions the crew should take. The Annunciator Response Procedure (20M-46.4.ABD) for the referenced Alarm (A1-2B) directs the crew to start the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower in accordance with 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation".

20M-46.4.D has 3 Initial Conditions that must be met prior to starting the blower Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. The Technical Support Center (TSC) has recommended the starting of [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower.

B. The Supplementary Leak Collection System is available to receive [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower exhaust.

C. Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented.

The stem of the question indicates that the TSC concurs with the decision but makes no mention of Initial conditions as to the status of the Supplementary Leak Collection System or the notification of Radiation Protection. Per the Exam writers guide the candidates can assume that the SLCRS system is operating

properly as that is an expected system response. However without the notification of Radiation Protection being listed candidates had to assume whether or not this action occurred or would be appropriate.

If the candidates assumed this notification of Radiation Protection occurred then the operator would proceed with the procedure and start the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. (Answer D)

However if the candidates assumed this notification of Radiation Protection did not occur or was not authorized, then answer "C" would be correct as it was the only remaining answer with a value of 4.5% H2 concentration. This choice is acceptable as the procedure for Hydrogen ignition (20M-53E.1.SAG-7, Reduce Containment Hydrogen) only requires TSC concurrence. The notification of RP is required to ensure the radiological safety of all workers during an accident by utilizing special emergency response procedures. This is the responsibility of the OSC, not the TSC. The OSC has the responsibility of dispatching personel to perform field actions while the TSC controls the overall mitigation strategies of the event. It is highly possible that RP would not grant permission for personnel to access the areas required for the implementation of the CNMT Purge procedure (20M-46.4.D) (contiguous areas to CNMT) because of elevated radiation levels. The stem of this question stated that H2 concentration was elevated to the alarm setpoint (4.5%). This concentration is not normal for a DBA LOCA and indicates that a significant zirc-water reaction was occurring thus significant fuel cladding damage would be occurring, resulting in elevated dose rates in the areas contiguous to CNMT.

Further, candidates were introduced to the concept of Hydrogen Burn in an accident per lesson plan 2SQS-46.1, "Post DBA H2 Control System" Page 5, during Initial Licensed Operator Systems training.

Based on this information and the lack of Radiation Protection concurrence listed in the Stem of the question. The facility recommends accepting two correct answers (C and/or D) for question 59.

BVPS-GSR Unit 2 20M-46.4.ABD Post - OBA Hydrogen Control System Revision 3 Operating Procedures Page 5 of 8 Hydrogen Level High/High - High A1-2B C. H2 CONC HCS*HA100A HIHI SETPOINTS: 4.5% Hydrogen Concentration<H- 2>

DISCONNECT SWITCH: 2-S3808 (Bay 39)

INITIATING DEVICE: 99-0SB1-BJ (2HCS*PNL 100A CQ)

PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 Containment hydrogen concentration 2:4.5% on [2HCS*HA 1OOA], Hydrogen Analyzer CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

1. Determine actual Containment hydrogen concentration in accordance with 20M-46.4.G, "Containment Hydrogen Analyzer- Running".
2. Notify the Technical Support Center (TSC) of actual hydrogen concentration.
a. With TSC concurrence, Start [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower in accordance with 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation".

BVPS-SBS Unit2 20M-46.4.D Post-OBA Hydrogen Control System Revision 3 Operating Procedures Page 2 of 6 Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation I. PURPOSE This procedure describes the startup and shutdown of the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. The Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower is to be used as directed by the TSC.

II. PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. The Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower is not to be started before 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> following a Loss of Coolant Accident (OBA). This is to allow radiation levels to decay prior to Purge Blower operation.

B. To limit high radiation exposure during the performance of this procedure, Radiation Protection procedure 2-HPP-5.05.001 will be followed.

Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. The Technical Support Center (TSC) has recommended the starting of [2HCS-FN21],

Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower.

B. The Supplementary Leak Collection System is available to receive [2HCS-FN21],

Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower exhaust.

C. Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented.

IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Start Preparation

1. Inform Radiation Protection to implement 2-HPP-5.05.001, "Access And Dose Control At BVPS Unit 2 For Vital Area Operations During Emergency Situations".
2. Obtain key SR 23 B. Starting [2HCS-FN21J. Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower
1. Verify Closed [2HCS*MOV112A], 21A Hydrogen Recombiner Inlet lsol Viv.
2. Unlock AND Close [MCC*2-E11] Cub 6C, [2HCS*MOV110A], Cnmt Atm Purge lsol, located in Safeguards 733'. (Key SR 23) I Contiauous to Containment
3. Open the following valves from [PNL*2HCP], Post Accident H2 Control Panel, located in AE Switchgear Room, 730':
a. [2HCS*MOV11 OA], Purge Blower Inlet Recombiner 21A lsol
b. [2HCS*SOV114A], Cnmt lsol to Recombiner 21A
c. [2HCS*SOV115A], B/U Isolation to Recombiner 21A
4. Start [2HCS-FR120], Cnmt Purge Blower Disch Flow by placing the power ON/OFF switch to the ON position, located on the left side of the recorder at [PNL*2HCP],

Post Accident H2 Control Panel in AE Switchgear Room, 730'.

Record Type #A9.350C Beaver Valley Power Station UNIT 2 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 Prepared by Date Pages Issued Effective Date T.J. Esper 06/18/15 1through17 08/19/15 Reviewed by Date Validated by Date M.P. Flynn 06/18/15 N/A PORC Meeting No. Date PORC Not Required PAF-15-01027

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

A. PURPOSE The purposes of reducing containment hydrogen are:

  • To prevent hydrogen from accumulating to the point where the containment may be severely challenged by intentionally igniting the hydrogen in containment
  • To prevent the hydrogen from igniting by maintaining the containment steam inert B. ENTRY CONDITIONS This guideline is entered from DFC, "TSC Diagnostic Flow Chart" based on high containment hydrogen concentration.

C. COMPUTATIONAL AIDS REFERENCED BY THIS GUIDELINE

  • CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment"
  • CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment" 2SAG7 12/2212015 1of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

DIAGNOSTIC SECTION Page 1 of 3 2SAG7 1212212015 2of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

1 Determine Hydrogen Control Strategy

a. Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
b. Determine applicable hydrogen control strategies.

Matrix of Applicable Hydrogen Control Strategies C-7 Region Applicable Strategies Future Hydrogen Severe Prevent Hydrogen Burn Challenge Future Hydrogen Burn Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action Hydrogen Burn Prevent Hydrogen Burn Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action No Hydrogen Concern No Action (step continued on next page)

DIAGNOSTIC SECTION 2SAG7 12122/2015 3of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Bydroqen Revision 4

Paqe 2 of 3 1 (step continued from previous page) 2SAG7 1212212015 4of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

c. Determine impacts of applicable hydrogen control strategies.

Positive and Negative Impacts of Hydrogen Control Strategies Strategy Positive Impacts Negative Impacts Prevent Hydrogen

  • Fission product Burn the leakage will containment increase at higher will not burn containment pressures
  • This strategy will be a temporary solution, and other long term solutions to the hydrogen concern will be required
  • Raising containment pressure may result in passing through the severe hydrogen challenge region of CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment" Intentional
  • The
  • There will be a Hydrogen Burn containment pressure and hydrogen temperature spike in concern will containment be mitigated at least in the short-term No Action
  • Manpower and
  • Hydrogen will resources can continue to be used to accumulate perform other strategies
d. Determine appropriate hydrogen control strategy.
1) Consideration should be given to an Intentional Hydrogen Burn prior to reaching the "Hydrogen Severe Challenge" region as defined by 20M-53E.1.CA-3, "hydrogen Flammability In Containment."

2SAG7 12122/2015 5of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

DIAGNOSTIC SECTION Page 3 of 3 2 Identify Appropriate Guidance

  • IF an intentional hydrogen burn strategy has been selected, THEN GO TO Section A of this guideline.
  • IF a prevent hydrogen burn strategy has been selected, THEN GO TO Section B of this guideline.

3 RETURN TO DFC, "TSC Diagnostic Flow Chart" Or Guideline And Step In Effect

- END -

2SAG7 1212212015 6of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BURN Page 1 of 3 A.l Identify Available Hydrogen Ignition Sources

a. Determine the availability of hydrogen ignition sources.

HYDROGEN IGNITION AVAILABILITY REQUIREMENTS SOURCES PORV Block Valve

  • Power Yes/No available RHR Pump
  • Power Yes/No available CRDM Ventilation
  • Power Yes/No Fans available Containment
  • Power Yes/No Lighting available Other Ignition
  • Power Yes/No Sources available
b. IF any hydrogen ignition source is available, THEN GO TO Step A.2.-
c. Consult Control Room on alternate hydrogen ignition sources.
d. IF NO hydrogen ignition sources are available at this time, THEN perform the following:
1) Identify the reasons why the hydrogen ignition sources are not available.
2) Prioritize actions to restore a hydrogen ignition source with other actions in progress and initiate restoration actions as appropriate.
3) RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.

A.2 Identify Preferred Hydrogen Ignition Source A.3 Determine If Containment Depressurization Is Required

a. Determine if a hydrogen burn can occur under current conditions using CA-7.

2SAG7 1212212015 7of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

b. IF containment pressure is too high for a hydrogen burn, THEN reduce containment pressure using SAG-6 until a hydrogen burn is possible.

2SAG7 1212212015 8of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BORN Page 2 of 3 A.4 Direct Control Room To Implement Strategy

a. Provide the following information to the control room:
  • Preferred ignition source
  • Any special parameters to monitor
  • Other information, as appropriate A.5 Verify Strategy Implementation A.6 Determine If A Hydrogen Burn Has Occurred
a. Monitor plant response:
  • Containment pressure - SPIKE OCCURRED
  • Containment temperature - SPIKE OCCURRED
b. Determine if the hydrogen burn is adequate.
  • Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
c. IF the hydrogen burn is not adequate AND another hydrogen ignition source is available-;-THEN RETURN TO Step A.2.
d. IF the hydrogen burn is not adequate AND another hydrogen ignition source is NOT available, THEN RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.

A.7 Identify Long Term Concerns Due To An Intentional Hydrogen Burn

a. Refer to Attachment A.l for long term concerns.
b. Identify any additional parameters that should be monitored to address the long term concerns.
c. Identify any additional long term concerns.
d. GO TO SAEG-1, "TSC Long term Monitoring."

2SAG7 12/2212015 9of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

2SAG7 1212212015 10 of 17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BURN Page 3 of 3 A.8 RETURN TO Step 1 Of The Diagnostic Section Of This Guideline

-END OF SECTION A-2SAG7 1212212015 11 of 17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 1 of 3 B.l Evaluate Actions To Prevent A Hydrogen Burn

a. IF active containment heat sinks are operating, THEN determine if the containment heat sinks should b-e~

stopped.

b. Open pressurizer PORVs.

Pressurizer PORVs 2RCS*PCV4S 2RCS*PCV4S 2RCS*PCV4 SC SD S6 Valve Operable (Refer to Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Attachment B .1)

c. Identify potential hydrogen ignition sources inside containment.
d. Determine if potential hydrogen ignition sources should be isolated.
e. IF NO strategies have been selected, THEN RETURN TO Step

-r-of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.

2SAG7 1212212015 12 of 17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 2 of 3 B.2. Direct Control Room To Implement Strategies

a. IF stopping active heat sinks has been selected as a strategy, THEN provide the following information to the control room:
  • Strategy for stopping active heat sinks
  • Any special parameters to monitor
  • Other information, as appropriate
b. IF isolating potential hydrogen ignition sources has been selected as a strategy, THEN provide the following information to the control room:
  • Strategy for isolating potential hydrogen ignition sources
  • Any special parameters to monitor
  • Other information, as appropriate B.3. Verify Strategy Implementation B.4 Determine If Strategy To Prevent A Hydrogen Burn Has Been Effective
a. Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
b. IF an additional hydrogen control strategy is needed, THEN RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.

2SAG7 1212212015 13of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 3 of 3 B.5. Identify Long Term Concerns Due To Preventing A Hydrogen Burn

a. Refer to Attachment B.2 for the long term concerns.
b. Identify any additional parameters that should be monitored to address the long term concerns on Attachment B.2.
c. Identify any additional long term concerns on Attachment B.2.
d. GO TO SAEG-1, "TSC Long Term Monitoring" AND attach copy of Attachment B.2 to SAEG-1.

B.6. RETURN TO Step 1 Of The Diagnostic Section Of This Guideline

- END OF SECTION B -

2SAG7 12/2212015 14of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Attachment A.1 (Page 1 of 1)

Long Term Concerns Due To Intentional Hydrogen Burn Parameter to Monitor Concern Recovery Action(s)

Containment Hydrogen generation

  • Adjust sump pH Conditions - "NOT from sump radiolysis FLAMMABLE" based on and corrosion CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment" 2SAG7 1212212015 15of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Attachment B.1 (Page 1 of 1)

Availability Of Pressurizer PORVs Plant Conditions Necessary For Using Pressurizer PORVs Plant Condition PRZR PORV Instrument Air Available Power Supply Available Block Valve Open 2SAG7 1212212015 16 of 17 7o

."

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1. SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Bydroqen Revision 4

Attachment B.2 (Paqe 1 of 1)

Lonq Term Concerns Due To Preventinq A Bydroqen Burn Parameter to Monitor Concern Recovery Action(s)

Containment Conditions - Hydrogen burn

  • Stop active heat "NOT FLAMMABLE" based on sink CA-3, "Hydrogen
  • Isolate potential Flammability In ignition sources Containment"'
  • Adjust sump pH "NOT FLAMMABLE" based on generation from CA-3, "Hydrogen sump radiolysis Flammability In and corrosion Containment" Containment Pressure - Containment
  • Start active heat LESS THAN 75 PSIG pressurization sinks
  • Close RCS vent paths 2SAG7 1212212015 17 of 17

RTL#A5.620.GD 1/2-ADM-1301.F06 Revision 1 CLASSROOM LESSON MATERIAL OUTLINE OF INSTRUCTION Instructor/Student Outline of Instruction Activities

c. Hydrogen coming out of solution from the reactor coolant and hydrogen from the pressurizer gas space.
d. Discuss EOP acknowledgement of Cnmt H2 PPNT, EOP Attachment, generation. A-0.11
2. Current philosophy concerning expected amounts 10CFR50.44 of hydrogen generation following a DBA:

BVPS UFSAR Unit 2

a. The hydrogen release postulated from a PPNTs, lOCFRS0.44 &

design-basis LOCA is not risk-significant BVPS Commitments because it is not large enough to lead to early containment failure.

b. A "mixed atmosphere" will develop during EL0-03 a DBA. This is defined as a concentration of combustible gases in all parts of the 4-19% Combustible containment being below a level that supports combustion or detonation that 19-70% Explosive couid lead to a loss of containment integrity.
c. The risk associated with hydrogen Note: The TMI and combustion is from "beyond design-basis Fukushima events were accidents". "beyond design-basis accidents".
d. We are committed to ensuring a "mixed Note: SAMGs do not rely atmosphere" in containment and to include on hydrogen recombiners combustible gas control strategies in our or the hydrogen purge Severe Accident Management Guidelines blower for beyond design-(SAMGs). basis accidents.

Examples of such "strategies":

1) Intentionally burning the H2.
2) Maintenance of the containment in "steam inert" condition.

2SQS-46.l, Rev. 13 Page 5 of24

BVPS is committed to the following two items:

1. The containment has a capability to ensure a "mixed atmosphere".
2. Combustible gas control strategies* are included in the Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMGs).
  • Strategies such as:
  • Intentionally burning the H2
  • Maintaining the containment "steam inert"

-...J

°"

NRC Resolution of Post Exam Comments NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 NRC Resolution Valid as administered. Key Answer Choice B is the only correct answer.

Discussion Four applicants chose Key Answer B. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice A. No applicants chose Distractor Choices C or D.

None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.

This was a bank question, used as a RO level question on a prior Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC Exam (Q#27, 2009 Exam).

The licensee proposed deleting Question 12 from the exam, based on their assessment that the question was at the SRO level and should therefore not have been on the RO portion of the exam.

Their argument for this position was based on their interpretation of the SRO-only guidance flowchart contained NUREG-1021(Revision10), ES-401, Attachment 2.

NUREG-1021 in Section ES-401, D.l.c states that special attention required to ensure the SRO exam tests at the appropriate level. The SRO-only guidance is intended to ensure the SRO-only questions are selected/developed at the SRO level and not written specifically for the purpose of determining whether a question is appropriate on the RO portion of the exam. One flowchart block asks if "the question can be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall strategy of events, or overall mitigative strategy of a procedure," with an affirmative answer indicating the question is at the RO level. The converse is not necessarily true. A negative answer to this block does not indicate a question is at the SRO level, but rather that additional assessment is necessary to determine whether or not it is at the SRO level. The subsequent flowchart block asks whether the question meets any of 4 criterion that would indicate it is a SRO-only question. The NRC does not think the question meets any of these criteria. The question requires assessing plant conditions and then applying this assessment to determine the proper course of action based on knowledge of plant operational considerations and knowledge of procedurally directed actions.

The knowledge and ability necessary to correctly answer the question are appropriate for a RO applicant.

The question expected the RO applicant to assess RCS pressure and temperature conditions and then select the choice that stated that further depressurization below 1200 psig could not continue until a suitable reactor vessel head soak had been performed. Answering the question correctly required the applicant to know that the procedure (specified in the stem) contained 1

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 guidance that the RCS should be cooled down to less than 350°F with pressure maintained at 1200 fillg for a lengthy period of time (9 hours1.041667e-4 days <br />0.0025 hours <br />1.488095e-5 weeks <br />3.4245e-6 months <br />). The NRC accepts this may have been one of the higher level of difficulty questions on the exam. However, level of difficulty and RO vs SRO exam level are different measures. A RO level question can have a higher level of difficulty and a SRO-only question can have a lower level of difficulty. The distinction between RO and SRO can be on the type of knowledge required as opposed to the depth of knowledge required.

In this case, the threshold parameters of temperature and pressure were provided in the choices (350°F, 1200 psig). The question expected applicants to select the correct answer based on their knowledge of plant design/operation and the overall mitigation strategy ofthe Natural Circulation Cooldown procedure. One high level action in the overall natural circulation mitigation strategy is to cooldown and depressurize the RCS with no upper head void growth. The RO applicant was appropriately expected to recognize this could only be accomplished in the absence of CRDM cooling by an extended time soak to allow vessel heat to slowly dissipate to the containment atmosphere while maintaining RCS pressure high enough to prevent void growth. The question was structured to point the applicants to the specific considerations of concern by asking "what ramifications will the loss of these CROM Shroud Fans have on the continued performance of ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Coo/down?" Half of the applicants chose a distractor that incorrectly explained temperature must be maintained elevated as a way to address the loss of CRDM cooling, as opposed to the correct answer of maintaining pressure elevated. The correct choice between these two options could be made with application of conceptual understanding of thermodynamic conditions. Maintaining pressure, not temperature, would prevent upper head void growth.

The lesson plan used to teach initial license applicants, 3SQS-53.3, "Emergency Operating Procedures," specifically reviewed this particular exam question along with just 2 other questions as "student review activity of high miss questions from 2LOT6 [2009] NRC exam."

Both ROs and SROs are expected to have knowledge of the plant and associated operational procedures. The threshold for categorizing procedural knowledge as SRO vice RO is associated with supervisory level decision-making as indicated by applying detailed knowledge of administrative procedures to the decision-making process or of selecting transitions to other procedures. Judgment was applied in this RO versus SRO-only level determination through the exam development process because the criteria are guidelines and do not address the specifics of each question. Facility developers applied this judgment during the question selection and development process. Facility reviewers independently assessed the question level. Facility exam validators provided feedback on question level. And then multiple NRC examiners reviewed the question to ensure it was appropriate for the job and was testing at the appropriate level. This 2

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 extensive approval process concluded the question tested at an appropriate level for a RO applicant.

And, for this question, the screening process just described was applied twice, first for this same question on the RO portion of the 2009 Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC exam, and again for its use on this 2015 NRC exam. There was no facility post-exam feedback challenging any aspect of this question on the 2009 exam.

Summary The NRC has determined Question 12 was valid as administered with no changes required based on a re-assessment of the level of this question (RO versus SRO-only), the choices selected by the applicants and the question having been successfully used as an RO question on the 2009 Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC Exam.

3

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 29 NRC Resolution Delete the question.

Discussion Two of the applicants chose Key Answer D. Six applicants chose Distractor Choice B. No applicants chose Distractor Choices A or C.

None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.

This was a new question.

The licensee proposed accepting two answers, Choices Band D, based on their assessment that statements in the question stem were confusing, in that:

1) the referenced procedure, 20M-52.4.R.1.F, does not reference the use of 20M-7.4.F until after initiation of a plant cooldown,
2) the stem erroneously states that 20M-7.4.F is directed from 20M-52.4.R.l.F,
3) the use of the phrase "to remove non-condensable gases" was confusing and misleading because hydrogen is typically added during at-power operations to remove non-condensable gases,
4) the reference to 20M-7.4 .F and to "non-condensable gases" in the same question led to confusion as to the intent of the evolution
5) applicants demonstrated knowledge of the system by selecting the proper flow path.

Following detailed review, the NRC concludes there are not two valid answers. Choice Bis not a correct answer for the question. 20M-52.4.R.1.F does not specifically direct use of 20M-7.4.F until after initiation of a plant cooldown. However it does ensure, through Initial Condition 111.G, that 20M-52.4.R.l.A, "Station Shutdown Mode 1 to Mode 6 Administrative and Local Actions," is in progress. The R.1.A procedure (Step 71) directs placing a nitrogen cover gas on the VCT and commencing purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7.4.F when the reactor is within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of shutdown for the refueling outage. The procedure linkage in the stem, while confusing, is not technically incorrect.

Both hydrogen and nitrogen can reasonably be referred to as "non-condensable gases" as they are used in the reactor coolant system. However, by general convention, the station appears to consider hydrogen separately from all the other "non-condensables." This appeared to cause confusion. To arrive at the correct answer the applicants would have to know from memory that 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT" is used when allowing nitrogen 4

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 29 to force the removal of other entrained gases. The use of the 20M-7.4.F procedure would not be directed until within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of reactor shutdown. The question stem did not state when the reactor would be shutdown, only that a shutdown was in progress for a refueling outage. Based on the confusion factors and the detailed knowledge required to answer the question and despite the fact that the question was facility developed, validated and approved, the NRC concludes this question should be deleted. In this rare case, the NRC concludes the question was not appropriate for the closed reference exam in that the required knowledge went beyond that answerable without references.

Summary The NRC disagrees with the licensee arguments for two correct answers. However, the question is confusing and will be deleted from the exam.

References

1. 20M-52.4.R.1.F, Station Shutdown From 100% Power to MODE 5, Revision 31
2. 20M-52.4.R.1.A, Station Shutdown MODE 1 to MODE 6 Administrative and Local Actions, Revision 11
3. 20M-7.4.F, Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT, Revision 19 5

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 33 NRC Resolution Accept two answers. Choice C and Original Key Choice A are both correct answers. No other answers are correct.

Discussion Four applicants chose original Key Answer A. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice C. No applicants chose Distractor Choices B or D.

None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.

This was a modified question, from a NRC exam at another facility.

The licensee proposed accepting two answers (Choices A and C), based on their assessment that the question could be interpreted as either asking what it takes to reduce temperature or as asking what is procedurally required to reduce temperature.

The NRC agrees that both Choices A and Care correct answers because either of the methods could be performed in accordance with the alarm response procedure to reduce tank temperature.

Justification for Choice A as a correct answer: Tank temperature would be adequately reduced if operators filled the tank to near, but below the high level isolation setpoint of 90.5%. The trouble alarm response procedure subsection on high temperature directs opening fill valves with a note explaining they will automatically close above 90.5% level. This subsection does not address opening the drain valve. Even conservatively assuming an initial tank level at the high end of the normal band, normal fill water temperature and without taking tank ambient heat losses into consideration, the mass and energy calculations demonstrate that final tank water volume, when mixed, would be at a temperature below the high temperature alarm setpoint. Based on the guidance in the trouble alarm procedure subsection on high temperature, it would be acceptable to raise level as much as possible, up to 90.5% prior to draining back into the normal band.

Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2A states that PRT level "should" be maintained in the normal operating range between high and low level setpoints during normal operation. However, it is a "should" statement and describes "normal operation." It does not prohibit level from being raised above the high level setpoint for a short period of time for the specific purpose of lowering tank temperature. And Precaution and Limitation 71 states the tank contents should be cooled by spraying with primary water.

6

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 33 Justification for Choice Casa second correct answer: The question asks for the choice that identifies all valves that would be opened to reduce temperature in accordance with the PRT Trouble Alarm Response Procedure. This procedure is divided into sub-procedures for trouble related to temperature, pressure or level. The temperature subsection, which would apply immediately based on question initial conditions directs opening the fill valves and filling until temperature is restored. Physical interlocks would close the fill valves if level reaches 90.5%.

However, as described above, sufficient volume of colder water would have been added to reduce temperature below the high temperature setpoint of 120°F prior to reaching 90.5% level.

Although normal practice would be to raise level beyond the high level alarm setpoint of 78%

while intentionally filling to reduce temperature, the alarm procedure does not specifically direct the operator to ignore the resulting trouble alarm on high level. The high level trouble subsection directs operators to reduce level by opening the drain valve. Operators have the latitude to either remain in the high temperature section, adding sufficient water to cool the tank prior to initiating a tank drain evolution, or they could add water until the high level alarm actuates at 78%, then respond per the subsection on high level to reduce level to low in the normal band by draining.

Assuming a normal initial PRT level of 76%, a normal fill water temperature of 70°F and complete mixing of the tank contents, calculations confirm that sufficient water cannot be added to cool the tank to 120°F before reaching the 78% high alarm setpoint level.

Summary The NRC has determined Question 33 had two valid answers, Choices A and C, given that both choices describe acceptable methods for accomplishing the task.

References

1. 20M-6.2.A, RCS Precautions and Limitations, Revision 22
2. 20M-6.2.B, RCS Setpoints, Revision 13
3. 20M-6.4.AAY, Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble, Revision 10
4. Pressurizer Relief Tank 2RCS-TK-22 Curve (Volume vs Indicated Level), Approved 5/22/87 7

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 41 NRC Resolution Accept two answers. Accept original key Choice B and Choice D. No other answers are correct.

Discussion Six applicants chose Key Answer B. Two applicants chose Distractor Choice D. No applicants chose Distractor Choices A or C.

During exam administration, one of the applicants asked whether the question was asking "individual switch manipulations." The proctor directed the applicant to re-read the test item.

This was a modified question, from a NRC exam at another facility.

The licensee proposed accepting two answers (Choices Band D), based on their assessment that an applicant could make either of two reasonable assumptions, each of which would support a different answer. In the first instance, if the applicant assumed that "minimum required" referred to the minimum number of switches that would have to be physically manipulated, then Choice B (2 switches) would be the correct answer. In the second instance, if the applicant assumed that "minimum required" referred to the minimum number of switches which must be operated .Qy procedure, then Choice D (4 switches) would be the correct answer. EOP-0 (Step 10) directs performance of 20M-53.A.1.A.0.11, which requires (Step 9, RNO) operators to "manually initiate both switches for both trains." Choices Band D both describe switch configurations that would accomplish the task of starting both Quench Spray pumps. There is nothing in the stem to indicate that the first assumption is any more or less appropriate than the second.

Summary The NRC determined Question 41 had two valid answers, Choices Band D, supported by reasonable examinee assumptions.

References

1. 20M-53.A.1.A.0,11, Verification of Automatic Actions, Revision 9
2. 20M-53.A.1.E-O {ISS2), Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Issue 2, Revision 1
3. USFAR Figure 7.3-13, Functional Diagram - Safeguard Actuation Signal, Revision K 8

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 59 NRC Resolution Delete the question.

Discussion Three applicants chose Key Answer D. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice C. One applicant chose Distractor Choice A. No applicants chose Distractor Choice B.

None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.

This was a new question.

The licensee proposed accepting two answers, Original Key Answer D and Distractor Choice C, based on their assessment that Choice C would be correct if applicants assumed RP did not give permission to start the purge blower. The licensee further supports Choice Casa viable answer by explaining that conditions in the stem indicate significant fuel clad damage under which RP would not likely permit access to purge components.

The NRC does not agree that Choice C is a second correct answer because the question asks the action taken by the crew in accordance with the Hydrogen Level High/High-High Alarm Response Procedure. This procedure directs performance of 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation" and does not address actions to intentionally ignite the hydrogen. Hydrogen ignition, if required, would be directed from severe accident management guidelines.

However, as explained by the licensee in their post-exam comment, there are issues with the original key answer. It is based on the assumption that Radiation Protection would allow access to the purge blower. One of the initial conditions of the blower operation procedure is that "Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented." This should be interpreted as RP agrees I approves I grants permission for access to equipment necessary to implement the procedure. Stem conditions describe a hydrogen concentration in excess of that expected for a OBA LOCA, indicating core damage, which would reasonably result in elevated dose rates in areas immediately adjacent to the containment, including areas necessary for implementation of the purge blower operation procedure.

In any case, it remains that for the original answer to be valid, the applicants must assume a condition not stated in the stem. Starting the purge blower IAW the alarm procedure can only be valid if one assumes that Radiation Protection has been informed and authorizes entry into areas adjacent to containment. Per Appendix E of NUREG-1021, applicants are directed to "not make assumptions regarding conditions that are not specified in the question unless they occur as a 9

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 59 consequence of other conditions that are stated in the question." The assumption regarding Radiation Protection cannot be assumed as a consequence of stated conditions. Without making this assumption the key answer cannot be correct.

Summary The NRC disagrees with the licensee arguments to accept two correct answers. However, no answer choices are correct for the given stem conditions. The question will be deleted from the exam.

References

1. 20M-46.4.ABD, Hydrogen Level High/High - High, Revision 3
2. 20M-46.4.D, Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation, Revision 3
3. NUREG-1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors," Revision 10 10

Beaver Valley Unit 2 Post Exam Comments, Resolution and Technical References Index Page Attachment A - Facility Comments for Written Exam Questions 1 NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 74

Attachment A Facility Comments for Written Exam Questions

Question 12 Recommendation: The facility recommends deleting question #12 from the RO portion of the exam.

Reason: The question is on the RO exam but is at the SRO level of required knowledge as determined by ES-401 Figure 2.

Question:

12. The plant has been operating at 100% power with all systems in NSA for the past 100 days.
  • An inadvertent reactor trip occurs coincident with a loss of offsite power
  • All systems function as designed
  • The crew is implementing the actions ofES-0.2, "Natural Circulation Cooldown"
  • RCS temperature is 400°F lowering at 20°F/hr
  • RCS Subcooling is 165°F
  • RCS Pressure 1200 psig and stable Alarm Al l-5G, CRDM Shroud Fan Auto-Start/Auto-Stop is received. ALL CRDM shroud fans have tripped and cannot be restarted.

What ramifications will the loss of these CRDM Shroud Fans have on the continued performance ofES-0.2, "Natural Circulation Cooldown"?

A. Further RCS cooldown (below 350°F) cannot continue UNTIL a suitable RX vessel head soak has been performed.

B. Further RCS depressurization (below 1200 psig) cannot continue UNTIL a suitable RX vessel head soak has been performed.

C. Immediately INCREASE RCS pressure 100 psig to RAISE RCS subcooling.

D. Immediately DECREASE RCS pressure 100 psig to LOWER RCS subcooling.

Question 12 appeared in the RO section of the written exam. ES-401 PREPARING INITIAL SITE-SPECIFIC WRITIEN EXAMINATIONS, Figure 2 indicates that the knowledge needed to answer the question is at the SRO Only level. ES-401 Figure 2 requires ROs to know the purpose, overall sequence of events and overall mitigative strategy of procedures. Per the EOP background documents, the high level actions or overall mitigative strategy of ES-0.2 are:

1) Try to Start a RCP
2) Cool Down and Depressurize RCS with no Upper head Void Growth
3) Lock Out the SI System
4) Place RHS in Service
5) Cooldown to Mode 5

The final decision block in ES-401 Figure 2 asks the following question:

Does the question require one or more of the following?

  • Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed?

While the stem of Question 12 asks what the ramifications of a certain condition will be, it is really asking what the procedural requirements are for an existing condition. Additionally, it requires the candidate to assess plant conditions in order to select a section of a procedure with which to proceed.

This assessment includes the following:

  • Note: The ES-0.3 Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void in Vessel (With RVLIS) and ES-0.4 Natural Circulation Cooldown With Voids (Without RVLIS) procedures are sub-procedures of the natural circulation group of EOPs. The candidates had to determine if the 20F per hour cooldown rate was within the limits of ES-0.2 or if a transition to ES-0.3 or ES-0.4 was required.

Step 13 of ES-0.2 has a transition to ES-0.3 or ES-0.4 based on the ability to control cooldown rates. Oistractor "O" references an action performed in ES-0.4. This distractor requires a detailed understanding of procedure content to determine if the action is correct.

  • The impact of losing all CROM fans on the proper flow path to take through the EOP. Step 15 of ES-0.2 requires the crew to assess the status of CROM cooling fans and select the proper section of the EOP to perform based on that assessment. The direction needed to arrive at the correct answer for this question is contained in the "Response Not Obtained" section of the procedure.
  • Sufficient Subcooling for current plant conditions - Step 16 of ES-0.2 checks for sufficient sub-cooling. If insufficient subcooling exists the crew is directed to stop the depressurization and re-establish subcooling. Oistractor "C" references this action.

==

Conclusion:==

To answer question 12 correctly requires the candidate to know the detailed actions of the Response Not Obtained section of step 15 of ES-0.2 which requires three actions, maintain RCS Pressure at 1200 psig with acceptable subcooling, cool down to less than 350F and wait for the 9 hour1.041667e-4 days <br />0.0025 hours <br />1.488095e-5 weeks <br />3.4245e-6 months <br /> soak, then cool down and depressurize the plant. The knowledge required to answer the question is beyond the required RO level outlined in ES-401 Figure 2.

Based on the above information the facility believes that the question cannot be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall sequence of events, or overall mitigative strategy of a procedure, and therefore should be classified as an SRO only question and as such be removed from the RO portion of the exam.

BVPS- EOP 20M-53A.1.ES-0.2(1SS2)

Number Title ES-0.2 Natural Circulation Cool down Issue 2 Revision 1

STEP 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 11 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED Check Cooldown Rate In RCS Reduce RCS cooldown rate to Cold Legs less than allowable limit.

  • All RCS loops active - IF cooldown rate can NOT be LESS THAN 25F/HR reduced to less than 25F/HR, THEN Go to:

-OR-

  • One or two RCS loops Circulation Cooldown With inactive - LESS THAN Steam Void In Vessel MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LIMIT OF (With RVLIS) ", Step 1.

ATTACHMENT A-4.10

-OR-

  • ES-0.4, "Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void In Vessel (Without RVLIS)", Step 1.

2ES02 12/23/2015 22of29

BVPS- EOP 20M-53A.1.ES-0.2(1SS2)

Number Title ES-0.2 Natura1 Circu1ation Coo1down Issue 2 Revision 1

STEP 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 15 Verify Vessel Head Soak Not Required

a. CROM fans - AT LEAST TWO a. Perform the following:

RUNNING (ONE FAN PER UNIT)

1) Maintain RCS pressure at 1200 PSIG and RCS subcooling within acceptable range on Attachment A-4.2.
2) Cooldown the RCS to less than 350F.
3) Wait for 9 HOURS, THEN Go to Step 16.

2ES02 12/23/2015 24of29

ES-401 8 Attachment 2 Figure 2: Screening for SRO-only linked to 10 CFR 55.43(b)(5)

(Assessment and selection of procedures)

Can the question be answered solely by knowing "systems knowledge", i.e., how the system works, flowpath, logic, component location?

Yes I- RO question I No

.

Can the question be answered solely by knowing immediate operator actions? Yes I-~ RO question I No

,

Can the question be answered solely by knowing entry conditions for AOPs or plant parameters that Yes I~ RO question require direct entry to major EOPs?

I No

',

Can the question be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall sequence of events, or overall Yes I- RO question mitioative strateov of a procedure?

I No

,

Does the question require one or more of the following?

  • Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed
  • Knowledge of when to implement attachments and appendices, including how to coordinate these items with procedure steps Yes I - SRO-only question
  • Knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the EOPs that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures
  • Knowledge of administrative procedures that specify hierarchy, implementation, and/or coordination of plant normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures I No 1*

Question might not be linked to 1O CFR 55.43(b)(5) for SRO-only ES-401, Page 22 of 50

Question 29 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two answers for this question.

Reason: The stem of the question contains some unclear and confusing information that led to different assumptions by the candidates.

29. The plant is shutting down for a refueling outage in accordance with 20M-52.4.R. l .F, "Station Shutdown From 100% Power To Mode 5".

Plant is at 30% power All systems in normal alignment for this power level Chemistry has requested a purge of the VCT to remove non-condensable gases.

In accordance with 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The Volume Control Tanlc,

which of the following completes the statements below?

At this power level, _ ___,(-"--}),___ gas is used for purging the RCS of non-condensable gasses.

The non-condensable gasses from the VCT will be purged to the (2)

A. I) Hydrogen

2) Primary Plant Sample System B. I) Hydrogen
2) Boron Recovery System C. I) Nitrogen
2) Primary Plant Sample System D. l) Nitrogen
2) Boron Recovery System Some statements in the stem of question 29 are unclear or conflicting. These conflicts caused confusion with the candidates as to the intent of the VCT purge referenced in the question stem. These items are listed below:

11

  • The referenced procedure 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown from 100% to Mode 5 does not reference the use of 20M-7.4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT11 until the RCS is being cooled down from 500F to 350F. The stem of the question states that the plant is at 30% power, at which time RCS temperature is"' 556F. This led to confusion as to why the degas operation was being performed.
  • The direction to use the procedure listed in the question stem - 20M-7 .4.F "Degassing the RCS from 11 the VCT while the unit is at 30% power is directed from a different procedure than was listed in the stem of the question. Specifically, procedure 20M-52.4.R.l.A "STATION SHUTDOWN MODE 1 TO MODE 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOCAL ACTIONS 11 page 23 step 71, directs the use of 20M-7.4.F, not 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown from 100% to Mode 511 as was stated in the stem of the question.
  • 20M-52.4.R.1.A "STATION SHUTDOWN MODE 1 TO MODE 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOCAL 11 ACTIONS page 23 step 71 directs the operator to "Place N2 cover gas on VCT and Commence

purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7 .4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT". While this procedure step does specify adding Nitrogen to the VCT it does not state why Nitrogen is added to the VCT but does state to do this as directed by chemistry. The primary chemistry requirements/direction at this point of a planned shutdown are to reduce RCS Hydrogen concentration, not to remove non-condensable gases, as was listed in the stem of the question. This led to confusion when answering the question because typical at power operations require non-condensable gases to be removed by adding Hydrogen to the VCT while the intentional reduction of Hydrogen concentration of the RCS requires the addition of Nitrogen to the VCT.

  • The stem of the question stated that the intent of the VCT purge was to remove Non-condensable gasses from the VCT. When at power this evolution is typically accomplished by the use of 20M-7.4.E "Hydrogen Concentration Control of the Reactor Coolant System" and Hydrogen is used to perform the purge. 20M-7.4.F "Degassing the RCS from the VCT" is typically used when removing hydrogen (Degassing) the VCT. The use of both concepts in the question caused confusion as to the intent of the evolution being described.
  • The candidates understood the operation of the system as evidenced by all selecting the proper flow path, however the confusion in the intent of the evolution caused the majority of the candidates to select Hydrogen as the purging medium.

Based on the above information the facility is requesting that two answers (Band D) be accepted as correct answers.

BVPS-SBS Unit2 20M-52.4.R.1.A Station Shutdown Revision 11 Operating Procedures Page 23of65 Station Shutdown MODE 1 to MODE 6 Administrative and Local Actions T-24 HOURS

68. Begin monitoring Attachment 2, Continuous Actions.

Initial

69. Verify that the controlled copies of the following procedures are available to the Control Room:
  • 20M-52.4.R.1.F "Station Shutdown From 100% to MODE 5"
  • 20M-52.4.R.1.S "Secondary Plant Shutdown"
  • 20M-52.4.R.2.F "Station Shutdown - MODE 5 Activities" Initial
70. Verify that the binders for the individual Operators have controlled copies of the applicable parts of this procedure (Continuous Actions, Expected Alarms, Attachments, etc.)

Initial

71. Place N2 cover gas on VCT and Commence purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT".

Initial

72. Notify Effluent Control that steam will be released during the shutdown from the Steam Generator Atmospheric's, [2SVS-PCV101A, B, C].

Initial

a. Initiate the performance of 20M-10.4.A, "RHR System Startup", to check for RHR System voids, to sample both trains of RHR and to maximize CCP flow.

Additional SWS flow required should be directed to the EOF.

Initial

73. Stage communications equipment for the Turbine Overspeed test attachment of 20M-52.4.R.1. F "Station Shutdown From 100% to MODE 5".

Initial

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-52.4.R.1.F Station Shutdown Revision 32 Operating Procedures Page 37 of 201 STATION SHUTDOWN FROM 100% POWER TO MODE 5 I. RCS Cooldown to 350F

1. +Perform the applicable part of 20ST-49.2A "Shutdown Margin Calculation For Cooldown To 350F, to verify boron requirement for cooling down to 350F is met.

Initial

2. Continue the RCS cooldown and depressurization to 350F at desired rate

$ 1OOF (90F Target) IN ANY ONE HOUR AND on the target line of Figure 1, "RCS Press I Temp Limits Cooldown Curve", in accordance with Attachment 5, Continuous Action Step I (PERFORMING RCS COOLDOWN)

Initial

3. Begin raising pressurizer level to the target of "90% actual pressurizer level" as follows:
a. Adjust net charging flow as desired by performing the applicable steps of Attachment 22, "Letdown Orifice Manipulations".
b. Throttle charging flow < 150 gpm to maintain pressurizer level on target AND Net Charging Flow less than maximum.
c. Refer to Figure 2, Figure 3, and Table 2 for target and maximum values.
d. Trend [2RCS*Tl450] Surge Line Temperature.

Initial

4. When desired by Station Chemistry during plant cooldown, purge the VCT of non-condensable gasses in accordance with either of the following:

(N/A the option NOT used)

a. If charging pump suction is aligned to the RWST, THEN Initiate Attachment 25, "Purging the VCT." (otherwise N/A)

Initial

b. If charging pump suction is aligned to the VCT, THEN Initiate 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The Volume Control Tank."

(otherwise NIA)

Initial

/0

BVPS- SBS Unit2 20M-52.4.R.1.F Station Shutdown Revision 32 Operating Procedures Page 59 of 201 STATION SHUTDOWN FROM 100% POWER TO MODE 5 MANPOWER TASKS TIME TABLE Level RHR PAB Turb Out Extra RO Extra Extra RO BOP Oper STA Oper Oper Oper side #1 N0#1 N0#2 1.

2.

Reduce Load Stoo Feedoumo

  • **
3. Stroke Bvoass Vis
4. Pedestal Checks 48% *
  • 5.

6.

Isolate MSRs Bypass Feed in Ser.

  • 30%
7. Raise SG level to 50-60% *
  • *
8. lsol Slowdown
9. Alien Boration 10.

11.

Manual Rods 15%

Steam Press Mode

  • 12.

13.

TIS Survl Trends Open MOBs

  • *
14. Stop Main Trf Cooline *
15. Trip Reactor 10- 15%
  • 16.

17.

Feedwater Isl Att Borate RCS Att

  • * *
18. Isl P/G WT 19.

20.

Cooldown - 500F Source Range Att

  • 21.

22.

20ST-49.2A 541F lntlk P12

  • 23.

24.

Post SM Cir RODs Stoo RCP B&A

  • 25.

26.

SOM <500F

<500F Samele RHR

  • 27.

28.

Block Safetv lni Begin Raising PRZR

    • *
  • Level
29. Alien Demins 30.

31.

Cooldown to 350F VCT Buro 500-350F

  • 32.

33.

Stoo MFD Pumo Adiust Seal lni

  • * *
  • 34.

35.

ISL SI Accums 1K PORV Vent

  • *
  • 36.

37.

PRT Press Control Gland Stm Transfer

  • 38.

39.

OPPS in Service Enter MODE 4

40.

41.

Heatup RHR Pull Stm Dump

  • Fuses
42. Enter MODE 5
  • ATIACHMENT 1: BRIEFINGS

A9.330B Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System STEP-BY-STEP Revision 6 Prepared by Date Pages Issued Effective Date J.P. Keegan 09/10/08 1 through 9 09/18/08 Reviewed by Date Validated by Date C. Eberle 09/16/08 N/A PORC Meeting No. Date PORC Not Required PAF-08-01991

BVPS - SSS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 2 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System I. PURPOSE This procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen and place a hydrogen cover pressure on the VCT.

This procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen to maintain proper hydrogen concentration in the RCS II. PRECAUTIONS & LIMITATIONS A. Explosive mixtures of oxygen and hydrogen in the Volume Control Tank (VCT) must be avoided at all times. The oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% by volume whenever a hydrogen blanket is present. Nitrogen gas may be used for purging.

Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. For Part A, A nitrogen blanket is being maintained on the VCT.

B. For Part B, hydrogen has been established on the VCT.

C. Hydrogen is available to [2CHS*65], H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118].

D. The boron recovery system is aligned to receive and process letdown from the CHS System.

E. The reactor plant vents and drains system is lined up to receive and process the VCT vents.

F. Charging and letdown flow has been established.

G. The oxygen concentration of the RCS is less than 0.10 ppm.

H. At least one ( 1) of the following loops are in operation maintaining 3000 gpm flow through the core:

1. Reactor coolant loop A ORB OR C and its associated steam generator and RCP.
2. Residual heat removal pump A OR B and a heat exchanger.

I. The oxygen concentration of the PRT is less than 2%.

J. The oxygen concentration in [2GWS-TK21], Gaseous Waste Surge Tank, is less than 2%.

K. The oxygen concentration in [2GWS-TK25A, B, C, D, E, F, G], Gaseous Storage Tanks, is less than 2%.

L. The oxygen concentration in [2DGS-TK21, 22], Primary Drains Transfer Tanks, is less than 2%.

M. [2CHS*PCV117], VCT Vent Back Pressure Regulator, is set at 20 psig.

N. [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet is closed.

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 3 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Establishing Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS

1. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments with high voiding potential or known voids prior to hydrogen addition.
2. Sample the VCT gaseous space and verify oxygen content is less than 2% by volume.
3. Remove the nitrogen supply from the VCT as follows: (Aux Bldg, El 755)
a. Close [2CHS*67], N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS-PCV119].
b. Close [2CHS*68], N2 to VCT lsol.
c. Close [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT.
4. Establish automatic supply of hydrogen gas to the VCT as follows:
a. Verify [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, is set at 16 psig. (BB-A)
b. Open [2CHS*65], H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118]. (Aux Bldg, El 755)
c. Verify [2CHS*PCV118], Hydrogen Supply Pressure Regulator, is set at 50 psig. (Aux Bldg, El 755)
d. Open [2CHS*66], H2 Outlet lsol for [2CHS*PCV118]. (Aux Bldg, El 755)

Note: [2CHS*AOV8101] may need to be intermittently closed to maintain VCT pressure -20 psig during VCT fill.

5. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. (VB-A)
6. Place [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector Switch to the VC Tank position. (BB-A)
7. Raise the VCT level to 95% as indicated at [2CHS-Ll115] while purging with hydrogen as follows: (VB-A)
a. Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A)
b. If necessary to raise the VCT level, makeup to the VCT in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 4 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System

c. When 95% VCT level is reached as indicated on [2CHS-Ll115], complete the following: (VB-A)
1) If manual makeup was started then secure manual makeup in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
2) Ensure VCT pressure being maintained - 20 psig.
3) Verify open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
4) Maintain this condition for 10 min.
8. Secure the hydrogen purge after 10 minutes as follows:
a. Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control, to 16 psig. (BB-A)
b. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A)
c. Lower VCT level by placing [2CHS*LCV115A], Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position. (BB-A)
9. When VCT Level returns to 20-65%, Purge the VCT with hydrogen one additional time prior to initial sampling by repeating steps IV.A.5 through IV.A.8.c. (N/A if already performed).
10. When the VCT level returns to the normal operating range of 20-65%, sample the VCT gaseous space and verify nitrogen concentration is less than 3% by volume and oxygen concentration less than 4% by volume, if not repeat Step IV.A.5 through IV.A.10.
11. Independently Verify [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position and document in the Narrative Log.
12. Establish hydrogen supply to the inline sparger as follows:
a. Close [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. (BB-A)
b. Verify [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, is set at 18 psig. (BB-A)
c. Place [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, in Auto.

(BB-A)

d. Sample gaseous waste system to verify N2 concentration is less than 0.2% by volume in accordance with BVPS-2 Chemistry Manual.
e. If desired AND Chemistry concurs, Open [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet. (BB-A)
f. When makeup from the GW surge tank is no longer required, Close

[2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet.

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 5 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System

13. If the oxygen content in the VCT approaches 5 percent, purge the gas space as follows:
a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A)
b. Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A)
c. When oxygen concentration is reduced to desired level complete the following:
1) Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 18 psig. (BB-A)
2) Close [2CHS*AOV8101 ], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.

(VB-A)

14. Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Narrative Log.
15. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments inspected in Step IV.A.1 AND to compare void volumes.

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 6 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System B. Maintaining Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS

1. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments with high voiding potential or known voids prior to hydrogen addition.

Note: [2CHS*AOV8101] may need to be intermittently closed to maintain VCT pressure -20 psig during VCT fill.

2. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. (VB-A)
3. Place [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector Switch to the VC Tank position. (BB-A)
4. Raise the VCT level up to 95% as indicated at [2CHS-LI 115] while purging with hydrogen as follows: (VB-A)
a. If necessary to raise the VCT level, makeup to the VCT in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
b. When :S 95% VCT level is reached as indicated on [2CHS-LI 115], complete the following: (VB-A)
1) If manual makeup was started, then secure manual makeup in accordance with 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation".
2) Ensure VCT pressure being maintained - 20 psig.
3) Raise the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to 25 psig. (BB-A)
4) Verify open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.
5) Maintain this condition for 10 min.
5. Secure the hydrogen purge after 10 minutes as follows:
a. Reduce the pressure setting for [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control, to -16 psig. (BB-A)
b. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers. (VB-A)
c. Lower VCT level by placing [2CHS*LCV115A], Mode Selector Switch to AUTO position. (BB-A)
6. If directed by Chemistry, Purge the VCT with hydrogen one additional time, prior to sampling by repeating Steps IV.B.2 through IV.B.5.c.
7. When the VCT level returns to the normal operating range of 20-65%, Request Chemistry to sample the RCS.
8. If required, Purge the VCT with hydrogen by repeating Steps IV.B.2 through IV.B.7.

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 7 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System

9. Independently Verify [2CHS*LCV115A] in Auto position and document in the Narrative Log.
10. Independently Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Narrative Log.
11. Notify NOE to perform an UT inspection on piping segments inspected in Step IV.B.1 AND to compare void volumes.

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 8 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System

v. REFERENCES A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NONE B. UPDATED FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT NONE C. COMMITMENTS NONE D. ADMINISTRATIVE NONE E. VENDOR INFORMATION NONE F. DRAWINGS
1. 10080-RM-407-2, VOND Charging Sys VCT And Make-Up G. OPERATING MANUAL
1. 20M-7 .1, Chemical And Volume Control System, Description
2. 20M-7.2 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints
3. 20M-7.3 2CHS Valve List
4. 20M-7.4.N, Blender Manual Makeup Operation H. PLANT MODIFICATION NONE I. OTHER
1. OMDR 2-91-0176 (Rev. 0)
2. OMDR 2-93-0511 (Rev. 1)
3. Incorporated: OMDR 2-93-1056 which deleted P&L step concerning reduction of H2 concentration. OMCR 2-96-1256 changed setpoint for [2CHS-PCV118] to 50 psig per MWR 049809. (Rev. 2)

BVPS - SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.E Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 6 Operating Procedures Page 9 of 9 Hydrogen Concentration Control Of The Reactor Coolant System

4. DRR-02-01294, Add Chemistry concurrence for use of [2CHS*AOV102], Volume Control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet and add step to close [2CHS*AOV102]

following makeup from GW surge Tank, change Precaution and Limitation A to state the oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% instead of 5%. (Rev. 3)

5. PAF-02-03557, 02-03340RAD, Add to purpose that this procedure describes the steps necessary to purge the VCT with hydrogen to maintain proper hydrogen concentration in the RCS; add initial condition For Part B, hydrogen has been established on the VCT; add steps to Independently Verify Closed

[2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers and document in the Daily Journal; Add part B, Maintaining Hydrogen Concentration Control of RCS, Independently Verify control switch for [2CHS*LCV115A], VCT Level Cont in the Auto position and document in the Daily Journal. (Rev. 4)

6. CR 02-06831, PAF-02-03577, Added instruction to perform UT inspections to monitor any gas void formations. (Rev. 5)
7. PAF 08-01991 (Revision 6)
a. CR 08-45417, Order 200335871, Remove steps to adjust the potentiometer for

[2CHS*LCV115A] to maintain :::; 95% level in VCT and to place the Control switch for [2CHS*LCV115A], VCT Level Cont to the Auto position.

b. CA 08-38179-01, PCR 4064, Add a step to close [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT.
c. Change Daily Journal to Narrative Log, correct increase and decrease verbs, and change check to verify.

2o

A9.330B Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-7.4.F DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROMTHEVOLUMECONTROLTANK STEP-BY-STEP Revision 20 Prepared by Date Pages Issued Effective Date J. P.Keegan 12/03/15 1through18 12/08/15 Reviewed by Date Validated by Date C. Eberle 12/04/15 N/A PORC Meeting No. Date PAF-15-02230 PORC Not Required This Working Copy has been verified current using the designated electronic version or has been compared to a controlled copy of the Operating Manual and SHALL be re-verified current once every 72 Hours.

EMP. NO. 'INIT. DATE TIME

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 2 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK I. PURPOSE This procedure provides the steps necessary to reduce the concentration of hydrogen and other dissolved gasses from the reactor coolant system for refueling or maintenance.

This procedure also provides instructions to purge the pressurizer vapor space of non-condensable gasses during power operation to assist in re-establishing the pressurizer PORVs loop seal.

II. PRECAUTIONS & LIMITATIONS A. Explosive mixture of oxygen and hydrogen in the Volume Control Tank (VCT) must be avoided at all times. The oxygen content in the tanks must not exceed 2% by volume whenever a hydrogen blanket is present. Nitrogen gas may be used for purging.

(20M-7.2)

B. RCS H2 Cone is not to be reduced below 15 cc/kg with Rx critical (20M-51.2).

Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. Charging and letdown flow has been established.

B. The reactor plant vents and drains system is lined up to receive and process the VCT vents.

C. The boron recovery system is aligned to receive and process letdown from the CHS System.

D. Nitrogen is available to [2CHS-67], N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS-PCV119].

E. The primary plant component and neutron tank cooling water system is supplying cooling water to [2SSR-E22], PZR Vapor Space Sample Cooler.

F. The reactor plant sample system is available to transfer condensable gasses from the pressurizer to a suitable collection point.

G. [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Pressure Regulator, is initially set at 20 psig.

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 3of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Preparation For Degassing The RCS From The VCT

1. Open [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT, (Aux. Bldg, EL. 755, 758)
2. Verify Closed [2CHS*AOV102], Volume control Tank Recycled Hydrogen Inlet.

(BB-A)

3. Remove hydrogen from the VCT as follows: (Aux. Bldg, EL. 755 VCT Cub South Wall/759)
a. Close [2CHS-65], (RM) H2 Inlet Isolation to [2CHS-PCV118] AND Caution Tag.
b. Close [2CHS-66], (RM) H2 Outlet lsol for [2CHS-PCV118] AND Caution Tag.
c. Verify Closed [2CHS*67] (RM) N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS*PCV119].
d. Verify Open [2CHS*68] N2 to VCT lsol.
e. Relieve any trapped pressure to the VCT as follows:
1) Open [2CHS*AOV203] VCT Nitrogen Blanket Hdr lsol Viv. (BB-A)
2) Open [2CHS*PCV116B] Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv. (BB-A)
f. Fail open [2CHS*PCV119], Nitrogen Supply Pressure Regulator, (Aux Bldg.

759' VCT Cubicle) by lowering VCT pressure AND then closing [2CHS-570].

Diaphragm Pressure Root for [2CHS*PCV119] OR manually open using the manual override mechanism.

g. Reclose [2CHS*PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv.
h. Open [2CHS*67] (RM) N2 Inlet lsol to [2CHS*PCV119].
i. Update the Control Room VOND.
4. Maintain the letdown flow rate as high as permissible for the existing plant conditions.
a. Keep at least [2RCS*P21A] or [2RCS*P21 C], Reactor Coolant Pumps, in operation to provide for continuous pressurizer spray flow.
b. Energize additional pressurized heaters to maximize spray flow.
5. Verify [2CHS*PCV116A], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv is set at 18 psig.

(BB-A)

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 4of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK B. Purging The VCT During RCS Degasification CAUTION: VCT MINIMUM PRESSURE IS 15 PSIG. THIS WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED BACK PRESSURE ON THE RCP SEALS.

1. If necessary to enable reducing VCT pressure in the following steps, then fail open

[2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Press Reg, by Performing the following: (Aux.

Bldg 755' VCT Cub E. Wall 757')

a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).
b. Adjust [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, raising VCT pressure above 20 psig to open [2CHS-PCV117].
c. With VCT pressure above 20 psig, Close [2CHS-564], Root lsol for [2CHS-PCV117] (Aux Bldg 755' VCT Cub E Wall), to trap pressure in the positioner for

[2CHS-PCV117].

d. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).

Note: Step IV.B.2 through Step IV.B.5 may be performed as necessary during the VCT purge.

2. If required, reduce VCT gas space pressure on [2CHS-PI 117], so that additional non-condensable gasses escape from coolant in VCT, by performing any of the following:
a. Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).

CAUTION: VCT MINIMUM PRESSURE IS 15 PSIG. THIS WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED BACK PRESSURE ON THE RCP SEALS.

b. Adjust [2CHS-PCV116B] to Reduce VCT pressure to between 15 and 20 psig.
c. When VCT pressure is between 15 and 20 psig, Close [2CHS*AOV8101],

Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers.

3. If required, raise VCT level in preparation for VCT purging of non-condensable gasses as follows:
a. Place [2CHS*LCV115], VCT Level Cont selector switch to VCT position.
b. If desired to fill the VCT from the PRZR, then increase letdown flow or reduce charging flow. (preferred) (Otherwise step is N/A)

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 5of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

c. If desired to fill the VCT from a Boric Acid Tank, Perform EITHER 20M-7.4.N, "Blender Manual Makeup Operation", OR the following IF boric acid makeup is desired: (Otherwise step is N/A)
1) Verify open [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender (BB-A).
2) Verify closed [2CHS*MOV350], Emergency Boration lsol Viv (BB-A).
3) Check running OR Start [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump.

CAUTION: USING THE RWST DURING MODES 1-4 WILL CAUSE ENTRY INTO T.S. 3.5.4, IF LEVEL REDUCES TO LESS THAN 716 INCHES.

d. If desired to fill the VCT using makeup from the RWST, Perform the following:

(Otherwise step is N/A)

1) Open [2CHS*LCV115B or 115D], Charging Pumps Suet From RWST, to provide makeup flow to pressurizer and VCT.
2) Close [2CHS*LCV115C or 115E], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank, to divert all return flow from degasifiers to the VCT.
e. Allow VCT level to rise to a maximum of 90% - 95%.
1) As [2CHS-Ll115], Volume Control Tank Level, AND [2CHS-Pl117] Volume Control Tank Pressure, indicators rise, Cycle [2CHS*AOV8101], control switch between OPEN and CLOSE positions, to maintain VCT pressure between 15 and 20 psig.
4. When VCT level reaches the desired level, discontinue VCT fill AND Stabilize VCT level as follows:

CAUTION: SUBSTEPS IV.B.4.a AND IV.B.4.b MUST BE PERFORMED FIRST TO ENSURE SUCTION FLOW TO CHARGING PUMPS.

a. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV115C], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank.
b. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV115E], Charging Pumps Suet From Volume Control Tank.
c. If the RWST was used as makeup to the CHS, Close [2CHS*LCV115B and 115D], Charging Pumps Suet From RWST. (Otherwise step is NIA)

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 6of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

d. If desired to isolate makeup flow from the Boric Acid Tank, perform the following: (Otherwise step is N/A)
1) Verify control switch to AUTO for [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump.
2) Close [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender.
e. Balance charging and letdown flows to stabilize VCT level.
5. When desired, Reduce level in VCT to a minimum of 20% as follows:
a. Close [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers (VB-A).
b. Place [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, controller in AUTO OR manually adjust [2CHS-PCV116B] to control VCT pressure.

CAUTION: [2CHS*RV209], LTDN DEMIN RELIEF VLV, CAN LIFT IF LETDOWN FLOW IS GREATER THAN 75 GPM, [2CHS*LCV115A] IS IN THE FULL DIVERT TO THE DEGASIFIER POSITION, AND ONE DEGASIFIER IS ALIGNED TO RECEIVE LETDOWN.

c. If flow will be diverted to the degasifier in the next step AND letdown flow is greater than 75 gpm, perform either of the following: (Otherwise N/A)
1) Reduce letdown flow by removing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice from service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service".

OR

2) Align degasifiers to receive maximum letdown by Opening [2BRS-MOV1 OOB], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 24B1 & 24B2 Inlet Valve.
d. Perform either of the following to reduce VCT level:
1) If the plant is in MODE 4 or 5 with an RCP running and a pressurizer steam bubble, Perform Attachment A, otherwise Adjust charging and letdown flows to transfer coolant from VCT to the pressurizer. (Preferred)

OR

2) Operate [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector switch from VCT to AUTO to VCT position, as necessary to direct [2CHS*LCV112] flow to the coolant recovery tanks AND to maintain VCT pressure> 15 psig.

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 7of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

e. When VCT level reaches the desired level> 20%, Perform the following
1) Verify OR Place [2CHS*LCV115A] Mode Selector switch to AUTO position.
2) Place controller in AUTO for [2CHS-LCV112], VCT Level Cont Divert to Clnt Rcvy.)
3) Return pressurizer level to program AND Return charging flow control to automatic.
4) Verify [2CHS-PCV116B], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, controller in AUTO.
f. If desired to align makeup flow from the Boric Acid Transfer Pump to continue emergency boration, Perform the following: (Otherwise N/A)
1) Open [2CHS*MOV350], Emergency Boration lsol Viv.
2) Close [2CHS*FCV113A], Boric Acid To Boric Acid Blender.
3) Place control switch to AUTO for [2CHS*P22A (22B)], Boric Acid Transfer Pump.
4) When emergency boration is no longer required, Close [2CHS*MOV350]

Emergency Boration lsol. Viv.

g. If valve is failed open, return [2CHS-PCV117], VCT Vent Back Press Reg, to the 20 psig setting by Opening [2CHS-564], Root lsol for [2CHS-PCV117] (aux Bldg 755' VCT Cub E Wall). (Otherwise step is N/A)
6. If flow to the degasifier(s) was reduced OR a second degasifier was placed into service, perform either of the following, as applicable: (Otherwise N/A)
a. Raise letdown flow by placing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice in service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service".

OR

b. Align degasifiers by Closing [2BRS-MOV100B], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 24B1 &

24B2 Inlet Valve.

7. Notify Chemistry that VCT has been purged AND to sample VCT for hydrogen.
8. Go to Step IV.C.

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 8 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK C. Continue To Degasify The RCS CAUTION: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT CAN RESULT IN A DILUTION OF THE RCS AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS.

CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO

[2DGS-TK21] OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT.

BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE.

1. Place at least one 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to ON.
2. Verify [2RCS*PCV455A, 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO.
3. Request Chemistry to establish a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
4. If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21] or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.

CAUTION: DO NOT REDUCE RCS HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BELOW 15CC/KG WITH REACTOR CRITICAL.

5. At 3 hour3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> intervals or as directed by Chemistry Section, purge the VCT gas space by performing Step IV. B.
a. After each purge have chemistry sample Reactor Coolant System.
b. Verify hydrogen concentration is reduced to less than 5cc/kg and the Xenon 133 gaseous activity to less than 0.5 microcuries/cc. IF not continue to purge at regular intervals.
6. To stop the purge of the PZR, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
7. Return [2RCS*PCV455A and 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control to AUTO.

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 9of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

8. Independently verify [2RCS*PCV455A and 4558], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log.
9. Return the 2RCP*H2A,B,C,D and E, PRZR Heaters Group A,B,C,D and E to AUTO.
10. Independently verify the 2RCP*H2A,B,C,D and E, PRZR Heaters Group A,B,C,D and E in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log.
11. Restore [2CHS-PCV119], Nitrogen Supply Pressure Regulator by Opening

[2CHS-570], Diaphragm Pressure Root for [2CHS-PCV119] OR by operating the manual override mechanism, as applicable.

BVPS- SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 10 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK Note: The following steps provide instructions to purge non-condensable gasses from the pressurizer, which is blocking the formation of the loop seal for the pressurizer PORV.

D. Purge the Pressurizer of Non-condensable Gasses:

CAUTION: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT CAN RESULT IN A DILUTION OF THE RCS AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS.

CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO

[2DGS-TK21] OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT.

BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE.

1. Evaluate requesting an RWDA-G as a precaution for purging the pressurizer to the sample panel.
2. Verify at least one 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to ON.
3. Verify [2RCS*PCV455A, 455B], PRZR Spray Valve Control in AUTO.
4. Request Chemistry to establish a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
5. If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21] or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
6. After 24 hrs OR a time determined by Chemistry, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures.
7. Return the 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) to AUTO.
8. Independently verify the 2RCP*H2A(B)(D)(E) PRZR Heaters Backup Group (A)(B)(D)(E) in AUTO and Record the verification in the Narrative Log.

3o

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 11 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

9. Assess the effectiveness of the purge on the formation of the loop seal by verifying

[2RCS-Tl463], PORV Temp has dropped or returned to the temperature prior to the PORV leaking.

10. If [2RCS-Tl463], PORV Temp has dropped but not fully returned to the temperature prior to the PORV leaking, repeat the above steps to purge the pressurizer vapor space, if desired.

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 12of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK ATTACHMENT A Note:

  • In MODE 4 or 5 with a pressurizer steam bubble in the pressurizer and normal spray in service, NET charging flow for this procedure is charging +

seal injection - letdown - seal leak-off. 45 kW of PRZR heaters are required for each gpm of NET charging flow. (ERFCS point [U1007])

  • If all pressurizer heaters are not available, NET charging flow must be proportionally lower to prevent an insurge. For example with PRZR Htr H2A Backup Heater (215 Kw) OFF, NET charging flow should be reduced to

< 25 gpm.

  • Expected PRZR level rate of rise should be :::; 1/3% per minute with all heaters energized.
1. In MODE 4 or 5 with an RCP running and a pressurizer steam bubble, a pressurizer level rise of > 5% shall be performed in accordance with the following steps:
a. Place all available [2RCP*H2A, H2B, H2C, H2D, H2E] Pressurizer Heaters in service.
b. Adjust [2RCS*PCV455A(B)] PRZR Spray Valve as necessary to control pressurizer pressure and temperature.
c. Verify Open [2CHS*LCV460A and 4608), Regenerative Heat Exch Letdown Inlet Viv.
d. Verify Open [2CHS*AOV200A, Band CJ, Letdown Orifice 21, 23, 22 lsol 45, 60, 60 gpm.
e. Maintain [2CHS*FI 150), Non-Regen Hx Outlet Flow stable while performing the following steps.
f. Slowly raise pressurizer level by raising charging flow to obtain a NET Charging Flow of< 30 gpm by Throttling [2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control in Manual control.

I Note: The following step is a continuous action step.

g. If PRZR surge line in-flow develops ([2RCS*Tl450] PRZR Surge Line Temp drops below [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp by> 25F), Reduce charging/seal inj flow or Raise letdown flow to make NET charging flow less than PRZR spray flow.

ATTACHMENT A

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 13 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK CAUTION: IF A MAJOR PRESSURIZER INSURGE OCCURS, THE PRESSURIZER LIQUID TEMPERATURE MUST BE ALLOWED TO STABILIZE BEFORE AN OUTSURGE IS RE-ESTABLISHED. THIS WILL PREVENT A SECOND TRANSIENT ON THE PRESSURIZER WHICH IS AS SEVERE AS THE FIRST.

h. If a drop in [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp (T0480A) of> 25 F occurs due to an insurge, Perform the following:
1) Determine NET Charging Flow.
2) Stop the pressurizer insurge by Slowly throttling [2CHS*FCV122] and/or

[2CHS*PCV145] to obtain a NET Charging Flow that corresponds to current heater output (i.e. 30 gpm for all heaters energized).

3) Refer to LR 3.4.3.
4) Monitor [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp.
5) When [2RCS-Tl453], PRZR Liquid Temp stabilizes, Re-establish a pressurizer outsurge by reducing charging flow to obtain a NET Charging Flow of < 30 gpm by throttling [2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control.
i. When PRZR level is at the desired level, stabilize pressurizer level by throttling

[2CHS*FCV122], Charging Pumps Disch Control AND Return to AUTO.

ATTACHMENT A

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 14 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

v. REFERENCES A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. T.S. 3.4.16
2. T.S. 3.5.4 B. UPDATED FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT NONE C. COMMITMENTS NONE D. ADMINISTRATIVE
1. LR 3.4.3 E. VENDOR INFORMATION NONE F. DRAWINGS
1. 10080-RM-407-2, VOND Charging Sys VCT And Make-Up
2. 10080-RM-414A-1, VOND Rx Plant Sample-Hood 1
3. 10080-RM-414A-2, VOND Rx Plant Sample-Hood 2 G. OPERATING MANUAL
1. 20M-7.1, Chemical And Volume Control System, Description
2. 20M-7 .2 Precautions, Limitations, And Setpoints
3. 20M-7.3 2CHS Valve List
4. 20M-7.4.N, Blender Manual Makeup Operations
5. 20M-14A.3 2SSR Valve List H. PLANT MODIFICATION NONE

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 15of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK I. OTHER

1. OMDR 2-91-0177 (Rev. 0)
2. OMDR 2-92-0363 (Rev. 1)
3. OMDR 2-94-0688 (Rev. 2)
4. OMCN 2-96-409 (Rev. 3)
5. OMCR 2-97-0515, Add steps to purge non-condensable gasses from the pressurizer, which is blocking the formation of the loop seal for the pressurizer, Revise Part C to use CM 2-3.35 Part F, "Pressurizer Vapor Purge to the VCT" instead of providing the steps, OE 8037, "Boron Dilution During Pressurizer Steam Space Purge", Revise step A.3 high level action step to address the following substeps, Remove steps that checked open 2CHS-67,68, Add step to close 2CHS-MOV350 when the emergency boration is no longer needed. Add steps to return the pressurizer spray valves, the pressurizer heaters, and 2CHS-PCV119 to NSA, Reword Step to go to 20M-7.4.T if the VCT sparger is bypassed (Rev. 4)
6. OMCR 2-97-533, Revised step to return PRZR level to program and restore charging flow control to automatic (CR 971142) (Rev. 5).
7. OMCR 1-98-0437, CR 981088, 980357, WCAP 13588 "Operational Strategies for Mitigating Pressurizer lnsurge and Outsurge Transients". Notes and steps were added to inform the operator of pressurizer insurges and to properly control charging, letdown to prevent an insurge during pressurizer fill; CR 981459, BCO 2-98-004 (Original issue) - The Chemical and Volume Control System will be operated with a letdown flow rate of greater than 66 gpm and less than or equal to 120 gpm only on a temporary basis to address a transient condition and only when the RCS specific activity is verified to be less than or equal to 0.5 µCi/gram dose equivalent 1-131. A Caution was added to inform the user of this limitation.

(Rev. 6)

8. OMCN 2-98-334 incorporated Revision 1 to BCO 2-98-004 which changed the letdown flow limit to 75 gpm. (Rev. 7)
9. BCO 2-98-004 (Rev. 2) changed the maximum permissible RCS specific activity to 0.35 µCi/gram dose equivalent 1-131 in the Caution containing letdown flow and RCS specific activity limits. (Issue 4/Rev. 8)
10. Removed Caution containing letdown flow and RCS specific activity limits from the step directing the maximizing of letdown flow (Step A.4), and removed the associated reference to BCO 2-98-004, to support implementation of TS Amendment 101. (Issue 4/Rev. 9)
11. CATS E990338B, OMCR 2-99-443, OE 8037 and OE 9822; added to Section "C" a Caution about purging pressurizer vapor space causing a RCS dilution, added steps to Section "C" to energize one set of backup heaters and verify pressurizer spray valve control in AUTO. This is the same Caution and steps that are already in Section "D". Revised step to clarify "check" and "verify" wording. (Revision 10)

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 16 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

12. CR 991449-12, Correct reference number for Chemistry procedure C.M. 2-3.35, Part E.4 (Revision 11 ).
13. DRR-02-00560: For LAR 2A-159, changed the T.S. 3.1.2.8.b reference to T.S. 3.1.2.8, reflecting a numbering change resulting from the relocation of portions of T.S. 3.1.2.8 to the Licensing Requirements Manual. (Revision 12)
14. DRR-02-01756: For TS Amendment 124, reference to TS 3.4.9.2 was modified to refer to LR 8.4, to reflect relocation of that requirement to the Licensing Requirements Manual. (Revision 13).
15. PAF-02-03743, modified instructions in Part C and Part D to remove a specific reference to "CM 2-3.35 Part E.4, Pressurizer Vapor Purge to the VCT" and replace with "approved Chemistry procedures". This will facilitate performing continuous degasification to the Primary Drains Tank using previously approved Chemistry procedures. (Revision 14)
16. PAF 03-00261, CA 02-06831-54, Deleted old step IV.A.1 for venting the charging pumps. Venting for this condition was determined unnecessary since gas production problem was corrected with installation of multi-staged orifices on the mini-flow lines via DCP 2304. Deleted instruction related to VCT being bypassed i.e. [2CHS-17] closed as management has determined this could adversely effect control of CVCS. CA 03-07909-02, Added "OR BORATION" to caution in section for purging the pressurizer. Corrected NSS to SM to reflect current station title.

(Revision 15)

17. PAF 06-00015, Marked current Technical Specifications/License Requirements as

[CTS] and added Improved Technical Specifications/License Requirements as

[ITS]. Added level of use. (Revision 16)

18. PAF 08-01991, (Revision 17)
a. CA 08-038197-01, add a step to open [2GNS-94], Nitrogen Supply Isolation to VCT, correct the use of check and verify verbs and change Daily Journal To Narrative Log.
b. Order 200327672:
1) Add caution: With an initial high RCS boron concentration, a dilution of 15 gallons every hour can be expected.
2) Add caution: based on the initial amount of non-condensable gases in the pressurizer, a VCT level transient can be expected due to a pressurizer insurge.
3) Add step: Evaluate requesting an RWDA-G as a precaution for purging the pressurizer to the sample panel.
c. Remove reference to current Technical Specifications and update references.

8VPS-S8S Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 17 of 18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

19. PAF-11-00151, CA 10-81062-02, Added a step to provide an option to reduce letdown flow by removing one 60 gpm or 45 gpm orifice from service according to 20M-7.4.AN, "Placing or Removing a Letdown Orifice From Service" or to align degasifiers to receive maximum letdown by Opening [28RS-MOV1008], Degasifier Rcvy Exch 2481 & 2482 Inlet Valve, if letdown flow to a degasifier will exceed 75 gpm. Added Caution that [2CHS*RV209] may lift if letdown flow is greater than 75 gpm. Added steps to return letdown flow and degasifier alignment to normal arrangement. (Revision 18)
20. PAF 12-02281, LUC PAF 11-00526 (Revision 19)
a. Delete Step A.8; Open [2CHS*AOV8101], Volume Control Tank Vent To Degasifiers, to establish VCT vent. This step is redundant to the following instructions.
b. Revise the steps that raise and lower VCT level and pressure by preceding the step with the contingency; if required. Revise the instructions that raise and lower VCT level and pressure by adding; to the desired values, and maintain the parameters within the established limits. The changes provide flexibility to address limiting plant conditions for inventory control and the down stream vent flowpath.
c. Delete Step 8.5; Purge the VCT of non-condensable gasses as follows:
1) Manually Open [2CHS-PCV1168], Volume Cont Tank Press Control Viv, to sweep nitrogen across VCT while venting the VCT to degasifiers.
2) For several minutes, Cycle Open [2CHS*AOV8101 ], to purge gasses from VCT gas space AND Maintain VCT gas pressure on [2CHS-Pl117]

between 15-20 psig. Experience has shown that sweeping the VCT gas space with nitrogen is not effective at degassing the RCS and causes excessive nitrogen use.

d. Add the option to manually adjust [2CHS-PCV1168] to control VCT pressure and to select VCT to AUTO to VCT position, as necessary to direct

[2CHS*LCV112] flow to the coolant recovery tanks AND to maintain VCT pressure > 15 psig. The manual control will allow better control of VCT level and pressure. The rate of nitrogen addition to the VCT is limited.

BVPS-SBS Unit 2 20M-7.4.F Chemical And Volume Control System Revision 20 Operating Procedures Page 18of18 DEGASSING THE REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM FROM THE VOLUME CONTROL TANK

21. PAF-15-02230, notification 601011600, CR 2015-15730, (Revision 20)
a. For the Caution before step C.1 and D.1: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO THE VCT MAY RESULT IN AN INADVERTENT DILUTION OF THE RCS. THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE PLACED ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY CHECKED IN AUTO TO MAINTAIN THE PRESSURIZER EQUALIZED WITH THE RCS DURING THE PURGE TO PREVENT A DILUTION, remove INADVERTENT and add AND A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE PRESSURIZER.
b. Add the following caution before step C.1: BASED ON THE INITIAL AMOUNT OF NON-CONDENSABLE GASES IN THE PRESSURIZER, A VCT LEVEL TRANSIENT CAN BE EXPECTED DUE TO A PRESSURIZER INSURGE.
c. Add caution before step C.1 and D.1: CONTINUOUS PURGE OF THE PRESSURIZER VAPOR SPACE TO [2DGS-TK21] OR THE SAMPLE SINK MAY RESULT IN A RISE IN BORON CONCENTRATION IN THE RCS AND THE PRESSURIZER WHEN THE PRESSURIZER BACKUP HEATER(S) ARE ON AND THE PRESSURIZER SPRAY VALVES ARE IN AUTO. WITH AN INITIAL HIGH RCS BORON CONCENTRATION, A DILUTION OF 15 GALLONS EVERY HOUR MAY BE REQUIRED TO OFFSET THE BORATION EFFECT.
d. Add steps C.4 and D.5: If performing a continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space to [2DGS-TK21] or the sample sink, perform RCS dilutions to maintain Tavg on program, as necessary.
e. For step D.6, After 24 hrs of purging, Request Chemistry to stop the continuous purge of the pressurizer vapor space in accordance with approved Chemistry procedures, add OR a time determined by Chemistry.

Question 33 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #33.

Reason: Technical information available that supports an additional answer and simulator response.

33. Annunciator A4-3H, Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT) Trouble has alarmed.
  • The operator reports it is due to HIGH PRT temperature
  • Level and pressure are within the normal range
  • PRZR Safety valves and PORVs are closed In accordance with 20M-6.4.AAY, PRT Trouble ARP, which of the following choices identifies ALL of the valves listed below that would be opened to reduce PRT temperature?
1. PRT Pri Grade MIU Wtrvalves [2RCS-MOV516 and 2RCS-AOV519]
2. PRT Vent Vlv [2RCS-MOV549]
3. PRT Drain Vlv [2RCS-MOV523]

A. I only B. I and 2 only C. I and 3 only D. 1 and 2 and 3 Question 33 tested knowledge of the system flow path necessary to lower temperature in the PRT.

Based on system design only two valves (2RCS-MOV-516 and 2RCS-AOV 519) are required to allow flow to the Pressurizer Relief Tank spray nozzles and lower PRT temperature. This information supports the original correct answer "A".

This question also stated that this evolution was to be performed in accordance with 20M-6.4.AAY, Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble. This procedure contains multiple sections that addresses the maintenance of multiple PRT parameters. Specifically, PRT Temperature, Pressure and Level. When reducing PRT temperature, it is common in the plant and simulator to have to drain the PRT due to a resultant high PRT pressure and/or a high PRT level during the cooling operation of flowing water into the PRT via the PRT spray header. Raising PRT level to 90.5% also closes Primary Grade Make up Water Supply Valve 2RCS-MOV516 on interlock which would terminate the cooling water flow and require PRT level to be reduced to continue cooling operations. When performing the PRT cooling portion of 20M-6.4.AAY, plant and simulator response both show that PRT pressure will be the first PRT parameter to rise outside of it's required band/actuate the high pressure alarm at 13 psig. 20M-6.4.AAY would then be required to be referenced for high PRT pressure. The high pressure response section of the annunciator response procedure has a subsection that addresses the PRT make up supply valve (2RCS-MOV516} being open and requires the supply valve to be closed and the drain valve (2RCS-MOVS23} be opened. Furthermore the high level response section of the annunciator response procedure has a subsection that addresses the PRT make up supply valve (2RCS-MOV516) being open and requires the supply valve to be closed and the drain valve (2RCS-MOV523} be opened.

The opening of the PRT vent valve is not a plausible answer for this question because for this evolution, with the known starting point of level and pressure in the desired band, there is the appropriate volume of gas. Upon completion of this evolution, level and pressure will be returned to the original starting point and thus require the same volume of gas. Venting the PRT will unnecessarily change the desired volume of gas in the PRT. Additionally, opening of the PRT vent valve is not procedurally directed until PRT pressure rises to 67 psig and only if draining is not effective in reducing pressure. Therefore for the given parameters and procedural direction, the PRT vent valve will not be operated for this evolution.

Refer to attached simulator print out of applicable plant parameters and the explanation below.

The Stem of the Question says pressure and temperatures are in their normal ranges;

  • Normal PRT pressure should be kept below the alarm setpoint of 13 psig.
  • Normal PRT level is maintained between High and Low level alarms per Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2.A which is 66% and 78% (See attached set point document 20M-6.2.B). Standard simulator Initial Condition Sets have PRT level at 76%.
  • Normal PRT temperature should be kept at or below 120F per Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2.A.
  • PRT High Temperature Alarm actuates at 125F (See attached set point document 20M-6.2.B).
  • Per simulator trends (See Attached) PRT level rises approximately 14% to reduce PRT temperature by 2F.

If the candidate assumes that level is in the normal operating range as seen in the simulator of approximately 76% and Temperature is to be taken back into the normal range of 120F that equates to approximately a 35% rise in PRT level and takes level above the 90.5% closure set point for 2RCS-MOV516.

Therefore to complete the evolution and return temperature to the normal range PRT drain valve 2RCS-MOV523 must be opened.

A recent training evolution performed in the simulator had candidates drain the PRT during a cool down evolution. It is typical that level rises prior to temperature being reduced to its normal band.

The facility is asking for 2 answers (A and/or C) to be accepted based on the assumption the candidate made when answering the question.

If candidates answered the basic question "What does it take to reduce PRT Temperature" then answer "A" is correct as only 2RCS-MOV-516 and 2RCS-AOV519 are needed to reduce temperature.

If however the candidates took a more integrated approach to the evolution as demonstrated in a recent training session and performed it "In Accordance With" the plant procedure stated in the stem, then PRT drain valve 2RCS-MOV523 must be opened to return PRT temperature to the normal range of 120F. Then answer "C" is correct.

Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-6.4.AAY Reactor Coolant System Revision 10 Operating Procedures Page 3 of 31 A4-3H Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble A. PRZR RLF TK TEMP HIGH SETPOINTS: 125°F

~CT SWITCH:

Bay 10 ING DEVICE:

2 -TYl471, 2RCS-TSH471 PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 Power Operated Relief or Pressurizer Safety Valve leakage.

CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

1. Check PRZR Relief Tank Temperature, ([2RCS-Tl471], VB-B).
2. If PRZR Relief Tank Temp is> 125°F, check the PORV and Safety Valve tailpipe temperatures for indication of leaking valve, ([2RCS-Tl463, 465, 467, 469], VB-B).

Note: A leaking PORV may possibly be identified by observing an excessively high heat trace temperature on circuit [2HTS-JB3-134, 135 or 136] at

[2HTSPNLN4AB] C-4, C-5, C-6 (PAB, Elev 755) 3.

If PORV leakage is determined to be unacceptable by the SM, Isolate the PORV in accordance with 20M-6.4.Q, "Isolation of A Power Operated Relief Valve".

a. Refer to T.S. 3.4.11, for additional requirements with PORV inoperable.

Note: [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv will not open if PRT leve

~ 90.5% or PRT pressure is~ 67 psig

4. Reduce PRZR Relief Tank Temperature < 125F as follows:
a. Open [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv.
b. Open [2RCS-AOV519], PRZR Relief Tank Pri Grade MIU Wtr Inlet.
c. When the desired PRT temperature is achieved, Close [2RCS-AOV519], PRZR Relief Tank Pri Grade MIU Wtr Inlet.

120F cer 20M-6.2A P&L 76

d. Close [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv.
e. Independently verify [2RCS-AOV519] closed and log in the Narrative Log.
5. If a Pressurizer Safety Valve is determined to be leaking, go to 20M-53C.4.2.6.7, "Excessive Primary Plant Leakage".

Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-6.4.AAY Reactor Coolant System Revision 10 Operating Procedures Page 15 of 31 Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble A4-3H C. PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH SETPOINTS: 13 psig DISCONNECT SWITCH: S383, Bay 10 INITIATING DEVICE: 2RCS-PY/472A, 2RCS-PSH472 PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 4

[2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv open.

CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

1. Ensure [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv is closed, (BB-A).

Note: [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv will not open if [2DGS-TK21]

level~ 38" or pressure is~ 7.6 psig.

The drain rate of the PRT may exceed the discharge rate of the Primary Drains Transfer Pumps, overfill [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 and cause water intrusion into the nitrogen supply line to [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21.

2. If PRZR Relief Tank level is> 72%, drain the PRZR Relief Tank to 67% by opening

[2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv, (BB-A).

a. Monitor the level in [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 while draining the PRT. If A2-5A Primary Drains Transfer Tank/Pump Trouble actuates, refer to the respective ARP.
b. Close [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv.

PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 5 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve leakage.

CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

1. Check PRZR Relief Tank Pressure ([2RCS-Pl472], VB-B).
2. Check the PORV and Safety Valve tailpipe temperatures for indication of leaking valve, ([2RCS-Tl463, 465, 467, 469], VB-B).

C. PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH

Beaver Valley Power Station Unit 2 20M-6.2.A Reactor Coolant System Revision 22 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints Page 11 of 12 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

74. The gases in the pressurizer relief tank must be sampled routinely. The oxygen concentration must be maintained less than 2 percent by volume and the hydrogen concentration less than 4 percent. (Section 5 - Table of References #1)
75. The PRT must NOT be vented to the waste disposal system vent header if the pressure exceeds 60 psig. (Section 5 - Table of References #1)
76. The relief tank water temperature should be maintained at or below 120°F AND the water level should be maintained in the normal operating range between the high and low alarm set points during normal operation. (Section 5 - Table of Reference #1 )
77. Prior to each plant startup, following a refueling, verify that the pressurizer relief tank rupture discs are in place. (Section 5 - Table of Reference #204)

Loop Stop Valves

78. Reactor coolant system loop stop valves may NOT be closed in more than one loop unless the reactor coolant system is connected to the residual heat removal system. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
79. The plant must be at zero load with the shutdown rods fully withdrawn prior to opening either stop valve in an isolated loop AND throughout the timing interval required prior to opening the cold leg stop valve. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
80. The boron concentration in an isolated loop must be maintained at a value greater than or equal to the boron concentration in the active loops. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
81. [CTS] Tech. Spec. 3.4.1.5 "Isolated Loop Startup".

[ITS] RCS ISOLATED LOOP STARTUP (Refer to T.S. 3.4.18)

82. The neutron count rate must be logged every five minutes during the timing interval required prior to opening the cold leg stop valve. Should the count rate increase by more than a factor of two over the initial count rate, the hot leg stop valve should be re-closed AND no attempt made to open the loop stop valves until the reason for the count rate increase has been determined. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
83. The motor starters for the loop stop valves must be administratively de-energized (circuit breakers opened AND padlocked) at all times except when authorized for opening or closing a valve. The motor starters may be energized (circuit breakers unlocked) for only one loop at a time. (Section 5 - Table of References #204)
84. Kerotest valves are 1 1/2 turns full stroke. Attempting to turn the valve in either direction more than 1 1/2 turns may result in damage to the brass plug.
85. Do NOT use mechanical leverage on Kerotest valves. If difficulty is encountered, consult maintenance. Note the valve l.D. number to aid maintenance in determining the valve type and permissible torque to apply.

Beaver Valley Power Station Unit2 20M-6.4.AAY Reactor Coolant System Revision 10 Operating Procedures Page 17 of 31 Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble A4-3H D. PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470 HIGH SETPOINTS: 78%

DISCONNECT SWITCH: S382, Bay 10 INITIATING DEVICE: 2RCS-LY/470A, 2RCS-LSH470A PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1

[2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv open.

CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

1. Check PRZR Relief Tank level, ([2RCS-Ll470], VB-B).
2. If PRZR Relief Tank level is> 78%, ensure [2RCS-MOV516], PRZR Relief Tank Spray Viv is closed, (BB-A).

Note: [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv will not open if [2DGS-TK21]

level~ 38" or pressure is~ 7.6 psig.

The drain rate of the PRT may exceed the discharge rate of the Primary Drains Transfer Pumps, overfill [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 and cause water intrusion into the nitrogen supply line to [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21.

3. Lower PRZR Relief Tank level to< 72%, ([2RCS-Ll470], VB-B):
a. Monitor the level in [2DGS-TK21], Primary Drains Tank 21 while draining the PRT. If A2-5A Primary Drains Transfer Tank/Pump Trouble actuates, refer to the respective ARP.
b. Open [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv, (BB-A)
c. Start [2DGS-P21A(B)], Primary Drains Tfr Pump.
d. When PRZR Relief Tank level to< 72%, Stop [2DGS-P21A(B)], Primary Drains Tfr Pump AND Return control switch to AUTO.
e. Close [2RCS-MOV523], PRZR Relief Tank Drain Viv.

PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 2 Primary System Relief valve lifted.

CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

1. Check [2CHS*RV203], Letdown Relief for evidence of lifting:
a. Check Letdown Relief Line temperature, ([2CHS-Tl141], VB-A).

D. PRZR RLFTK LVL RCS-LT470 HIGH

Beaver Valley Power Station Unit2 20M-6.2.B Reactor Coolant System Revision 13 Precautions, Limitations and Setpoints Page 4 of 9 SETPOINTS LOOP 1 TAVG RCS-S-TS412E HIGH, F 577.5 LOOP 2 TAVG RCS-S-TS422E HIGH, F 577.5 LOOP 3 TAVG RCS-S-TS432E HIGH, F 577.5 RCL A BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM 180 RCL B BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM 180 RCL C BYPASS FLW LOW, GPM 180 PRZR PORV DISCH TEMP RCS-TS463 HIGH, F 210F PRZR RLF VLV 1 DISCH TEMP TS469 HIGH, F 210F PRZR RLF VLV 2 DISCH TEMP TS467 HIGH, F 210F PRZR RLF VLV 3 DISCH TEMP TS465 HIGH, F 210F PRZR CONT HTR TRBL NA PRZR CONT HTR BKR TRIP NA PRZR HTR BACKUP GROUP RCP*H2B/E TRBL NA PRZR HTR CONT GROUP RCP*H2C TRBL NA PRZR HTR BACKUP GROUP RCP*H2A/D TRBL NA LOOP STOP VL V PROT TRN A K117 TEST NA LOOP STOP VLV PROT TRN B K117 TEST NA PRZR HTR GROUP A AUTO, PSIG 2,210 PRZR HTR GROUP B AUTO, PSIG 2,210 PRZR HTR GROUP D AUTO, PSIG 2,210 PRZR HTR GROUP E AUTO, PSIG 2,210 RCP21A BUS UV PART RX K0401 TRIP,% 75% of rated voltage RCP21B BUS UV PART RX K0402 TRIP,% 75% of rated voltage RCP21 C BUS UV PART RX K0403 TRIP, % 75% of rated voltage RCP21 A BUS UF K0405 TRIP, Hz 57.5 RCP21 B BUS UF K0406 TRIP, Hz 57.5 RCP21 C BUS UF K0407 TRIP, Hz 57.5 LOOP A ISOL AND BYP VLV K112 OPEN NA LOOP B ISOL AND BYP VLV K212 OPEN NA LOOP C ISOL AND BYP VLV K312 OPEN NA PRZR VAPOR SPACE TEMP RCS-TS454 HIGH, F 665 PRZR LIQ SPACE TEMP RCS-TS453 HIGH, F 665 PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470A HIGH% 78 PRZR RLF TK LVL RCS-LT470B LOW,% 66 PRZR RLF TK PRESS RCS-PT472 HIGH, PSIG 13 PRZR RLF TK TEMP HIGH, F 125 PRZR RLF TK LVL LY/470X HIGH, % 90.5 PRT HI HI PRESS/PRT SPRAY ISOLATION, PT472, PSIG 67 RCL OT D/T RX K0101 TRIP Computer Generated RCL OP D/T RX K0102 TRIP Computer Generated RCP BUS UV RX K0103 TRIP, % 75% of Bus voltage RCP BUS UF RX K0301 TRIP, Hz 57.5 RCL LO FLW ABOVE P8 RX K0105 TRIP, % 90 RCL LO FLW ABOVE P7 RX K0104 TRIP,% 90 RCP 21 A AUTO STOP NA RCP 21 B AUTO STOP NA RCP 21 C AUTO STOP NA PRZR HI PRESS RX TRIP K0203 TRIP, PSIG 2375 PRZR LO PRESS RX TRIP K0202 TRIP, PSIG 1945 PRZR LO PRESS SI GAUS RX K0201 TRIP, PSIG 1856

    • rrr..t11***

Ml9i *~ ~**

,

. . . , ............

..~ ................

.......... *

~ .&

  • .*** .*.**~.*-.**.*.***.*.***.*.*

, .... **-*** . * * .* ***~",'.~'>>*~'"_*~:.,:'.,

. *....:.:~'.M.*

  • ... *.*.*-*.* *.*.* ~.*.*.* ***** ".'-.*.* *.*.i*it.:*i:C* .* *~.* .* *.-.* -- ._.

sT~:*.~--.***

~'"'*4lc;*&*.:"*c**;

, ./it._~~:~~.::*r.,

POY.£RQl?S. ~

  • HM~f.ienol 'NSSS *,1'. PJ.c*s li>>stJro#f 't3r00p
  • l 'rr&rids l I Pl8ntStat I a1s1 I sPos l*I GROUP: TEMGRP04 DESCR: "* dynamic group "*

Page 1 of 1 100 140 95 130 90 120 85

'

110 o.

100 90 80 75

' ~

""

' ,,

',!;*

' i_~

70 80 70 65 60 60 ---,....--~..--~"?"-~-.-~-.-.---.-.----.-.---.-.---.-~-.-.----..~--..~--..--~....--~..--.--"?"-.---.-.--....-.---.-.--....,....---.-~-.-.-----.-.J

16:30:13.67 16:38:00.32 16:45:46.97 16:53:33.62 17:01:23.50 L0485A PRT LVL RCS-LT470 -9999.0 0485A 63460 PRT TEMP PRT SPRAY VLV RCS-TE471 RCS-MOV516 --

GOOD CLOSED

    • "('*'."",

-9999.0

-9999.0

Question 41 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #41.

Reason: Question has an unclear stem that did not provide all necessary information as to the intent of the knowledge being tested.

41. Given the following conditions:
  • Containment Pressure is 31 psig and RISING
  • Quench Spray Pumps [2QSS*P21A and P21B] failed to start l) What is(are) the minimum required Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) switch manipulations required to start BOTH Quench Spray Pumps?

A.

B. 2 C. 3 D. 4 The initial power level for the question was 100% power when all 3 Steam Generators faulted in containment resulting in a rising containment pressure currently at 31 PSIG which is above the CIB set point which is a start signal for the Quench Spray Pumps. This indicates a potential failure of both trains of CIB to automatically actuate.The question asks what the minimum number of ESFAS switches are that are "REQUIRED" to be manipulated to start the Quench Spray pumps. However the question does not specify if this is the minimum number required electrically or procedurally.

If the candidate assumed the question was asking for the minimum number of switches electrically then answer "B" is correct as manual actuation of a single train of CIB will start both the A & B Quench Spray pumps.

However if the candidate assumed the minimum number of switches required by procedure then answer "D" is correct as 20M-53A.1.A-0.11, "Verification of Automatic Actions" requires "Both Switches for Both Trains" to be actuated for any failure of CIB equipment to properly actuate. 20M-53A.1.A-0.11, "Verification of Automatic Actions" is directed to be performed by E-0 "Reactor Trip or SI". This is the procedure that would be in effect at the start of the casualty listed in the stem of question #41.

Based on the above information the facility recommends accepting two answers for question 41.

Answer "A" 2 Switches if the candidate assumed minimum REQUIRED Electrically.

Answer "D" 4 Switches if the candidate assumed minimum REQUIRED Procedurally.

BVPS- EOP 20M-53A.1.E-O(ISS2)

Number Title E-0 Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection Issue 2 Revision 0

9 Verify AFW Status

a. Motor-driven AFW Pumps - a. Manually start AFW pumps.

RUNNING

b. Turb Driven AFW Pump Stm b. Manually open steam Supply Isol Valves - OPEN supply valves.
c. AFW Throttle Valves - FULL c. Manually open AFW OPEN throttle valves.
d. Total AFW Flow - GREATER d. IF SG narrow range level THAN 340 GPM greater than 12% [31%

ADVERSE CNMT] in any SG, THEN control feed flow to maintain narrow range level AND GO TO Step 10.

IF narrow range level less than 12% [31%

ADVERSE CNMT] in all SGs, THEN restore total AFW flow greater than 340 GPM.

IF AFW flow can NOT be established greater than 340 GPM, THEN GO TO FR-H. l, "Response To Loss Of Secondary Heat Sink",

Step 1.

10 Perform Attachment A-0.11, "Verification Of Automatic Actions", In A Timely Manner 2EO 12/17/2015 7 of 19

BVPS - EOP 20M-53A.1.A-0.11 Number TItie 11.:0:;11 Ver;fication of Automatic Actions Revision 9 STEP 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 11 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED The RSS pumps will not start until RWST level drops to the low level setpoint.

9 Check CIB And CNMT Spray Status Verify CIB initiated:

I

  • Containment pressure - HAS i a. Check BLUE CIB marks - LIT REMAINED LESS THAN 11 PSIG r

\

( IF NOT, IHEN manually init,i(lte I

I CIB l!Joth switches fo~both trains}. Check BLUE. tB marks - LIT

!

i IF CIB NOT actuated, TffEN- . ~

manually align equipment. IF necessary, refer to Attachment A-0.5, "Containment Isolation Phase B Checklist 8 *

b. Stop all RCPs.
c. Request BV-1 operator perform the fo 11 owing:
1) Verify CREVS equipment actuation.
2) Place intake and exhaust damper control switches in CLOSE:
  • [IVS-0-40-lA]
  • [lVS-D-40-lC]
  • [lVS-D-40-10]
d. IF service water flow can NOT be established to a RSS HX(s),

THEN place associated RSS pumps{s) in PULL-TO-LOCK.

2A011 312512015 7of14

Question 59 Recommendation: The facility recommends accepting two correct answers for question #59.

Reason: The question Stem did not provide all the necessary information to definitively exclude one of the distractors.

59. The following conditions exist.
  • A large break LOCA has occurred
  • TSC has been activated
  • Annunciator Al-2B, Hydrogen Level High/High-High is in alarm Complete the following statements. Assume the TSC has been contacted and concurs with the decision.

The High-High Hydrogen concentration in Containment setpoint is (1)

In accordance with the Hydrogen Level High/High-High ARP, the crew will _ __...<2~)___ in response to the High-High Hydrogen level in Containment.

A. 1) 2.5%

2) intentionally ignite the Containment atmosphere B. I) 2.5%
2) start [2HCS-FN21] Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower C. 1) 4.5%
2) intentionally ignite the Containment atmosphere D. I) 4.5%
2) start [2HCS-FN21] Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower The stem of the question asks for the crew's actions based on a High containment H2 concentration. The annunciator referenced illuminates at 4.5% H2 concentration and therefore eliminates choices A & B. The second half of the question asks for actions the crew should take. The Annunciator Response Procedure (20M-46.4.ABD) for the referenced Alarm (A1-2B) directs the crew to start the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower in accordance with 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation".

20M-46.4.D has 3 Initial Conditions that must be met prior to starting the blower Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. The Technical Support Center (TSC) has recommended the starting of [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower.

B. The Supplementary Leak Collection System is available to receive [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower exhaust.

C. Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented.

The stem of the question indicates that the TSC concurs with the decision but makes no mention of Initial conditions as to the status of the Supplementary Leak Collection System or the notification of Radiation Protection. Per the Exam writers guide the candidates can assume that the SLCRS system is operating

properly as that is an expected system response. However without the notification of Radiation Protection being listed candidates had to assume whether or not this action occurred or would be appropriate.

If the candidates assumed this notification of Radiation Protection occurred then the operator would proceed with the procedure and start the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. (Answer D)

However if the candidates assumed this notification of Radiation Protection did not occur or was not authorized, then answer "C" would be correct as it was the only remaining answer with a value of 4.5% H2 concentration. This choice is acceptable as the procedure for Hydrogen ignition (20M-53E.1.SAG-7, Reduce Containment Hydrogen) only requires TSC concurrence. The notification of RP is required to ensure the radiological safety of all workers during an accident by utilizing special emergency response procedures. This is the responsibility of the OSC, not the TSC. The OSC has the responsibility of dispatching personel to perform field actions while the TSC controls the overall mitigation strategies of the event. It is highly possible that RP would not grant permission for personnel to access the areas required for the implementation of the CNMT Purge procedure (20M-46.4.D) (contiguous areas to CNMT) because of elevated radiation levels. The stem of this question stated that H2 concentration was elevated to the alarm setpoint (4.5%). This concentration is not normal for a DBA LOCA and indicates that a significant zirc-water reaction was occurring thus significant fuel cladding damage would be occurring, resulting in elevated dose rates in the areas contiguous to CNMT.

Further, candidates were introduced to the concept of Hydrogen Burn in an accident per lesson plan 2SQS-46.1, "Post DBA H2 Control System" Page 5, during Initial Licensed Operator Systems training.

Based on this information and the lack of Radiation Protection concurrence listed in the Stem of the question. The facility recommends accepting two correct answers (C and/or D) for question 59.

BVPS-GSR Unit 2 20M-46.4.ABD Post - OBA Hydrogen Control System Revision 3 Operating Procedures Page 5 of 8 Hydrogen Level High/High - High A1-2B C. H2 CONC HCS*HA100A HIHI SETPOINTS: 4.5% Hydrogen Concentration<H- 2>

DISCONNECT SWITCH: 2-S3808 (Bay 39)

INITIATING DEVICE: 99-0SB1-BJ (2HCS*PNL 100A CQ)

PROBABLE CAUSE NO. 1 Containment hydrogen concentration 2:4.5% on [2HCS*HA 1OOA], Hydrogen Analyzer CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

1. Determine actual Containment hydrogen concentration in accordance with 20M-46.4.G, "Containment Hydrogen Analyzer- Running".
2. Notify the Technical Support Center (TSC) of actual hydrogen concentration.
a. With TSC concurrence, Start [2HCS-FN21], Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower in accordance with 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation".

BVPS-SBS Unit2 20M-46.4.D Post-OBA Hydrogen Control System Revision 3 Operating Procedures Page 2 of 6 Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation I. PURPOSE This procedure describes the startup and shutdown of the Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower. The Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower is to be used as directed by the TSC.

II. PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. The Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower is not to be started before 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> following a Loss of Coolant Accident (OBA). This is to allow radiation levels to decay prior to Purge Blower operation.

B. To limit high radiation exposure during the performance of this procedure, Radiation Protection procedure 2-HPP-5.05.001 will be followed.

Ill. INITIAL CONDITIONS A. The Technical Support Center (TSC) has recommended the starting of [2HCS-FN21],

Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower.

B. The Supplementary Leak Collection System is available to receive [2HCS-FN21],

Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower exhaust.

C. Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented.

IV. INSTRUCTIONS A. Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Start Preparation

1. Inform Radiation Protection to implement 2-HPP-5.05.001, "Access And Dose Control At BVPS Unit 2 For Vital Area Operations During Emergency Situations".
2. Obtain key SR 23 B. Starting [2HCS-FN21J. Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower
1. Verify Closed [2HCS*MOV112A], 21A Hydrogen Recombiner Inlet lsol Viv.
2. Unlock AND Close [MCC*2-E11] Cub 6C, [2HCS*MOV110A], Cnmt Atm Purge lsol, located in Safeguards 733'. (Key SR 23) I Contiauous to Containment
3. Open the following valves from [PNL*2HCP], Post Accident H2 Control Panel, located in AE Switchgear Room, 730':
a. [2HCS*MOV11 OA], Purge Blower Inlet Recombiner 21A lsol
b. [2HCS*SOV114A], Cnmt lsol to Recombiner 21A
c. [2HCS*SOV115A], B/U Isolation to Recombiner 21A
4. Start [2HCS-FR120], Cnmt Purge Blower Disch Flow by placing the power ON/OFF switch to the ON position, located on the left side of the recorder at [PNL*2HCP],

Post Accident H2 Control Panel in AE Switchgear Room, 730'.

Record Type #A9.350C Beaver Valley Power Station UNIT 2 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4 Prepared by Date Pages Issued Effective Date T.J. Esper 06/18/15 1through17 08/19/15 Reviewed by Date Validated by Date M.P. Flynn 06/18/15 N/A PORC Meeting No. Date PORC Not Required PAF-15-01027

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

A. PURPOSE The purposes of reducing containment hydrogen are:

  • To prevent hydrogen from accumulating to the point where the containment may be severely challenged by intentionally igniting the hydrogen in containment
  • To prevent the hydrogen from igniting by maintaining the containment steam inert B. ENTRY CONDITIONS This guideline is entered from DFC, "TSC Diagnostic Flow Chart" based on high containment hydrogen concentration.

C. COMPUTATIONAL AIDS REFERENCED BY THIS GUIDELINE

  • CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment"
  • CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment" 2SAG7 12/2212015 1of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

DIAGNOSTIC SECTION Page 1 of 3 2SAG7 1212212015 2of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

1 Determine Hydrogen Control Strategy

a. Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
b. Determine applicable hydrogen control strategies.

Matrix of Applicable Hydrogen Control Strategies C-7 Region Applicable Strategies Future Hydrogen Severe Prevent Hydrogen Burn Challenge Future Hydrogen Burn Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action Hydrogen Burn Prevent Hydrogen Burn Intentional Hydrogen Burn No Action No Hydrogen Concern No Action (step continued on next page)

DIAGNOSTIC SECTION 2SAG7 12122/2015 3of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Bydroqen Revision 4

Paqe 2 of 3 1 (step continued from previous page) 2SAG7 1212212015 4of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

c. Determine impacts of applicable hydrogen control strategies.

Positive and Negative Impacts of Hydrogen Control Strategies Strategy Positive Impacts Negative Impacts Prevent Hydrogen

  • Fission product Burn the leakage will containment increase at higher will not burn containment pressures
  • This strategy will be a temporary solution, and other long term solutions to the hydrogen concern will be required
  • Raising containment pressure may result in passing through the severe hydrogen challenge region of CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment" Intentional
  • The
  • There will be a Hydrogen Burn containment pressure and hydrogen temperature spike in concern will containment be mitigated at least in the short-term No Action
  • Manpower and
  • Hydrogen will resources can continue to be used to accumulate perform other strategies
d. Determine appropriate hydrogen control strategy.
1) Consideration should be given to an Intentional Hydrogen Burn prior to reaching the "Hydrogen Severe Challenge" region as defined by 20M-53E.1.CA-3, "hydrogen Flammability In Containment."

2SAG7 12122/2015 5of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

DIAGNOSTIC SECTION Page 3 of 3 2 Identify Appropriate Guidance

  • IF an intentional hydrogen burn strategy has been selected, THEN GO TO Section A of this guideline.
  • IF a prevent hydrogen burn strategy has been selected, THEN GO TO Section B of this guideline.

3 RETURN TO DFC, "TSC Diagnostic Flow Chart" Or Guideline And Step In Effect

- END -

2SAG7 1212212015 6of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BURN Page 1 of 3 A.l Identify Available Hydrogen Ignition Sources

a. Determine the availability of hydrogen ignition sources.

HYDROGEN IGNITION AVAILABILITY REQUIREMENTS SOURCES PORV Block Valve

  • Power Yes/No available RHR Pump
  • Power Yes/No available CRDM Ventilation
  • Power Yes/No Fans available Containment
  • Power Yes/No Lighting available Other Ignition
  • Power Yes/No Sources available
b. IF any hydrogen ignition source is available, THEN GO TO Step A.2.-
c. Consult Control Room on alternate hydrogen ignition sources.
d. IF NO hydrogen ignition sources are available at this time, THEN perform the following:
1) Identify the reasons why the hydrogen ignition sources are not available.
2) Prioritize actions to restore a hydrogen ignition source with other actions in progress and initiate restoration actions as appropriate.
3) RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.

A.2 Identify Preferred Hydrogen Ignition Source A.3 Determine If Containment Depressurization Is Required

a. Determine if a hydrogen burn can occur under current conditions using CA-7.

2SAG7 1212212015 7of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

b. IF containment pressure is too high for a hydrogen burn, THEN reduce containment pressure using SAG-6 until a hydrogen burn is possible.

2SAG7 1212212015 8of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BORN Page 2 of 3 A.4 Direct Control Room To Implement Strategy

a. Provide the following information to the control room:
  • Preferred ignition source
  • Any special parameters to monitor
  • Other information, as appropriate A.5 Verify Strategy Implementation A.6 Determine If A Hydrogen Burn Has Occurred
a. Monitor plant response:
  • Containment pressure - SPIKE OCCURRED
  • Containment temperature - SPIKE OCCURRED
b. Determine if the hydrogen burn is adequate.
  • Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
c. IF the hydrogen burn is not adequate AND another hydrogen ignition source is available-;-THEN RETURN TO Step A.2.
d. IF the hydrogen burn is not adequate AND another hydrogen ignition source is NOT available, THEN RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.

A.7 Identify Long Term Concerns Due To An Intentional Hydrogen Burn

a. Refer to Attachment A.l for long term concerns.
b. Identify any additional parameters that should be monitored to address the long term concerns.
c. Identify any additional long term concerns.
d. GO TO SAEG-1, "TSC Long term Monitoring."

2SAG7 12/2212015 9of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

2SAG7 1212212015 10 of 17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Section A INTENTIONAL HYDROGEN BURN Page 3 of 3 A.8 RETURN TO Step 1 Of The Diagnostic Section Of This Guideline

-END OF SECTION A-2SAG7 1212212015 11 of 17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 1 of 3 B.l Evaluate Actions To Prevent A Hydrogen Burn

a. IF active containment heat sinks are operating, THEN determine if the containment heat sinks should b-e~

stopped.

b. Open pressurizer PORVs.

Pressurizer PORVs 2RCS*PCV4S 2RCS*PCV4S 2RCS*PCV4 SC SD S6 Valve Operable (Refer to Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Attachment B .1)

c. Identify potential hydrogen ignition sources inside containment.
d. Determine if potential hydrogen ignition sources should be isolated.
e. IF NO strategies have been selected, THEN RETURN TO Step

-r-of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.

2SAG7 1212212015 12 of 17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 2 of 3 B.2. Direct Control Room To Implement Strategies

a. IF stopping active heat sinks has been selected as a strategy, THEN provide the following information to the control room:
  • Strategy for stopping active heat sinks
  • Any special parameters to monitor
  • Other information, as appropriate
b. IF isolating potential hydrogen ignition sources has been selected as a strategy, THEN provide the following information to the control room:
  • Strategy for isolating potential hydrogen ignition sources
  • Any special parameters to monitor
  • Other information, as appropriate B.3. Verify Strategy Implementation B.4 Determine If Strategy To Prevent A Hydrogen Burn Has Been Effective
a. Refer to CA-7, "Hydrogen Impact When Depressurizing Containment".
b. IF an additional hydrogen control strategy is needed, THEN RETURN TO Step 1 of the Diagnostic Section of this guideline.

2SAG7 1212212015 13of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Section B PREVENT HYDROGEN BURN Page 3 of 3 B.5. Identify Long Term Concerns Due To Preventing A Hydrogen Burn

a. Refer to Attachment B.2 for the long term concerns.
b. Identify any additional parameters that should be monitored to address the long term concerns on Attachment B.2.
c. Identify any additional long term concerns on Attachment B.2.
d. GO TO SAEG-1, "TSC Long Term Monitoring" AND attach copy of Attachment B.2 to SAEG-1.

B.6. RETURN TO Step 1 Of The Diagnostic Section Of This Guideline

- END OF SECTION B -

2SAG7 12/2212015 14of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Attachment A.1 (Page 1 of 1)

Long Term Concerns Due To Intentional Hydrogen Burn Parameter to Monitor Concern Recovery Action(s)

Containment Hydrogen generation

  • Adjust sump pH Conditions - "NOT from sump radiolysis FLAMMABLE" based on and corrosion CA-3, "Hydrogen Flammability In Containment" 2SAG7 1212212015 15of17

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1.SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Hydrogen Revision 4

Attachment B.1 (Page 1 of 1)

Availability Of Pressurizer PORVs Plant Conditions Necessary For Using Pressurizer PORVs Plant Condition PRZR PORV Instrument Air Available Power Supply Available Block Valve Open 2SAG7 1212212015 16 of 17 7o

."

BVPS-SAMG 20M-53E.1. SAG-7 Number Title SAG-7 Reduce Containment Bydroqen Revision 4

Attachment B.2 (Paqe 1 of 1)

Lonq Term Concerns Due To Preventinq A Bydroqen Burn Parameter to Monitor Concern Recovery Action(s)

Containment Conditions - Hydrogen burn

  • Stop active heat "NOT FLAMMABLE" based on sink CA-3, "Hydrogen
  • Isolate potential Flammability In ignition sources Containment"'
  • Adjust sump pH "NOT FLAMMABLE" based on generation from CA-3, "Hydrogen sump radiolysis Flammability In and corrosion Containment" Containment Pressure - Containment
  • Start active heat LESS THAN 75 PSIG pressurization sinks
  • Close RCS vent paths 2SAG7 1212212015 17 of 17

RTL#A5.620.GD 1/2-ADM-1301.F06 Revision 1 CLASSROOM LESSON MATERIAL OUTLINE OF INSTRUCTION Instructor/Student Outline of Instruction Activities

c. Hydrogen coming out of solution from the reactor coolant and hydrogen from the pressurizer gas space.
d. Discuss EOP acknowledgement of Cnmt H2 PPNT, EOP Attachment, generation. A-0.11
2. Current philosophy concerning expected amounts 10CFR50.44 of hydrogen generation following a DBA:

BVPS UFSAR Unit 2

a. The hydrogen release postulated from a PPNTs, lOCFRS0.44 &

design-basis LOCA is not risk-significant BVPS Commitments because it is not large enough to lead to early containment failure.

b. A "mixed atmosphere" will develop during EL0-03 a DBA. This is defined as a concentration of combustible gases in all parts of the 4-19% Combustible containment being below a level that supports combustion or detonation that 19-70% Explosive couid lead to a loss of containment integrity.
c. The risk associated with hydrogen Note: The TMI and combustion is from "beyond design-basis Fukushima events were accidents". "beyond design-basis accidents".
d. We are committed to ensuring a "mixed Note: SAMGs do not rely atmosphere" in containment and to include on hydrogen recombiners combustible gas control strategies in our or the hydrogen purge Severe Accident Management Guidelines blower for beyond design-(SAMGs). basis accidents.

Examples of such "strategies":

1) Intentionally burning the H2.
2) Maintenance of the containment in "steam inert" condition.

2SQS-46.l, Rev. 13 Page 5 of24

BVPS is committed to the following two items:

1. The containment has a capability to ensure a "mixed atmosphere".
2. Combustible gas control strategies* are included in the Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMGs).
  • Strategies such as:
  • Intentionally burning the H2
  • Maintaining the containment "steam inert"

-...J

°"

NRC Resolution of Post Exam Comments NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 NRC Resolution Valid as administered. Key Answer Choice B is the only correct answer.

Discussion Four applicants chose Key Answer B. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice A. No applicants chose Distractor Choices C or D.

None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.

This was a bank question, used as a RO level question on a prior Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC Exam (Q#27, 2009 Exam).

The licensee proposed deleting Question 12 from the exam, based on their assessment that the question was at the SRO level and should therefore not have been on the RO portion of the exam.

Their argument for this position was based on their interpretation of the SRO-only guidance flowchart contained NUREG-1021(Revision10), ES-401, Attachment 2.

NUREG-1021 in Section ES-401, D.l.c states that special attention required to ensure the SRO exam tests at the appropriate level. The SRO-only guidance is intended to ensure the SRO-only questions are selected/developed at the SRO level and not written specifically for the purpose of determining whether a question is appropriate on the RO portion of the exam. One flowchart block asks if "the question can be answered solely by knowing the purpose, overall strategy of events, or overall mitigative strategy of a procedure," with an affirmative answer indicating the question is at the RO level. The converse is not necessarily true. A negative answer to this block does not indicate a question is at the SRO level, but rather that additional assessment is necessary to determine whether or not it is at the SRO level. The subsequent flowchart block asks whether the question meets any of 4 criterion that would indicate it is a SRO-only question. The NRC does not think the question meets any of these criteria. The question requires assessing plant conditions and then applying this assessment to determine the proper course of action based on knowledge of plant operational considerations and knowledge of procedurally directed actions.

The knowledge and ability necessary to correctly answer the question are appropriate for a RO applicant.

The question expected the RO applicant to assess RCS pressure and temperature conditions and then select the choice that stated that further depressurization below 1200 psig could not continue until a suitable reactor vessel head soak had been performed. Answering the question correctly required the applicant to know that the procedure (specified in the stem) contained 1

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 guidance that the RCS should be cooled down to less than 350°F with pressure maintained at 1200 fillg for a lengthy period of time (9 hours1.041667e-4 days <br />0.0025 hours <br />1.488095e-5 weeks <br />3.4245e-6 months <br />). The NRC accepts this may have been one of the higher level of difficulty questions on the exam. However, level of difficulty and RO vs SRO exam level are different measures. A RO level question can have a higher level of difficulty and a SRO-only question can have a lower level of difficulty. The distinction between RO and SRO can be on the type of knowledge required as opposed to the depth of knowledge required.

In this case, the threshold parameters of temperature and pressure were provided in the choices (350°F, 1200 psig). The question expected applicants to select the correct answer based on their knowledge of plant design/operation and the overall mitigation strategy ofthe Natural Circulation Cooldown procedure. One high level action in the overall natural circulation mitigation strategy is to cooldown and depressurize the RCS with no upper head void growth. The RO applicant was appropriately expected to recognize this could only be accomplished in the absence of CRDM cooling by an extended time soak to allow vessel heat to slowly dissipate to the containment atmosphere while maintaining RCS pressure high enough to prevent void growth. The question was structured to point the applicants to the specific considerations of concern by asking "what ramifications will the loss of these CROM Shroud Fans have on the continued performance of ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Coo/down?" Half of the applicants chose a distractor that incorrectly explained temperature must be maintained elevated as a way to address the loss of CRDM cooling, as opposed to the correct answer of maintaining pressure elevated. The correct choice between these two options could be made with application of conceptual understanding of thermodynamic conditions. Maintaining pressure, not temperature, would prevent upper head void growth.

The lesson plan used to teach initial license applicants, 3SQS-53.3, "Emergency Operating Procedures," specifically reviewed this particular exam question along with just 2 other questions as "student review activity of high miss questions from 2LOT6 [2009] NRC exam."

Both ROs and SROs are expected to have knowledge of the plant and associated operational procedures. The threshold for categorizing procedural knowledge as SRO vice RO is associated with supervisory level decision-making as indicated by applying detailed knowledge of administrative procedures to the decision-making process or of selecting transitions to other procedures. Judgment was applied in this RO versus SRO-only level determination through the exam development process because the criteria are guidelines and do not address the specifics of each question. Facility developers applied this judgment during the question selection and development process. Facility reviewers independently assessed the question level. Facility exam validators provided feedback on question level. And then multiple NRC examiners reviewed the question to ensure it was appropriate for the job and was testing at the appropriate level. This 2

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 12 extensive approval process concluded the question tested at an appropriate level for a RO applicant.

And, for this question, the screening process just described was applied twice, first for this same question on the RO portion of the 2009 Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC exam, and again for its use on this 2015 NRC exam. There was no facility post-exam feedback challenging any aspect of this question on the 2009 exam.

Summary The NRC has determined Question 12 was valid as administered with no changes required based on a re-assessment of the level of this question (RO versus SRO-only), the choices selected by the applicants and the question having been successfully used as an RO question on the 2009 Beaver Valley Unit 2 NRC Exam.

3

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 29 NRC Resolution Delete the question.

Discussion Two of the applicants chose Key Answer D. Six applicants chose Distractor Choice B. No applicants chose Distractor Choices A or C.

None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.

This was a new question.

The licensee proposed accepting two answers, Choices Band D, based on their assessment that statements in the question stem were confusing, in that:

1) the referenced procedure, 20M-52.4.R.1.F, does not reference the use of 20M-7.4.F until after initiation of a plant cooldown,
2) the stem erroneously states that 20M-7.4.F is directed from 20M-52.4.R.l.F,
3) the use of the phrase "to remove non-condensable gases" was confusing and misleading because hydrogen is typically added during at-power operations to remove non-condensable gases,
4) the reference to 20M-7.4 .F and to "non-condensable gases" in the same question led to confusion as to the intent of the evolution
5) applicants demonstrated knowledge of the system by selecting the proper flow path.

Following detailed review, the NRC concludes there are not two valid answers. Choice Bis not a correct answer for the question. 20M-52.4.R.1.F does not specifically direct use of 20M-7.4.F until after initiation of a plant cooldown. However it does ensure, through Initial Condition 111.G, that 20M-52.4.R.l.A, "Station Shutdown Mode 1 to Mode 6 Administrative and Local Actions," is in progress. The R.1.A procedure (Step 71) directs placing a nitrogen cover gas on the VCT and commencing purges as directed by chemistry in accordance with 20M-7.4.F when the reactor is within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of shutdown for the refueling outage. The procedure linkage in the stem, while confusing, is not technically incorrect.

Both hydrogen and nitrogen can reasonably be referred to as "non-condensable gases" as they are used in the reactor coolant system. However, by general convention, the station appears to consider hydrogen separately from all the other "non-condensables." This appeared to cause confusion. To arrive at the correct answer the applicants would have to know from memory that 20M-7.4.F, "Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT" is used when allowing nitrogen 4

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 29 to force the removal of other entrained gases. The use of the 20M-7.4.F procedure would not be directed until within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of reactor shutdown. The question stem did not state when the reactor would be shutdown, only that a shutdown was in progress for a refueling outage. Based on the confusion factors and the detailed knowledge required to answer the question and despite the fact that the question was facility developed, validated and approved, the NRC concludes this question should be deleted. In this rare case, the NRC concludes the question was not appropriate for the closed reference exam in that the required knowledge went beyond that answerable without references.

Summary The NRC disagrees with the licensee arguments for two correct answers. However, the question is confusing and will be deleted from the exam.

References

1. 20M-52.4.R.1.F, Station Shutdown From 100% Power to MODE 5, Revision 31
2. 20M-52.4.R.1.A, Station Shutdown MODE 1 to MODE 6 Administrative and Local Actions, Revision 11
3. 20M-7.4.F, Degassing the Reactor Coolant System From The VCT, Revision 19 5

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 33 NRC Resolution Accept two answers. Choice C and Original Key Choice A are both correct answers. No other answers are correct.

Discussion Four applicants chose original Key Answer A. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice C. No applicants chose Distractor Choices B or D.

None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.

This was a modified question, from a NRC exam at another facility.

The licensee proposed accepting two answers (Choices A and C), based on their assessment that the question could be interpreted as either asking what it takes to reduce temperature or as asking what is procedurally required to reduce temperature.

The NRC agrees that both Choices A and Care correct answers because either of the methods could be performed in accordance with the alarm response procedure to reduce tank temperature.

Justification for Choice A as a correct answer: Tank temperature would be adequately reduced if operators filled the tank to near, but below the high level isolation setpoint of 90.5%. The trouble alarm response procedure subsection on high temperature directs opening fill valves with a note explaining they will automatically close above 90.5% level. This subsection does not address opening the drain valve. Even conservatively assuming an initial tank level at the high end of the normal band, normal fill water temperature and without taking tank ambient heat losses into consideration, the mass and energy calculations demonstrate that final tank water volume, when mixed, would be at a temperature below the high temperature alarm setpoint. Based on the guidance in the trouble alarm procedure subsection on high temperature, it would be acceptable to raise level as much as possible, up to 90.5% prior to draining back into the normal band.

Precaution and Limitation 76 of 20M-6.2A states that PRT level "should" be maintained in the normal operating range between high and low level setpoints during normal operation. However, it is a "should" statement and describes "normal operation." It does not prohibit level from being raised above the high level setpoint for a short period of time for the specific purpose of lowering tank temperature. And Precaution and Limitation 71 states the tank contents should be cooled by spraying with primary water.

6

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 33 Justification for Choice Casa second correct answer: The question asks for the choice that identifies all valves that would be opened to reduce temperature in accordance with the PRT Trouble Alarm Response Procedure. This procedure is divided into sub-procedures for trouble related to temperature, pressure or level. The temperature subsection, which would apply immediately based on question initial conditions directs opening the fill valves and filling until temperature is restored. Physical interlocks would close the fill valves if level reaches 90.5%.

However, as described above, sufficient volume of colder water would have been added to reduce temperature below the high temperature setpoint of 120°F prior to reaching 90.5% level.

Although normal practice would be to raise level beyond the high level alarm setpoint of 78%

while intentionally filling to reduce temperature, the alarm procedure does not specifically direct the operator to ignore the resulting trouble alarm on high level. The high level trouble subsection directs operators to reduce level by opening the drain valve. Operators have the latitude to either remain in the high temperature section, adding sufficient water to cool the tank prior to initiating a tank drain evolution, or they could add water until the high level alarm actuates at 78%, then respond per the subsection on high level to reduce level to low in the normal band by draining.

Assuming a normal initial PRT level of 76%, a normal fill water temperature of 70°F and complete mixing of the tank contents, calculations confirm that sufficient water cannot be added to cool the tank to 120°F before reaching the 78% high alarm setpoint level.

Summary The NRC has determined Question 33 had two valid answers, Choices A and C, given that both choices describe acceptable methods for accomplishing the task.

References

1. 20M-6.2.A, RCS Precautions and Limitations, Revision 22
2. 20M-6.2.B, RCS Setpoints, Revision 13
3. 20M-6.4.AAY, Pressurizer Relief Tank Trouble, Revision 10
4. Pressurizer Relief Tank 2RCS-TK-22 Curve (Volume vs Indicated Level), Approved 5/22/87 7

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 41 NRC Resolution Accept two answers. Accept original key Choice B and Choice D. No other answers are correct.

Discussion Six applicants chose Key Answer B. Two applicants chose Distractor Choice D. No applicants chose Distractor Choices A or C.

During exam administration, one of the applicants asked whether the question was asking "individual switch manipulations." The proctor directed the applicant to re-read the test item.

This was a modified question, from a NRC exam at another facility.

The licensee proposed accepting two answers (Choices Band D), based on their assessment that an applicant could make either of two reasonable assumptions, each of which would support a different answer. In the first instance, if the applicant assumed that "minimum required" referred to the minimum number of switches that would have to be physically manipulated, then Choice B (2 switches) would be the correct answer. In the second instance, if the applicant assumed that "minimum required" referred to the minimum number of switches which must be operated .Qy procedure, then Choice D (4 switches) would be the correct answer. EOP-0 (Step 10) directs performance of 20M-53.A.1.A.0.11, which requires (Step 9, RNO) operators to "manually initiate both switches for both trains." Choices Band D both describe switch configurations that would accomplish the task of starting both Quench Spray pumps. There is nothing in the stem to indicate that the first assumption is any more or less appropriate than the second.

Summary The NRC determined Question 41 had two valid answers, Choices Band D, supported by reasonable examinee assumptions.

References

1. 20M-53.A.1.A.0,11, Verification of Automatic Actions, Revision 9
2. 20M-53.A.1.E-O {ISS2), Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Issue 2, Revision 1
3. USFAR Figure 7.3-13, Functional Diagram - Safeguard Actuation Signal, Revision K 8

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 59 NRC Resolution Delete the question.

Discussion Three applicants chose Key Answer D. Four applicants chose Distractor Choice C. One applicant chose Distractor Choice A. No applicants chose Distractor Choice B.

None of the applicants asked any question about this test item during exam administration.

This was a new question.

The licensee proposed accepting two answers, Original Key Answer D and Distractor Choice C, based on their assessment that Choice C would be correct if applicants assumed RP did not give permission to start the purge blower. The licensee further supports Choice Casa viable answer by explaining that conditions in the stem indicate significant fuel clad damage under which RP would not likely permit access to purge components.

The NRC does not agree that Choice C is a second correct answer because the question asks the action taken by the crew in accordance with the Hydrogen Level High/High-High Alarm Response Procedure. This procedure directs performance of 20M-46.4.D, "Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation" and does not address actions to intentionally ignite the hydrogen. Hydrogen ignition, if required, would be directed from severe accident management guidelines.

However, as explained by the licensee in their post-exam comment, there are issues with the original key answer. It is based on the assumption that Radiation Protection would allow access to the purge blower. One of the initial conditions of the blower operation procedure is that "Radiation Protection has been informed that this procedure is to be implemented." This should be interpreted as RP agrees I approves I grants permission for access to equipment necessary to implement the procedure. Stem conditions describe a hydrogen concentration in excess of that expected for a OBA LOCA, indicating core damage, which would reasonably result in elevated dose rates in areas immediately adjacent to the containment, including areas necessary for implementation of the purge blower operation procedure.

In any case, it remains that for the original answer to be valid, the applicants must assume a condition not stated in the stem. Starting the purge blower IAW the alarm procedure can only be valid if one assumes that Radiation Protection has been informed and authorizes entry into areas adjacent to containment. Per Appendix E of NUREG-1021, applicants are directed to "not make assumptions regarding conditions that are not specified in the question unless they occur as a 9

NRC Resolution of Post-Exam Comments 2015 Beaver Valley Unit 2 Initial License Exam Question 59 consequence of other conditions that are stated in the question." The assumption regarding Radiation Protection cannot be assumed as a consequence of stated conditions. Without making this assumption the key answer cannot be correct.

Summary The NRC disagrees with the licensee arguments to accept two correct answers. However, no answer choices are correct for the given stem conditions. The question will be deleted from the exam.

References

1. 20M-46.4.ABD, Hydrogen Level High/High - High, Revision 3
2. 20M-46.4.D, Containment Atmosphere Purge Blower Operation, Revision 3
3. NUREG-1021, "Operator Licensing Examination Standards for Power Reactors," Revision 10 10
Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML16034A473&oldid=2024306"